Category: General

Classification of Types of Research Methods – Discussion of research methods will certainly not be far from students who, in the course of their lectures, will be taught about the implementation of this research. Yep, research activities are the most reliable way to train students to think critically and act systematically. For Sinaumed’s who is a student, have you ever conducted research activities in your course?

This research activity can be carried out in all fields of study and is one of the responsibilities of the students. Theses and theses are also some forms of a research activity. Although research activities can be carried out in all fields of study, the research methods may vary, depending on how the data the researcher wants to collect.

Then, what are the types of research methods? What types of data are usually found in research activities? So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about discussing this research method, let’s look at the following review!

Classification of Types of Research Methods

It should be noted that the research method is a method or effort to obtain data. This data will later be described, proven, developed, and it will be found that there is a definite theory from the data. A research activity is generally carried out to understand, solve, as well as anticipate problems that arise in human life.

The classification of the types of research methods is based on various things, starting from the type and analysis, based on the use of the technique, based on the purpose, based on the nature of the problem, based on the level of explanation, and many more. Well, here is the explanation!

Research Methods Based on Types and Analysis

1. Quantitative Research

According to Robert Donmoyer (in Norjanah: 2014), quantitative research is approaches to empirical studies to collect, analyze, and display data in numerical form (numbers) rather than narrative. This research is usually done when you want to get accurate results because it relies on calculations.

An example is research conducted to determine differences in the effectiveness of conventional learning models in an effort to improve learning achievement in mathematics in a school.

2. Qualitative Research

A qualitative research is usually conducted to provide an explanation of a phenomenon and will later construct a theory related to this phenomenon. This research method is mostly in the form of narrative.

An example is research on the values ​​contained in a novel and its feasibility as a medium for learning literature at a school level.

Most people find it difficult to differentiate between quantitative and qualitative research. So, so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t get confused, here are the differences between the two research methods!

Aspect	Quantitative Research	Qualitative Research
Objective	Explain, control, and predict a phenomenon through data collection that focuses on numerical data (numbers).	Understanding social phenomena through a holistic picture and increasing understanding in depth.
Approach	Deductive value free (objective) focused Goal oriented.	Inductive Contains values ​​(subjective) holistic, Process oriented.
Method	Structured, formal, determined in advance, not flexible, described in detail before the research is ready to be carried out.	Historical, ethnographic, and case studies.
Model Explanation	The discovery of social facts does not come from subjective perception and is separate from context.	Attempts to generalize are unknown because human behavior is always bound by context and must be interpreted case by case.
Data	Using a random sample	Narrative, descriptive, in the form of a narrative (explanation of words) regarding the phenomenon to be studied, based on personal documents, field notes, official documents, and others.
Data analysis	Deductively and statistically; mainly to produce numerical data that is usually analyzed statistically. Raw data usually consists of numbers and analysis is done at the end of the study.	Inductive, using concept theory models, and fixed comparison methods. Usually the data will be analyzed descriptively, most of which come from interviews and observation notes.

3. Joint Research

Combined research is a research method by combining quantitative research with qualitative research. An example is research in the form of numbers (quantitative), then elaborated using a narrative form (qualitative) in the form of interviews with informants.

Research Methods Based on the Techniques Used

1. Survey Research

This survey research method is research conducted on a large or small population. The data studied later is a sample of the population, which will then find relative events, distribution, and relationships between variables, both sociologically and psychologically.

An example is research on the level of student achievement in a school.

2. Historical Research

This historical research is related to logical analysis of events that took place in the past. The sources of data vary, ranging from people or informants who were directly involved in past events to documentation relating to these events.

The purpose of this research method is to reconstruct past events in a systematic and objective manner. An example is a reconstruction study of spelling teaching in the United States over the last 50 years.

3. Experimental Research

The experimental research method is a study that seeks to find the effect of certain variables on other variables, under tightly controlled conditions. An example is research to compare mathematics learning outcomes in superior classes with ordinary classes using certain learning models.

Research Methods Based on Objectives

1 . Basic Research ( Basic Research )

In this research method, it is usually intended for the development of a science and is directed at developing a theory to find a new theory. This research focuses more on efforts to identify, explain, and predict phenomena that occur in human life, both natural and social.

An example is basic research related to the fields of psychology and education, namely research on the factors that influence human attitudes and behavior. Later, the results of this research will be used as a basis for developing attitudes to change behavior through the educational process.

2. Applied Research

Applied research method is a type of research whose results can be directly applied to solve the problems being faced. This research generally examines the merits of scientific theories as well as knowledge of empirical relationships and analysis and a particular field of study. Examples of applied research related to education, namely about how to increase students’ interest in reading and test scientific theories about the factors that influence students’ motivation to learn.

3. Evaluative Research

Actually, this research method is part of applied research, but is more focused on measuring the success of a particular program, product or activity. Usually, this research is carried out by a particular unit or institution. For example, research on teacher quality before and after joining a professional program.

Research Methods Based on the Nature of the Problem

1. Descriptive Research

In this research method, later the researchers will try to provide a systematic and careful about the actual facts and the characteristics of a particular population. As the name implies, the method of delivery is in a descriptive form. An example is descriptive research conducted to find out how much the level of skills education needs is in an area.

2. Developmental Research

This research method will later investigate the pattern and process of growth or change of a thing as a function of time. An example is research in the form of developing a new admissions system in a school to increase its quantity and quality.

3. Case Research and Field Research ( Case Study and Field Research )

This research method focuses on a case in an incentive and detailed manner regarding the background of the situation at issue. The purpose of this research is to study intensively about the background, circumstances, and environmental interactions in social units, namely individuals, groups, institutions, or society.

An example is a case study on consumption patterns in urban life.

Research Methods Based on Explanation Levels

1. Descriptive Research

As the name implies, this research was conducted in the form of a description. The purpose of this descriptive research is to determine the value of the independent variable, either one variable

or more without making comparisons with other variables. For example, research on the use of computer technology in schools in certain areas.

2. Comparative Research

As the name implies, the research is comparative. The variables are still the same as the independent variable research, but the samples must be more than one at different times. An example is research on the quality of student achievement in rural areas compared to the quality of student achievement in urban areas.

3. Associative Research

This study aims to determine whether there is a relationship between two or more variables in it. Associative research can be built with a theory that later functions to explain, predict, to control a phenomenon. An example is research on the relationship between the completeness of learning media and student learning motivation in a school.

Research Methods Based on Data Types

1. Primary Research

This research requires researchers to collect data from the first source, which is usually obtained by using the questionnaire method or interview method. In primary research, several methods can also be used, namely:

• case studies (using individuals or groups as study material that is longitudinal or at a certain time that is relatively long),
• surveys (quantitative studies to examine the symptoms of a group or individual behavior),
• experimental research (using two or more groups as research objects and then comparing the results)

An example is primary research using the case study method regarding student learning patterns in class X Language in a school.

2. Secondary Research

This study uses data material that is not from the first source, so it tends to use library research. In literature studies, it is usually for qualitative research, in which data is collected from a survey institution (which has been done before), libraries, to state institutions that have similar data libraries.

An example is research on the ability of students in a class to understand the concept of geometry.

Research Methods Based on Place

1. Laboratory Research

As the name implies, this type of research will be carried out in a laboratory, which is usually done in the exact sciences. Especially in the majors of medicine, electrical, civil, biology, food nutrition, and others.

An example is research in the field of Biology regarding the breathing apparatus for several types of animals.

2. Field Research

The field in question is not a large area in the field, but this research was carried out at the target location directly. Usually, this research is carried out by social and economic scientists by entering directly into the community or group of people who are the object of their research.

An example is research on literacy levels in a remote village in West Java. So, researchers must enter and mingle directly in the community in the village.

3. Library Research

This research is of course carried out in the library, which usually reviews the literature, especially on research that has been done before, journals, and other sources available in the library. An example is research on journal content related to learning models commonly used in learning.

Research Methods Based on the Fields Researched

1. Social Research

Social research is research specifically devoted to social fields, such as economics, law, education, sociology, and others. An example is research on the influence of social status on the tolerance attitude of people in a region.

2. Exact Research

This exact research is research that is specifically intended for exact fields, such as chemistry, physics, biology, electrical engineering, mathematics, and others. An example is research in the field of Biology regarding the reproduction of reptiles.

Research Methods Based on Scientific

1. Scientific research

As the name implies, this research is scientific in nature by taking into account scientific principles. That is, the main ideas put forward in the research must be arranged systematically and use convincing evidence.

2. Non-Scientific Research

In contrast to scientific research, this type of research does not use or pay attention to scientific principles.

Research Methods Based on Field (Science)

1. Business Research

As the name implies, research of course will discuss matters in the business field, ranging from accounting, management, marketing, finance, and others. The following is an example of his research:

• Accounting : research on budget control procedures, practices and systems, methods of financing, inventories, depreciation and so on.
• Finance : research on the operations of financial institutions, financial ratios, mergers and acquisitions and so on.
• Management : research on employee attitudes and behavior, HR management, production/operations management, strategy formulation, information systems and so on.
• Marketing : research on product image, advertising, distribution, pricing, packaging, consumer preferences, new product development and so on.

2. Legal Research

Legal research is of course a research that discusses matters in the field of law. An example is research on civil law, criminal law, constitutional law, and international law that applies to society.

3. Communication Research

This research will of course discuss matters related to the field of communication. Examples are research on mass communication, business communication, public relations and advertising.

4. Economic Research

This research will of course be carried out by discussing material or phenomena related to the economic field. Usually in this study a lot to discuss about microeconomics, macroeconomics and development economics.

5. Agricultural Research

This research was carried out by discussing material or phenomena that occur in agriculture, starting from agribusiness, plant cultivation, plant pests, and agronomy.

So, that’s a review of the types of research methods that can be carried out by adjusting the field of study that you want to pursue. Considering that most types of research are scientific research, the data compiled must also be valid, right?

Kingdom Animalia – Kingdom animalia is a taxonomic classification of organisms that do not have their own cell walls and chloroplasts, so they depend on other organisms for food. Unlike the case with plants, animals do not have chlorophyll, so they cannot carry out photosynthesis to make their own food. Therefore, animals have to find their own food to get energy.

Kingdom animalia is arguably one of the kingdoms that has the most numerous and varied members. More than 1.5 million living animal species have been described—about 1 million of which are insects—but it is estimated that there are more than 7 million animal species in total. Animals range from 8.5 micrometers to 33.6 meters in length and have complex interactions with each other and with their environment, as well as forming elaborate food webs. The study of animals is called zoology.

The object of zoological study includes the structure, function, behavior, and evolutionary processes of animals. The main topics in zoology are comparative anatomy, ethology, animal psychology, molecular biology, ethology, behavioral ecology, evolutionary biology, taxonomy, and paleontology. Meanwhile, someone who studies zoology is called a zoologist.

In general, the animal kingdom is divided into two, namely invertebrate animals (no backbones) and vertebrate animals (backbones). Invertebrate animals are animals that do not have a backbone and their nervous system is located below the digestive tract, while vertebrate animals are animals that can only reproduce through marriage (fertilization of the ovum and spermatozoid into one unit).

Aristotle divided animals into those with blood and those without blood. Carolus Linnaeus created the first hierarchical biological classification for animals in 1758 in his book Systema Naturae , which was expanded by Jean-Baptiste Lamarck into 14 phyla in 1809.

In the late 1800s, Ernst Haeckel divided the animal kingdom into multicellular Metazoa (now a synonym of Animalia) and Protozoa, while single-celled organisms are no longer considered animals. In modern times, animal classification relies on sophisticated techniques, such as molecular phylogenetics, which are effective in demonstrating evolutionary relationships among animal taxa.

To recognize various animals that belong to the kingdom animalia group, we certainly need to know their characteristics. What are the characteristics? The following is a summary of the characteristics, features, and types of kingdom animalia.

Etymology

The word “animal” is a loan from Arabic, حيوان (animal) which means animal. The word “animal” is a loan from Sanskrit which means “creature”, while “animal” is an original Malay word.

In English, “animal” is called animal, from the Latin “animalis”, which means “has breath”. In everyday non-formal usage, the word usually refers to animals, not humans. Occasionally, close human relatives such as mammals and other vertebrates are designated in informal use. The biological definition of the word refers to all members of the kingdom animalia, including creatures as diverse as sponges, jellyfish, insects, and humans.

Characteristics of Kingdom Animalia

Animals have several characteristics that set them apart from other living things. Animals are eukaryotic (have a nuclear membrane) and multicellular, unlike bacteria which are prokaryotic and unlike protists which are eukaryotic, but unicellular. Unlike plants and algae which produce their own nutrients, animals are heterotrophs, meaning they eat organic matter and digest it internally.

With very few exceptions, animals breathe oxygen and respire aerobically. All animals are motile (able to spontaneously move their bodies) during at least part of their life cycle, but some animals, such as sponges, corals, clams, and barnacles, become sessile later. The blastula is a stage in embryonic development unique to most animals, which allows cells to differentiate into specialized tissues and organs.

Animals are categorized into ecological groups depending on how they obtain or consume organic matter, including carnivores, herbivores, omnivores, detritivores and parasites. Interactions among animals form complex food webs. In carnivorous or omnivorous species, predation is the resource-consumer interaction that occurs when a predator eats another organism (referred to as prey ).

Animals that live near hydrothermal vents and cold seeps on the dark ocean floor are independent of the energy of sunlight. Instead, archaea and bacteria here produce organic matter via chemosynthesis (by oxidizing inorganic compounds such as methane) and form the basis of local food webs.

Characteristics of Kingdom Animalia

Type of Kingdom Animalia

1. Vertebrates

Vertebrates are a type of animal subphylum of Chordata which includes all animals that have a backbone. Vertebrates are the largest subphylum of Chordata. All types of fish, amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals (mammals) can be included in vertebrates, except for eels, ghosts, and sea leeches.

Vertebrates have a muscular system which is made up of multiple pairs of masses, as well as a central nervous system which is usually located within the spine. The respiratory system uses gills or lungs.

The blood of Vertebrate animals consists of blood cells suspended in the plasma, then circulates to the organs of the body. Cellular elements or blood cells of vertebrate animals are divided into three, namely red blood cells, white blood cells, and platelets. Each type of vertebrate animal has a different shape, size, and percentage of red blood cells and white blood cells.

Vertebrates can only reproduce through mating. The mating process is carried out by fertilizing the ovum and spermatozoid into a single unit. Fertilization in vertebrates can occur outside the body or inside the body. Fertilization outside the body is called external fertilization, while fertilization inside the body is called internal fertilization. External fertilization occurs in fish and frogs, while internal fertilization occurs in reptiles, birds and mammals.

Vertebrates have several types of kidneys, including the pronephros, mesonephros, and metanephros. Pronephros kidney type is a type of kidney that develops in the embryo or larval phase. Furthermore, the pronephros kidney is replaced by a mesonephric type of kidney, which is then replaced by a metanephric kidney when the animal has begun to mature. Animals that have this type of kidney are mammals, reptiles, and birds.

2. Invertebrates

Invertebrates or Invertebrates are types of animals that do not have a backbone between the vertebrae. These invertebrate animals are divided into several groups, namely the phylum Protozoa, Porifera, Arthropoda, Platyhelminthes, Nemathelminthes, Annelida, Coelenterata, Molluscs, and Echinodermata.

Invertebrates is a term expressed by Chevalier de Lamarck to designate animals that do not have a backbone. Invertebrates include all animals except vertebrates (fish, reptiles, amphibians, birds, and mammals). In addition to not having hard internal bones, invertebrates are generally soft-bodied and have a hard exoskeleton to protect their bodies. Examples of invertebrates are insects, jellyfish, hydra, squid and worms. Invertebrates make up about 97% of all members of the animal kingdom.

There are eight phyla in the classification of Invertebrates, namely:

• Annelids.
• Arthropods.
• Coelenterata.
• Echinodermata.
• Mollusca.
• Nemathelminthes.
• Platyhelminthes.
• Porifera.

Further research in the field of taxonomy showed that many invertebrate animals are more closely related to vertebrates than to other invertebrates.

The formation of a new individual in invertebrate sexual reproduction does not always require and undergoes a fertilization process. Reproduction without fertilization is called parthenogenesis which can occur in male bees and male ants.

The reproduction by fertilization is divided into two, namely conjugation and anisogamy. An example of an invertebrate whose reproductive organs are not yet clearly conjugated is paramecium. Anisogamy on the other hand is the fusion of two sex cells that are not the same size. Anisogamy, for example, occurs when microgametes and macrogametes fertilize in plasmodium, as well as sperm fertilize with ovum in the uterus.

Diversity of Kingdom Animalia

1. Biggest and Smallest

 

The blue whale ( Balaenoptera musculus ) is the largest animal that ever lived, weighing up to 190 metric tons and up to 33.6 meters (110 ft) long. As the name suggests, the blue whale has a predominantly dark blue body with a slightly paler color on the underside. There are at least three subspecies of the blue whale, namely B. m. musculus in the North Atlantic and North Pacific, B. m. intermedia in the Southern Ocean, and B. m. brevicauda (also called the pygmy blue whale) in the Indian Ocean and South Pacific Ocean.

Prior to whaling, the largest population was in Antarctica, numbering approximately 239,000 (between 202,000 and 311,000).These whales can reach speeds of 50 kilometers per hour (31 mph) (usually when interacting with other whales), but their usual speed is only 20 kilometers per hour (12 mph). When feeding, the speed reduces to 5 kilometers per hour (3.1 mph).

The staple food of blue whales is krill, although they also eat small amounts of copepods. This species of zooplankton is eaten by various blue whales from one ocean to another. An adult blue whale can eat up to 40 million krill per day. They always feed in areas with the highest concentration of krill, sometimes consuming as much as 3,600 kilograms (7,900 pounds) of krill in a single day. The energy requirement of an adult blue whale in one day is in the range of 1.5 million kilocalories.

The largest extant land animal is the African bush elephant ( Loxodonta africana ), weighing up to 12.25 tons and up to 10.67 meters (35.0 ft) long. The largest land animals that have ever lived were titanosaur sauropod dinosaurs such as Argentinosaurus , which may have weighed up to 73 tons. Some animals are microscopic; some Myxozoa (obligatory parasites belonging to the group Cnidaria) never grow larger than 20 µm, and one of the smallest species ( Myxobolus shekel ) does no more than 8.5 µm when fully grown.

2. Reproduction and Growth

Nearly all animals use some form of sexual reproduction. Animals produce haploid gametes via meiosis; the smaller, motile gamete is the spermatozoa and the larger, non-motile gamete is the ovum. Spermatozoa and ovum unite to form a zygote, which develops by mitosis into a hollow ball called a blastula.

Within a sponge, the blastula larva swims to a new location, attaches to the seafloor, and develops into a new sponge. In most other groups, the blastula undergoes more complicated rearrangements. The blastula undergoes invagination (a certain folding) to form a gastrula which has a digestive chamber and two separate germ layers, namely the external ectoderm and internal endoderm. In many animals, a third germ layer, the mesoderm, also develops in between. These germ layers then differentiate to form tissues and organs.

The Origins of Evolution

The first fossils that may represent animals have appeared in 665 million year old rocks in South Australia’s Trezona Formation. These fossils are interpreted as early sponges. The oldest animals were found in the Ediacaran biota towards the end of the Precambrian, around 610 million years ago. The discovery of cholesterol animal lipids in the Dickinsonia fossils is evidence that the Ediakara biota is a type of animal.

Most animal phyla first appear in the fossil record during the Cambrian explosion which began about 542 million years ago in places such as the Burgess Shale. Extant phyla that can be found in these rocks are Molluscs, Brachiopods, Onychophora, Tardigrada, Arthropoda, Echinodermata, and Hemichordata.

Some paleontologists suggest that animals appeared much earlier than the Cambrian explosion, perhaps 1 billion years ago. Trace fossils such as tracks and burrows from the Tonian period indicate the presence of triploblastic worm-like animals, approximately about 5 mm in size. However, similar tracks produced by the giant single-celled protist Gromia sphaerica do not indicate the early evolution of early animals.

The adolescent phase does not last a year or two. Usually, this phase lasts at least 10 years and even up to a dozen years. Every individual who enters adolescence will pass through several stages. For example, from puberty to adulthood.

Before exploring further about the teenage period. It would be better if You first understands the nature of youth. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), youth is interpreted as starting to mature; has reached the age to marry; young; youth.

The Ministry of Health defines youth as a period of human life in which rapid physical, psychological and intellectual growth and development occurs. He has the characteristics of high curiosity, tends to dare to take risks from his actions without considering them carefully, and likes things that smell of adventure.

Meanwhile, according to the World Health Organization (WHO), adolescents are people in the age range of 10 to 19 years. Meanwhile, according to RI Health Regulations Number 25 of 2014, youth is defined as residents in the age range of 10-18 years and according to the Population and Family Planning Agency (BKKBN) the age range of adolescents is 10-24 years and unmarried.

Adolescence is also referred to as adolescence. According to Hurlock, the term youth or youth comes from the Latin, namely adolescene which has the noun adolescentia which means to grow or grow into adulthood. People in ancient times saw puberty and youth as no different from other periods in human life. They are considered mature when they are able to reproduce.

Currently, adolescence is interpreted more broadly, which includes mental, emotional, and emotional maturity. This is in line with Piaget’s view, psychologically, youth is the age of an individual who integrates with adult society.

Age of children who feel they are no longer below the level of older people but are at the same level of money. At a minimum, in terms of integration with adult society, it has an effective aspect, more or less related to puberty, including striking intellectual changes.

The unique intellectual transformation of adolescent thinking provides the possibility to achieve integration in adult social relations. This is a characteristic that is common knowledge in the teenage period.

Meanwhile, Jhon W. Santrock, adolescence (adolescence) is a developmental period of transition from childhood to adulthood which includes biological, cognitive, and social-emotional changes.

Meanwhile, according to Monks and Haditono, a teenager is someone who is in the age range of 12-21 years. Adolescence is also a transition from childhood to adulthood. Therefore, the mindset will change and process towards adulthood.

In line with Monks and Haditono, King also formulated the definition of youth. For him, youth is a human development which is marked by the transition from childhood to adulthood. Adolescence usually begins around the age of 12 and ends at the age of 18-21 years.

From some of the definitions above, it can be concluded that youth is a phase or period of transition from childhood to adulthood, usually occurring in the age range of 10 to 18 years. During adolescence, physical, psychological, and intellectual development usually occurs. It becomes part of the period of human development.

Adolescent Classification

Classification of adolescents can be done based on the phase or stages. Launching from the Id.theasianparent.com page, here are three classifications of teenagers based on their age.

1. Early Adolescent Phase

Children enter the adolescent phase when they are 10 years old. The age range of 10-13 years is included in the early adolescent phase. At this stage, children experience the early stages of puberty and start growing faster. Both boys and girls experience significant physical growth and an increase in sexual interest.

Not only that, body changes are also a concern for teenagers. For example, starting to grow hair under the arms and around the genitals, breast development in girls, and enlargement of the testicles in boys.

Girls usually grow faster than boys. They are one or two years ahead of boys. In fact, some changes in women are also normal to experience from the age of 8 years and 9 years for boys.

Usually, teenage girls start menstruating at the age of 12 or an average of 2 to 3 years after their breasts start to grow. Physical changes and adolescent mindsets make parents feel anxious and worried. Especially if you don’t know what’s normal and what’s not.

Some children may also question their gender identity in their teens. Meanwhile, cognitively, adolescents at this stage have begun to experience increased intellectual interest. They also have concrete thoughts.

For example, start looking for the truth about something (it can be good or bad) from various sources. Not only that, at this time, adolescents focus more on themselves, which is known as egocentrism.

Early stage adolescents also often feel that their appearance is judged by their peers. So, try as much as possible to wear appropriate and up-to-date clothes. This has an influence on the majority of adolescents who think that all judgments and thoughts of people about themselves are important to pay attention to.

During the early adolescent phase, there is usually an increased need for privacy. Teenagers will start looking for ways to be independent from the family. Not infrequently, teenagers also set limits or react violently if parents seem to be too restraining or interfering in personal matters.

2. Middle Adolescent Phase

Adolescents aged 14-17 years are included in the mid-adolescence phase. Changes occur in the body of girls. such as the pelvis, waist and buttocks begin to enlarge, menstruation begins regularly, increased sweat production, and the reproductive organs develop.

Meanwhile, in boys growth begins to run rapidly. The body becomes taller, the body weight increases, pimples appear, the muscles get bigger, the shoulders and chest get wider, the voice cracks, the penis gets bigger, the growth of cumin, sideburns, and so on.

At this age, teenagers begin to be interested in romantic relationships. They also have the possibility to question and explore sexual identity. These things have the potential to cause stress if you don’t get support from family, friends, or the community.

At this time, the mindset of adolescents is based on logic, but not infrequently it is also driven by feelings or emotions. They have been able to think abstractly and consider the big picture. However, in certain situations, they are still less able to apply it at that time.

For example, the thought, “Tomorrow there is a biology test. But, the latest Korean drama episode is out. I already understand the material, it seems there is no need to repeat reading. So, it’s okay to just watch it. Grades are not a measure of success.”

They also begin to be interested in having a romantic relationship, such as dating. Has a tendency to prefer or spend more time with friends. It is not uncommon for them to have disagreements and even fight with their parents because their emotions are not stable and they are sensitive.

3. Late Adolescence or Young Adult Phase

Adolescents in the age range of 18-24 years are included in the late adolescent or young adult phase. In general, entering the late adolescent phase, the physique has developed to the maximum. Not only that, the ability to think is much more mature than middle adolescents.

They are also more focused on realizing the planned goals. At the same time able to make decisions based on hopes and ideals. For example, teenagers will do things that are a priority in their lives such as schoolwork, or things that support the realization of their goals.

In friendship, romance, and family relations have been more stable. They have been able to make choices about discussing something or sharing stories with trusted people.

Characteristics of Adolescents

Titisari and Utami formulated several characteristics of adolescents as follows.

• Physical and sexual development which is characterized by the rate of development which usually occurs very rapidly and the presence of secondary and primary sex characteristics.
• From a psychosocial perspective, adolescents tend to separate themselves from their parents and expand their relationships with peers.
• From a cognitive perspective, adolescent mentality has been able to think logically about various abstract ideas.
• In terms of emotional development tends to be high. This is because the sexual organs develop and affect the hormones that control emotions.
• In terms of moral development, teenagers who are in a circle must continue to act and behave according to the norms and rules they believe in. This also causes teenagers to violate applicable rules and values, such as having sex outside of marriage, drinking alcoholic beverages, brawls, and so on.
• Personality development is an important phase for the development and self-integrity of adolescents.

Teen Characteristics

This adolescent phase can be identified from several characteristics that have been formulated by Hurlock as follows.

1. Adolescence as an Important Period

When children begin to enter adolescence, it will be accompanied by rapid development. Thus, causing mental adjustments and the formation of attitudes, new interests, and intentions.

2. Adolescence as a Transitional Period

At this time, adolescents enter a phase where they are no longer a child or an adult. They are in a transitional stage of status and there is doubt or uncertainty within the adolescent.

3. Adolescence as a Time of Change

Physical changes develop in harmony or in tandem with changes in attitudes and behavior. There are several types of changes that occur in adolescents. First, the height of emotional intensity depends on the level of physical and psychological changes. Because, usually, emotional changes happen more quickly during the early teenage years.

Second, body changes, roles, and interests that are influenced by the social environment. Third, changes in values ​​that are influenced by changes in interests and behavior patterns of adolescents.

4. Adolescence as a Troubled Age

Each phase of development has its own main problems. However, when teenagers are faced with problems, it tends to be difficult to overcome them on their own. Because of this, many teenagers conclude that solving or solving problems is not always in accordance with expectations and in the way that has been planned.

5. Adolescence as an Age of Searching for Identity

Adolescents in this stage begin to search for identity or the essence of their lives. they start to fret, get restless, and feel dissatisfied in many ways. The search for identity is done in any way, for example reading, watching, joining communities, exchanging ideas with others, and other ways.

6. Adolescence as an Age of Fear

Teenagers are considered as a group of humans who are untidy, difficult to trust, and often destructive. This causes adults who are responsible for supervising and guiding the lives of adolescents to be afraid to take on that responsibility. They are also reluctant to be sympathetic to adolescent behaviors that are considered abnormal.

7. Adolescence as an Unrealistic Period

Teenagers will be easily disappointed and hurt if plans or goals are not achieved. They tend to see life with pink glasses. In his view, self and others are seen according to his wishes. Not from what they are.

Hopes and ideals are cultivated unrealistically. For example dreams or ideals that are not in accordance with self-ability or economy. This raises high emotions which are one of the characteristics of the early phase of adolescence.

8. Adolescence as the Threshold of Adulthood

Approaching the age of maturity or adulthood, adolescents become anxious to show that they are almost adults. At the same time eliminating the impression of stereotypes that have been attached to the new dozen and replacing it with a new view as an adult human being.

Indonesia’s Economic Problems –  As long as resources are available in limited quantities while human needs are unlimited, there will always be economic problems. An example of an economic problem, for example, is the scarcity of rice in Indonesia, while rice is a basic need for most of our society.

Check out a more complete explanation of economic problems, as well as the factors that influence them, as follows:

Factors Affecting Economic Problems

In economic problems, humans are faced with demands to meet the necessities of life both in terms of food, clothing and housing. Factors that influence the economic problems themselves include:

1. Natural Resources

Natural resources are all things that come from nature and can be used to meet the needs of all human life. Based on its formation, natural resources are divided into renewable resources (the amount is unlimited) and non-renewable natural resources (the amount is limited and can be used up).

Natural resources and their relation to economic problems are closely related to the availability or absence of raw materials because of the high rate of population growth, and the narrowing of the land available for natural resources.

To understand more about the economics of natural resources, Sinaumed’s can read the book Natural Resource Economics which is equipped with a graphical and mathematical approach that can help you to understand it better.

 

2. Human Resources

The Human Resources (HR) factor includes the availability of skilled and professional workers. Human Resources (HR) as productive individuals who work as a driving force for an organization, both in institutions and companies which can be clearly studied in the book Economics of Human Resources .

HR as the main element of the organization compared to other resource elements such as capital, technology, because it is humans who play a role in controlling other factors.

The definition of Human Resources (HR) itself is further divided into two, namely Macro Human Resources (HR) or the number of people of productive age in an area, and Micro Human Resources (HR), namely individuals who work in an institution or company.

Increasing HR competencies can be realized through a number of education and training programs that focus on developing leadership, and competencies according to their interests and the field of work they are engaged in.

3. Working Capital

The production process certainly requires working capital so that production can be completed properly, and meet consumer demand. Although sometimes working capital is very difficult to obtain, especially during a pandemic like now.

Because the impact of Covid-19 not only affects individuals but also the banking sector as a provider of working capital has also experienced paralysis. Working capital as the sum of current assets. The timing of the availability of working capital will depend on the type and level of liquidity of the elements of current assets, such as cash, securities, receivables and inventories.

4. Distribution Process

Even though it is fairly simple and is a classic economic problem. The distribution process is quite influential in economic matters, especially in the basic goods produced to meet the needs of an even distribution.

Distribution as an activity or act of moving products from suppliers to consumers in the form of a supply chain. Distribution is one of the key advantages for the company because it will directly affect product costs and consumer needs.

The existence of proper distribution activities will be very useful to achieve company profits. For example, companies can further reduce capital costs and create high consumer demand for these products.

With the development of digital technology in the current 4.0 era, the distribution process will also change and adapt according to developments. You can learn how distributors can adapt in the Complete Distribution Management Guide book .

 

5. Consumption Level

The difference in lifestyle is of course directly proportional to how many levels of consumption are carried out by consumers. There are several factors that cause the level of consumer consumption to continue to decline, this is what will cause economic problems if this continues.

These reasons include limited employment opportunities. The effect of limited employment opportunities is the high unemployment rate which in turn reduces the level of prosperity.

The decline in people’s welfare due to unemployment will certainly reduce a person’s desire to buy goods. In addition, price increases will also have a major impact on the economy.

Other causes of course or the process of increasing prices continuously. Inflation as a process of continuous decline in currency values. This can happen due to an increase in the number of needs but limited stock, production or service costs have increased, or the amount of money circulating in the community is quite high.

 

 

Classification of Economic Problems

1. Classical Economic Problems

In 1870 the classical economic theory was developed pioneered by Adam Smith. Adherents of these theories argue that economic problems are a unified process consisting of production, distribution and consumption processes. Here’s the explanation:

a. Distribution Issues

Distribution is the initial stage in the product marketing process. Distribution as an important marketing process for all types of industries. Distribution can add value to products through various functions such as utility, place, time and product ownership rights.

b. Distribution benefits

Distribution problems include as a link between production and consumption activities. So that the marketing process will be easier.

Some of the factors that influence distribution channels are markets, goods, companies, and buying habits. Distribution itself can be done in two ways, namely direct distribution and indirect distribution.

c. Production Problems

Production is a process of producing goods or services that aim to meet consumer needs. However, of course not all human needs can be met, because human needs can be met only if he consumes goods or services according to his needs.

Meanwhile, the process of producing goods and services requires other resources, from natural resources (SDA), human resources (HR), capital resources to entrepreneur skills.

In addition, after goods and services reach consumers, the next problem is, of course, whether these goods will be consumed or even wasted because the prices are not affordable. This is also another problem that must be answered by manufacturers as product makers.

d. Consumption Problems

Consumption is the activity of using, spending or utilizing goods produced by producers. There are two factors that affect consumption activities, including income (because the greater the income received, the greater the purchasing power).

On the other hand, as consumers, we must be able to increase our income so that we can reach the products we want. Apart from that, prices of goods and services, customs and habits of consumers, as well as substitute goods or also known as substitute goods, will also affect the level of public consumption.

2. Modern Economic Problems

The essence of modern economic problems is how to make the right choices in allocating resources to meet the various human needs that are increasingly diverse. Modern economic problems are usually obliged to answer between three questions, namely:

What will be produced?

Society must decide what goods and services to produce in order to meet the right target needs. The production of goods and services must be selective with an accurate priority scale due to limited resources. The basic considerations for the goods and services produced are:

• The most efficient allocation of resources (natural, human, and capital), the goal is to conserve resource utilization. For example, saving oil and gas, electricity and water, as well as the use of alternative resources.
• Based on the priority scale of market needs, the community will distinguish which needs are urgent to fulfill, less urgent, and non-urgent needs that must be postponed. For example, the priority is to increase production of basic necessities every Idul Fitri holiday and at the end of the year in order to avoid price increases that are too high or the emergence of inequality.
• Public Purchasing Power, circulating goods and services must have prices that are affordable by as many citizens as possible. This aims to make the consumption of goods and services right on target.

How to produce?

The selection and production priority scale are followed up by determining the right strategy in the production process so that it remains effective and efficient. This strategy is then realized in a production process based on careful planning and management. There are several basic considerations of how a producer performs production actions including:

• Choice of Combination of Resources, which are used are natural resources, human resources, and capital resources. For example, electricity production in Java is more appropriate with hydropower because there are many rivers in the region.
• Technology Choice, because it allows producers to determine whether the company will operate in labor-intensive or capital-intensive conditions. For example, a shoe factory that requires more manual labor should be established in a densely populated area to absorb as much labor as possible.
• Production Cost Efficiency, production cost efficiency is carried out so that with a certain cost maximum profit can be obtained. For example, a printer determines production costs based on targeted sales forecasts. In this way, the maximum profit that will be obtained can be estimated.

For Whom Produced?

Production effectiveness is based on the knowledge of who needs the goods and services produced even before production activities are carried out. Producers will use a variety of basic considerations, starting from assessing consumer purchasing power and interest, knowing market segmentation so that the goods and services produced are clearly aimed at consumers according to their economic and social conditions, determining the distribution channel from producers to consumers so that goods and services really reach their customers. the hands of consumers who need it at the right time.

For example, transporting and distributing rice and basic food products to markets and stalls that are easily accessible to consumers.

 

Economic Problems in Indonesia

Economic and social welfare issues are still the main problems in Indonesia. The following are some of them summarized by Indef Senior Economist Nawir Messi:

1. Urgency to Improve the Quantity and Quality of Economic Growth

Indef noted that Indonesia has experienced growth at an average rate of 5.27% in the last two decades (2000-2018). But to get out of the trap of middle-income country status and become a developed country, this growth rate is not enough.

In addition, Indonesia is also facing the problem of the quality of economic growth. This is because poverty, social inequality, and unemployment are still high. The GDP portion is still 58.5% concentrated in Java and has increased in the last five years.

2. The Dilemma of Economic Growth vs. Import

Indonesia’s import level is still high because output in the agricultural and livestock sectors is decreasing while population growth, especially the middle class, continues to increase.

Import itself is the activity of transporting goods or commodities from one country to another. The import process is generally an activity of bringing goods or commodities from another country into the country.

Bulk imports of goods generally require intervention from customs in the sending and receiving countries. The industrial sector also still relies on imported raw materials, whose growth has now reached 9% in the last three years.

This then shows that the domestic industry is unable to meet demand due to the increasingly shifting economic structure towards services. In addition, deindustrialization also occurs more quickly.

Indonesia has experienced a decline in the share of manufacturing to GDP by 7% in the last ten years, whereas in Thailand and Malaysia it is no more than 4%. Deindustrialization in Indonesia is also exacerbated by changes in patterns of foreign investment (FDI) which tend to be in the tertiary sector (services, digital economy) compared to the secondary (manufacturing industry).

In regulating various economic activities in Indonesia, the government makes economic laws that are enforced and applied by all parties involved which Sinaumed’s can learn from in the book Indonesian Economic Law An Introduction .

 

3. Purchasing Power Stagnant

Inflation on an annual basis was recorded at 2.48% from year to year, however this did not succeed in lifting purchasing power which was still stagnant. It is very possible that the current low inflation will also be accompanied by a decline in people’s purchasing power.

In addition, loan interest rates were fixed until finally the expansion of the business world did not accelerate. The cause of the stagnant purchasing power of the public is generally influenced by the income they receive, the prices of goods and services, to the amount of goods they consume.

4. Low Competitiveness

In the last three years, Indonesia as a destination country for direct investment has continued to decline. In addition, the number of companies in Indonesia also began to decrease. On the other hand, Vietnam continues to show improved performance in attracting FDI, one of which is from Japan. In contrast to Indonesia, Vietnam’s popularity for Japanese investors has continued to increase in the last three years.

5. Unpreparedness to Face the Industrial Revolution 4.0

INDEF views that the 4.0 Industrial Revolution discourse was not carried out with careful planning. This is caused by basic planning regarding what needs to be developed in priority sectors and there is no planning for the basic infrastructure of industry 4.0, namely the Internet of Things (IoT), besides that there is no planning in mitigating the workforce affected by the implementation of automation in this sector.

6. Inconsistency of Energy Subsidy Policy

In 2015, energy subsidies were cut by 65.16% to IDR 119 trillion. The reduction in subsidies continued in 2016 and 2017. However, in 2018, energy subsidies again jumped to 57%, and in 2019 they rose again to 4.23%.

In order for energy subsidies not to continue to soar, INDEF assesses, the government needs to improve the targeting of subsidy recipients to make it more precise, such as 3 kg of gas, 900 VA electricity customers who can afford it.

In addition, the government’s commitment to gradually reducing energy subsidies must also be followed by infrastructure development for New, Renewable Energy (EBT) in order to achieve the EBT mix target of 23% by 2025.

7. Low Tax Performance While Increasing Debt Ratio

INDEF noted that Indonesia’s tax ratio has decreased during the 2012-2017 period. The achievement of the tax ratio is also still far from the target in the 2015-2019 RPJMN of 15.2%.

Tax revenue that is not optimal is also reflected in the tax shortfall that still occurs. Meanwhile, the increase in the ratio of debt to GDP is inversely proportional to the tax ratio. The implication is that the burden of debt interest payments on central government spending is getting higher, from 11% in 2014 to 17.13% per.

8. Troubled Village Funds

Village Fund allocation continues to increase from IDR 20.8 trillion to IDR 70 trillion this year. The proportion of Village Funds to Transfers to Regions also continued to increase from 3.45% to 8.47%. However, INDEF noted that the increase in funds was not directly proportional to the increase in social indicators in rural areas.

There are still 10 provinces with higher levels of rural inequality than the national level, namely Yogyakarta, East Java, NTB, NTT, North Sulawesi, South Sulawesi, Southeast Sulawesi, Gorontalo, Papua and West Papua.

Economic Book Recommendations

1. Globalization, Constitutional Economics, and the Economics Nobel

2. Monetary Economy: Case Study of Indonesia

3. Indonesian Economic Politics

Classical Music – When talking about classical music, Sinaumed’s will definitely
remember the famous figures Mozart and Beethoven, who actually have many other important figures in
classical music. The existence of this music genre is rooted in Western art which turns out
to have many benefits. Yep, it is alleged that classical music can provide a myriad of
benefits for humans as listeners, for example for pregnant women, children, and the
elderly.

Even though this music has its roots in Western art, its existence in Indonesia is also popular in
the eyes of our society. Not infrequently, classical orchestras are also held in Indonesia,
which on average are well-known musicians. Then what is classical
music? Why can this genre of music provide so many benefits to the human brain?
How is the history of the development of classical music?

So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about what classical music is, let’s look at the following
review!

What Is Classical Music

Basically, classical music is music that was born from European culture around 1750-1825. This
music is classified in a certain periodization, starting from the classical, baroque, rococo, and romantic
periods. Until now, classical music is often associated with its great figures, namely Mozart,
Bach, Beethoven, or Haydn.

The existence of classical music is often interpreted as a musical genre that is full of beauty and high
intellect at all times, whether in the form of Mozart’s symphonies, Bach’s cantatas, or works in the 20th
century.

This music is often associated with classicism, a style of art, literature, and architecture from Europe,
especially in the 18th century. One of the main characteristics of this musical genre is giving
more meaning to the instrumental music. In classical music, it has a regular rhythm and pitch,
not slanted notes. Even music experts argue that this musical genre can also be used as an
educational tool as well as a tool to sharpen human intelligence, because it has 3 elements of balance,
namely:

• Melody
• rhythm
• Timbre ( tone color)

Examples of musical works that are still known and played in orchestras, for example:

• Four Seasons Spring, by Antonio Vivaldi
• Canon in D Major, by Johann Pachelbel
• Toccata and Fugue in D Minor, by JS Bach
• Eine Kleine Nachtmusik, by W.A. Mozart
• The Blue Danube, by Johann Strauss II

Know at a Glance What is Sonata

Basically, the sonata is a distinctive form of classical music. The form pattern of the sonata
is definitely related to classical music, as seen in the works of Beethoven and Hays who use it as the title
of a musical work. Sonata is a form of music which consists of 3 parts to form a unified whole.
Each part is designed in a fast tempo, slow, and back again to fast tempo.

The difference with Romantic Music

The existence of classical music is often equated with romantic music, which happened to be brought from
the late 18th century to the early 19th century, or around 1815-1930. This romantic music is
related to the Romanticism movement that occurred in Europe, in which the movement was not only centered on
music, but also on literature, art and comprehensive intelligence.

The music of the Romantic era has a number of characteristics, one of which is its themes relating to
nature and self-expression. Some of the famous composers in romantic music, for example Franz
Schubert, Franz Liszt, Felix Mendelssohn, and Robert Schumann. Well, here are the differences
between classical music and romantic music.

Classical music	Romantic Music
Associated with Classicism in Europe.	Associated with Romanticism in Europe.
Started in the middle of the 18th century.	Started at the end of the 18th century.
The theme of the music is nature and self-expression.	The theme of the music is emotional restraint and balance.
The instrumental arrangement includes a symphony without a solo piano piece	The instrumental arrangement includes a larger symphony with solo piano pieces.
The musical harmonies consist of chromatics.	His musical harmonies consist mostly of diatonic harmonies.

A Brief History of the Development of Classical
Music

The word “classic” means something that has a high class, so the quality is not arbitrary.
This music genre originally developed in 1795, especially in mainland Europe where it was very
popular with the nobility and community leaders. This is what causes the idea that this music
was created and intended for the nobility, aka the upper middle class. However, throughout its
development, especially in the 19th century, this music experienced a shift due to the emergence of other
musical genres that were simpler and more varied, so that it could be enjoyed by the wider community.
Because of this, this music began to be abandoned because it was considered too complicated to
digest.

Yep, this genre of music does require some sharpness and sensitivity to the tones which are produced by
several combinations of musical instruments, so that they become harmonious. In addition, the
music is also considered complicated with the results of his work taking quite a long time.

Periodization of Classical Music

1. Middle Ages (Medieval: 476 – 1572)

The history of music is closely related to the Middle Ages, aka medieval, which began in 500 (end of the
Roman Empire) to 1400 (early Renaissance). One of the classical forms of chanting at this time
was the Gregorian Chant , which flourished until 1100.

Furthermore, the existence of music began to be developed in such a way as to become more complex sounds,
one of which was to combine musical instruments to become more complete. The musical instrument
of this era that still exists today is the wooden flute.

2. Renaissance Period (1500 – 1600)

In this era, music increased sharply. This is because the use of musical instruments is more
diverse and the type of music produced is more varied. It was also during this era that
European musical notation and musical ornaments were formed which contributed to innovation in the world of
music. Especially with the invention of sheet music which makes it easier for musicians to play
songs without having to bring in the composer.

3. Baroque Period (1600-1750)

In this era, music is increasingly developing, namely by using more sophisticated and complex tonal
counterpoints, along with the addition of bass lines . Then, musical drama opera also
appeared which was able to form an image for the art of music itself.

Usually, vocal forms such as orator and cantata are more common to be heard in this classical music.
Meanwhile, the types of ensemble instruments are also classified based on their shape.
This is also the starting point for the formation of orchestral music.

4. The Classical Period (1750-1830)

At this time, special norms began to form, especially in the presentation, style and composition of
classical music. The piano is the most important musical instrument to use, so the music
results seem lighter and less complex. Opera also began to be developed in this classical
era.

5. The Romantic Age (1815-1910)

At this time, songwriters focused on melodic lines which were more complex and longer, coupled with
elements of expression and emotion that went hand in hand. Later, music art institutes in
Europe also began to compose songs for this music and organizations for the preservation of classical music
emerged. This organization contributes to developing this music in a better direction.

6. Contemporary Modern Age

In this era, classical music has developed with the emergence of songwriters who reject the values ​​of the
previous era. These values ​​include traditional tonalty , selection of
musical instruments, melodies, and structure. The songwriters actually focus more on the
development and extension of musical theory and techniques.

An example is classical music in the 20th century which consisted of various combinations of Post Romantic
, including Post Modern and Romantic Modern .

Types of Classical Music

1. Gregorian notation

In this type of music, the notation used is four lines as musical notes. However, there is no
rhythm rotation so that the count or beat is based on the feelings of the singer.

2. Organum Music

In this type of music, the arrangement of the songs is octave apart. The high-pitched voices
are made up of child and female singers, while the low-pitched voices are made up of male singers.

3. Music Discant

In this type of music, preferring diaphonic music. Diaphonic music is shaped to create both
stronger and lower sounds by following the melodies of the high and low quarts.

4. Basso Ostinato

In this type of music, there is a series of notes that move step by step downwards or upwards.
Then, the sequence of notes is repeated on another series of notes together.

5. Baroque Era Polyphonic Music

In this type of music, it has a high counterpunch technique.

6. Homophonic Music of the Classical Era

In this type of music, there is an arrangement of chords based on tri-sounds ( triads ) that develop into
four or more sounds, usually called harmony music.

7. Classical Music of the Romantic Era

In this type of music, there is complete orchestration. Usually this type of music is easily
accepted by the general public in opera music, ballet music, and Viennese waltz.

8. Modern Classical Music

In this type of music, there are also various musical genres that develop in it, ranging from rock music,
traditional music, to religious music. The most famous works in this genre of music are Kitaro,
Richard Clayderman, and others.

Figures in the Development of Classical Music

1. Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart

Mozart was born on January 27 in Salzburg, Austria. He is considered one of the most important
composers in European classical music and is famous in history. His works number about 700
songs, including compositions, piano scores, opera scores, and choral scores. Examples of works
by Mozart are the operas Don Giovanni and Die Zauberflote.

2. Ludwig Van Beethoven

Beethoven was born on December 17, 1770 in Bonn, Germany which became a legendary classical music composer.
His most famous musical work is Symphony No. 5 and No. 9, as well as the
piano song Fur Elise. Unfortunately, She is totally deaf and thus becomes very
introspective.

3. Johann Pachelbel

Pachelbel was born on September 1, 1653 in Nuremberg, Germany, who was a composer of classical music during
the Baroque era. He produced a lot of religious and secular music. His most famous
works are Canon D, Chaconne F Minor, Toccata E Minor, and Hexachordum Apollinis.

4.Johann Sebastian Bach

Bach was born on March 21, 1685 in Eisenach, Germany who is a famous classical music composer.
He successfully composed music for organ, harpsichord, and orchestra. His most famous
work is the Brandenburg Concerto.

The Influence of Classical Music on Human Life

Against Children’s Learning Concentration

Based on research conducted by Saifaturrahmi Hidayat and Anggia Kargenti EM with the title Effects of Classical
Music on Concentration Endurance in Learning , proving that classical music can increase the
concentration of children and students while studying. Basically, individuals will not be
able to concentrate if they are in a situation that is too stressful or under pressure.
Now, listening to classical music that has a regular rhythm makes the brain more relaxed,
especially when learning difficult material.

This is in line with the statement that classical music, especially in the Baroque era, can actually cause
the heart rate and blood pressure to relax according to the beat of the music. The body
naturally becomes relaxed and alert, so the mind is able to concentrate more easily.

For Pregnant Women and Their Babies

The existence of classical music turns out to play an important role in efforts to activate the left and
right brains of babies in the womb of pregnant women. This of course affects the balance
between cognitive aspects, emotional aspects, and causes certain motor movements in the fetus and newborn.
Pregnant women will usually stimulate their fetus, through the sounds of music to form regular
vibrations that can stimulate the senses, organs, and emotions of the fetus.

This is because this music contains fluctuating tones between high tones and low tones which stimulate the
brain. The mechanism of the human brain is basically a receptor (signal receiver) that can
recognize music. Well, in this baby’s brain, it has the ability to receive the music even with
limited abilities because the growth of the brain is not perfect. When babies are born, the
music stimulates and improves their physiology, intelligence and behavior as they develop.

For Adolescent Menstrual Pain Sufferers

The pain experienced by young women, especially during menstruation is of course very painful, as if
something had stabbed in the lower abdomen and thighs. The pain is caused by an imbalance of
the hormone progesterone in the blood, causing pain to appear. Generally, this pain is felt in
the lower abdomen that occurs on the first and second days of menstruation. The pain will
decrease after menstrual blood comes out in large quantities.

In order to get rid of this pain, there is usually an effective distraction method to do, namely music
therapy. Distraction is a technique of diverting attention to other things so that it will
reduce awareness of this menstrual pain. Music suitable for use in music therapy is classical
music.

Music therapy is believed to have a beneficial effect on health by affecting the work of organs and
hormones. These benefits include reducing the intensity of pain that affects the pituitary in
the brain to release endorphins (endogenous opiates) which are released in the descending nerve pathways.
These grooves will later block the transmission of pain stimuli, thereby reducing uterine
contractions.

So, that’s a review of what classical music is and the periodization of its development. Is
Sinaumed’s one of the connoisseurs of this music genre?

Definition of City – Who does not know a city or an area where many people dream of being in that area, maybe we are one of them. One of the reasons why so many people want to live in urban areas is that there are more opportunities to continue their careers than in rural areas, because development in urban areas is more advanced than rural areas.

Within a country, there must be such thing as urban areas and rural areas, so that almost everyone can distinguish between the two areas. Usually everyone will distinguish between urban and rural areas with the number of residents in the region. Residents in urban areas will be considered more than rural residents. In addition, traffic in urban areas is friendlier than in rural areas. The difference in population and busy traffic between urban and rural areas is due to the fact that activities in urban areas are relatively busier than rural areas.

Basically, discussions about urban and rural areas have been discussed for a long time. In fact, it already has legal regulations, as stated in the Act, Ministerial Regulations, and others. Therefore, many people already know briefly about urban and rural areas.

Discussions about urban and rural areas are never ending or it can be said that there are many things that are always interesting to discuss. Sinaumed’s, when talking about urban and rural areas simultaneously, there will definitely be a lot of them and one article will not be enough. Besides that, in order to know more deeply, we will discuss urban areas.

In this article, we will discuss the definition of cities, city classification, functions, cities, and city characteristics. So, what are you waiting for, immediately read this article until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of City

The strata of society in urban areas are very diverse, as are the buildings. Therefore, the city can be said as an area where the buildings and layers of society have become one unit. In line with the definition of a city in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a city is a residential area consisting of houses which are a unit of residence for various levels of society.

The city itself can simply be interpreted as an area with great potential from any perspective, starting from the employment sector, the health sector, the education sector, and so on. Therefore, in an urban area, it’s easy to find various kinds of things because there are more urban facilities compared to rural facilities.

In addition, the buildings in the city will look denser because there are more people in the city. Not only that, buildings in cities are also more often vertical, so we will see tall buildings. In fact, existing technology in urban areas will look more modern to keep up with the times. Therefore, urban areas are often used as the economic center of a government.

The same is true for the definition of a city based on Law Number 22 of 1999 concerning Regional Government. An urban area is an area that has non-agricultural main activities, with an arrangement of area functions as a place for urban settlements, concentration and distribution of services as well as changes in names and transfers of government capitals, social services, and economic activities.

Of the two meanings of the city originating from KBBI and Law No. 22 of 1999, the city is an area where there are buildings from all walks of life that have become one unit as well as a center for social services, economic activity, and center of government.

Definition of the City According to Experts

Some experts also express the meaning of the city, namely:

1. Grunfeld

Grunfeld stated that the city is an area where the number of people living is quite dense and denser than the density of the national territory and for residents who live in urban areas usually work in the non-agricultural sector or not the agricultural sector. Apart from that, Grunfeld also said that the existing buildings in urban areas are tall buildings and the distance between the buildings is not far.

2. Max Weber

According to Max Weber, a city is an area or area where the majority of the population from that area can meet all the needs of the local market economy in that area.

3. Burkhard Hofmeister

According to Burkhad Hofmeister, a city is a spatial concentration starting from a place to live, a place to work for the humans themselves, to general activities. In this case, general activities are divided into two sectors, namely the secondary sector in the form of industry and trade and the tertiary sector in the form of services and community services. In addition, Hofmeister also said that the growth that occurred in spatial concentrations occurred because there were immigrants who had the ability to serve or meet the needs of goods and services for areas that were located far away.

4. Bintarto

Bintarto stated that the city is a unit for human life which is marked by the presence of a very high population density and is characterized by the existence of heterogeneous economic strata with a materialistic pattern. Bintarto also revealed that the population in the city consisted of native people from the area and residents who came from other areas. Bintarto also explained that urban society is a heterogeneous collection of individuals, be it in terms of occupation, customs, culture, and religion.

5. Northam 

According to Northam, a city is an area or area that has a population density that is quite high compared to the total population density. Residents in the region have economic activities outside the agricultural sector, so they are not dependent on the agricultural sector. City according to Northam can also be used as the center of the economy, inter-regional administration, and cultural center.

6. Amos Rappoport

Amos Rappoport said that the city is a settlement that is quite large, dense, and permanent and consists of various groups of individuals who are socially heterogeneous.

City Classification

There are many things that always attract discussion about urban areas. Therefore, before deciding to live in an urban area, we should recognize urban classifications. In general, the classification of cities can be categorized based on the number of inhabitants. The following are five classifications of cities consisting of:

1. Small Town (20,000 to 50,000 inhabitants)

A city can be categorized or classified as a small town, if the population living in that city is 20,000 to 50,000 inhabitants. Therefore, we can classify cities by looking at the available information, preferably the information obtained comes from official government agencies. In addition, by knowing the number of residents in a small town, development in a small town can be carried out properly and precisely, so that the needs of the people in this town can be met properly.

2. Medium City (50,000 to 100,000 inhabitants)

The next classification of cities is medium cities. A city can be classified into a medium city if the population has reached 50,000 to 100,000 inhabitants. If you live in an urban area, you should first identify the classification of the city. This needs to be done so that development in this medium-sized city can run properly.

3. Big City (100 thousand to 1 million people)

After small towns and medium cities, the next classification is big cities. If the population in an urban area is 100,000 to one million people, then that city is classified as a big city. Development in big cities can usually be seen through the many industries that open job vacancies, so that there will be many people whose lives are increasingly prosperous.

4. Metropolitan City (about 1 million inhabitants)

Sometimes in an area the population increases quite quickly, including urban areas. The more the population in an urban area, the higher the classification of the city. If, a population of around 1 to 5 million people makes the city included in the urban metropolitan classification. Developments that occur in metropolitan cities usually look more modern. In addition, development will be adjusted to the times, so that the metropolitan city will always be up to date .

5. Megapolitan City (more than 5 million inhabitants)

The last classification of cities is megapolitan cities. This megapolitan city has a population of more than 5 million people. Development in this metropolitan city will be carried out as soon as possible so that community services can run well, so that residents in the metropolitan city can fulfill their needs.

That’s the classification of cities that have been explained that you can find out, the city where you live is included in which city classification? Also from the city classification, a development will be carried out according to the number of residents in the city to be built.

City Functions

The function of the formation of this city is arguably very important because it can affect the condition of a country. In other words, if the city’s functions run smoothly, then the country’s condition can run a little better. However, if cities do not function properly, there will be disruption to the country’s growth. The following are the functions of cities based on Law Number 22 of 1999 concerning Regional Government.

1. As the Center of Government

The first function of the city is as the center of government. As many people already know, cities themselves have more complete service facilities compared to services in rural areas. In addition, in running a community service required state apparatus. Without the state apparatus, a community service cannot run well.

If a community service cannot run properly, it is possible that there will be obstacles. In this case, things that will be hampered are the necessities of life for the community, community administration, and social culture. Therefore, in order to avoid delays in all of this, good public service facilities and state apparatus are needed to carry out their duties to the fullest. Not only that, the “city” must also serve as the center of government.

Therefore, the “city” can be said to be the center of government because it can control various types of public services and can control the government system. In addition, the city is also known as the center of government, even known as the national capital or provincial capital.

2. As an Education Center

The second function of the city is as an educational center. It is common that education in an area or area must really be considered because it will affect the Human Resources (HR) in that region. In fact, human resources from that region could even play a role in the progress of the country. In advancing education must have an area that can be the center of the education system. If the education center has been determined, then the education system can be optimally developed.

Regions that can be used as educational centers are cities, why cities? Because cities have more complete facilities and more importantly, people’s lives are more heterogeneous, so they can see different types of individuals. Therefore, it is not surprising if in a city the number of educational institutions is more than in the district. Many of these educational institutions aim to accommodate individuals who wish to pursue education.

In addition, the large number of educational institutions in urban areas can be used as examples for educational institutions located outside cities or in rural areas. The more individuals who take education, the greater the opportunity to produce superior human resources.

3. As an Information Center

The third function of the city is as an information center. Development in every region, be it a city or a village must be carried out so that all service facilities, public facilities, and so on also develop for the better. In realizing development in an area, accurate and precise information is needed. This is very necessary because accurate and precise information is a source of data to direct development.

Development that is carried out based on information as the source of the data, then the area can run well and the people in the area will feel happy. Information that can be used as a source of data for developing an area can be obtained from anywhere, from magazines, newspapers, radio, television, to the internet. The faster the information is received, the faster the development is carried out.

So that the information for the development of an area is not messy, the information is collected in one area, namely in urban areas. Cities can become centers for storing information because the existing facilities in urban areas are more complete, so that the information received can be processed properly, so that development can run optimally.

City Characteristics 

In order to better understand what a city is, we need to know the characteristics of the city itself. The characteristics of this city are divided into two groups, namely the physical city and the urban community.

1. Physical City

The following are the physical characteristics of the city, including:

1. Owns a government building
2. Has an entertainment and office building
3. Have sufficient parking space
4. Has sports facilities for the community
5. Having open areas such as parks that function as the lungs of the city
6. Having residential houses that can be used by low, medium and elite economic people.
7. Has a square.

2. City Society

The characteristics of urban society as follows:

1. The nature of individualism and selfishness is owned by the majority of city residents
2. Social relations between individuals have the nature of gesselschaft
3. The outlook on life held by urban dwellers is more rational when compared to rural dwellers
4. Has spatial segression
5. The townspeople relaxed their religious norms a bit.

Conclusion

Development in urban areas will certainly look more advanced and modern than development in rural areas. This is because the city is the center of government, education center, and information center. Developments that tend to be more modern make city dwellers also move in a modern direction, so we will see if city dwellers are more individual.

• 10 List of Educational Youtube Channels for Children
• The 10 Most Easy Chord Songs to Play
• 10 Most Suitable Business Opportunities for Young People
• 10 Best Securities Companies
• The 10 Largest Countries in the World
• 10 Richest People in Indonesia
• 10 Highest Mountains in Indonesia
• 10 Most Popular BTS Songs
• 10 Biggest Campuses in Indonesia

Source: From all kinds of sources

What comes to your mind when you hear about circles? You must be familiar with this flat shape.

A two-dimensional shape that has an area and a perimeter is called a plane shape. Paper with various shapes is known as a flat shape because it has a shape, but has no space.

Flat shapes consist of various shapes, namely circles, squares, triangles, rectangles, rhombuses, and so on. This article will focus on discussing the flat shape of a circle.

Definition of Circle

What is meant by a circle as a flat shape? Flat shapes that are composed of curves and not straight lines so that they do not include polygons are called circles. A special ellipse where the two foci coincide and the eccentricity is 0 can also be defined as a circle.

The circle is a flat figure that has no angles. You often encounter objects in the shape of a circle in everyday life, such as plates, car tires, cup holders, wall clocks, coins, and many more.

The characteristics of a circle are that it has a diameter that divides it into two balanced sides and has a total angle of 180 degrees. In addition, the constant diameter and radius connecting the center point to the circular arc point are also the characteristics of a circle.

A circle has one side with infinite circular fold symmetry as one of its properties. Then the nature of the circle also has an infinite circle rotational symmetry.

In various fields, the concept of a circle is widely applied. For example, the concept of the area of ​​a circle is often used to measure the area of ​​land or the area of ​​a circular object.

Then in various fields, the concept of circumference is also widely applied. For example, the concept of the circumference of a circle for solving problems regarding the radius or diameter of the wheel, the length of the track or the distance traveled, and other applications.

In mathematics, we often encounter circle elements in everyday life. It’s easy to recognize or distinguish a circle from other plane shapes. This flat shape is the only flat shape that has no corners.

In basic calculations, a circle as a two-dimensional shape only has area and circumference. In mathematics, You needs to know the elements of a circle first to find out the circumference to the total area.

The center point, radius, diameter, arc, chord, sector, and apothem are some of the elements in a circle that you need to know. The set of all points that are the same distance from a given point is called a circle.

It can be said that the set of dots is a way of formulating a circle in mathematics. In the formula above, the word “certain point” is called the center of the circle.

While the word “same distance” can be called the radius. In mathematics, the radius can be interpreted as a line segment connecting the center point to a point on a circle or as a measure of length.

Then the definition of a circle in general is one of the many types of two-dimensional plane shapes. A circle is formed from a collection of curved points that have the same length as the center of the circle itself.

A circle is a flat shape which is quite unique because it only has one curved side that meets each other without any angles. It can be said that a circle is a geometric shape and is flat. A curved curve covered with regular lines can be described as a circle shape.

Circle Elements

After understanding the meaning of a circle, now is the time for You to know the elements of a circle that can be applied to calculate the circumference and area of ​​a circle itself. Check out the following explanation.

Illustration of Circle Elements (source: akupintar.id)

1. Center Point (P)

The center point is the first circle element that you need to know. The point directly in the center of the circle is called the center point.

The distance from the center point to all points on this one flat shape is always the same. The central point is often symbolized by using capital letters, such as A, O, P, Q, and so on.

2. Circle radius (r)

The next element is the radius of the circle. The radius can be interpreted as the distance between the center point of the circle and the point on the circle.

The radius of a circle is always the same because the distance between the center point and all points on the circle is the same. In mathematical formulas, the radius is often symbolized by the letter r or what is called the radius . Since they are the same length, this distance can stretch downwards, upwards, to the right, or to the left.

3.Diameter(d)

Diameter is the next circle element to be discussed. The length of the straight line that connects any two points on the circumference of a circle and passes through the center of the circle is the diameter.

It can be said that the value of the diameter of a circle is twice the value of the radius of the circle. Vice versa, the radius of a circle has a value of half the diameter. In mathematical formulas, diameter is often symbolized by the letter d.

4. Bow

The next circle element is the arc. What is meant by an arc as an element of a circle? The part of the circle in the form of a curved line is the definition of an arc.

There are two types of arcs in a circle, namely large arcs and small arcs. An arc that is longer than half the circumference of a circle is called a great arc.

While an arc whose length is less than half the circumference of a circle is called a minor arc. Curved lines, whether open or closed and intersecting with a circle, are called circular arcs.

5. Bowstring

The elements of the next circle are the bowstring. The straight line connecting any two points on a circle is called a chord.

The straight line connects any two points on the circumference of the circle, but does not pass through the center of the circle. If You has trouble imagining it, just imagine a circular bowstring just like the string on a crossbow.

6. Juring

The area flanked by two radii and a circular arc is the notion of the sector as a circle element. The wedge on the circle consists of two parts, namely the major sector and the minor sector.

Where the area in a circle bounded by the radius and arc of the circle is called the major sector. while the area in a circle bounded by the radius and the minor arc is referred to as the minor sector.

7. Part

The area flanked by a chord and a circular arc can be interpreted as a section. Then the division is divided into two, namely the large section and the small section.

The area bounded by the chord and the arc of the circle is called the great sector. Meanwhile, the area bounded by the chord and the small arc of the circle is called the minor section.

8. Apothem

The apothem becomes the element of the circle which will be discussed. The perpendicular line segment connecting the center point of the circle with the chord of the circle is defined as the apothem. Then the apothem can also be interpreted as the shortest distance of the chord with the center point of the circle.

9. Center Corner

The central angle is the next circle element to be discussed. An angle formed by the meeting of two chords with a point on the circumference of a circle is called the central angle.

10. Corner Circumference

The circumferential angle is the next element of the circle to be discussed. The angle formed by the intersection of two chords at a point on the circumference of a circle can be said to be the angle of circumference.

Circle Formula

After recognizing the elements of a circle, now is the time for You to learn the formula for the circumference and area of ​​a circle. You needs to know the various circle formulas in order to get the right result. Here are some circle formulas that You must know as basic knowledge of mathematics.

1. Circumference Formula

The number that represents the length of the curve forming a circle is the meaning of the circumference of the circle. Just as the name suggests, the circumference is the longest arc in a circle. Just like the circumference of a circle, of course there is no arc that exceeds its length.

The longest arc on a circle is known as the circumference of the circle. It is not difficult to calculate the circumference of a circle.

There are two ways that You can use to calculate the circumference of a circle, namely if you know the diameter (d) or if you know the radius (r). You already knows that twice the radius of a circle is the diameter of a circle, right?

Here’s the formula for the circumference of a circle:

Illustration of the Circle Circumference Formula (source: akupintar.id)

You can use the following circle formula if what you are looking for is the radius of the circle and the circumference of the circle.

Illustration of the radius of a circle with the circumference of a circle (source: akupintar.id)

2. The formula for the area of ​​a circle

Actually, we have learned the circle formula when we were in elementary school. Because the formula for the area and the formula for the circumference of a circle look similar at first glance, the two formulas for a circle are often misleading.

You needs to study the formula for the area of ​​a circle more deeply so he doesn’t get fooled. After discussing the formula for the circumference of a circle, now is the time for You to learn the formula for the area of ​​a circle.

Come on, see the following review to understand it. You can calculate the area of ​​a circle by using the radius of the circle.

If in a known problem is the diameter, then you need to convert the diameter to the radius. How to? The trick is to divide the diameter by 2.

Problems example

Example of Circumference Questions

1. A circle has a radius of 10 cm, the circumference of the circle is …

2. There is a circular city park with a diameter of 10 meters. Determine the circumference of the circle!

3. A circle has a diameter of 14 cm. Determine the circumference of the circle!

4. Mr. Andi built a circular pond with a diameter of 7 meters. Mr. Andi intends to fence the pool with wooden planks. If Mr. Andi gives a distance between the logs of ½ meter, then how many wooden planks does Mr. Andi need to fence the pond he is building?

Example of a Circle Area Problem

1. A garden in the Bogor area has a diameter of 14 meters and will be planted with several types of flowers to decorate it. If every 11 m2 will be planted with one type of flower, then how many types of flowers will be planted in the garden?

2. If the area of ​​a circle has a circumference equal to 94.2 cm, that is…

3. The circumference of a circle is 32 cm, what is the area of ​​the circle?

4. A shop is in the shape of a circle with a diameter of 10 meters. Find the area of ​​the circular shop.

So, that’s an explanation of the circle formula, starting from the meaning, elements, to examples of problems . Has You understood the explanation above? Hopefully this article is useful and can add to your insight, You.

Chief Operating Officer (COO)   – In the world of work or business, of course you often hear what is called a C-Level. C-Level is known as the term for the highest leaders in the corporate world. One of the most well-known positions in the C-Level category is the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) as a position that has responsibility or power regarding the highest decisions.

However, it turns out that not only CEOs are included in the C-Level ranks . There are several other positions, such as Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Chief Marketing Officer (CMO), and of course Chief Operating Officer (COO).

In this article, we will review what a Chief Operating Officer is , or many people are familiar with the acronym COO. Let’s look at a complete review of the discussion about COO, starting from what and how the role of COO is in a company.

Definition of COO

In his brief note on business leaders , Andrew Blumenthal said that the Chief Operating Officer is a senior executive whose job is to supervise the daily administrative and operational functions of a company’s business. Furthermore, the duties of the COO will be reported directly to the CEO as the highest position holder in the company’s business.

Therefore, the COO position is often referred to as the second highest position in a company, after a CEO. For some companies, the COO is also known as the executive vice president for operations. More simply, the COO is the operational director within the company.

COO Duties and Responsibilities

In accordance with what has been explained previously, a person who holds the position of COO is responsible for the administrative and operational functions of the company. In general, some of the COO’s duties are to focus on implementing the company’s business plan according to a predetermined business model. Of course, this task is very different from that of a CEO, which focuses more on long-term goals and the view of the company as a whole.

In short, the COO has the duty to implement various business plans that have been prepared by the CEO. For example, when a company experiences a decline in sales, the CEO will most likely ask for increased production quality control and so on. Of course, this order must be carried out directly by the COO who will convey the chain of instructions to the human resources department, one of which is managing personnel in the quality control division.

The COO position itself is perfect for those of you who have quality and extensive work experience and have previously served as a C-Level . Many companies urgently need someone experienced for this chief executive position. Therefore, many vacancies have been opened for operational directors in this company.

In addition, other examples of COO duties can be seen when business products on the market have been copied a lot or many competing products are almost the same. The CEO as the highest office holder is likely to ask for a certain strategy. This strategy will then be conveyed to the COO so that it can be implemented through strengthening the research and development division, so as to produce products with new variants.

In a company, the COO is usually responsible for various things that are in the operational realm of the company. Someone who holds the position of COO will monitor how the strategy comes from the CEO as well as oversee the implementation of the company’s strategy or operational development, starting from the development, production, to pre-marketing stages.

The difference between COO and CEO, CFO, and CMO

Even though they look equal, each position or position held by these C-Levels has its own level or level. These levels are of course adjusted to the responsibilities and roles in a company.

This can be seen from the strata of instructions or assignments for each position from CEO to CMO. However, in general the CEO is the highest leader in the company, while the COO, CFO, and CMO are under his responsibility.

COO

1. Holds the position of head of the company’s operations.
2. Responsible for supervising and making decisions related to the company’s operations.
3. Has responsibility for solving company problems through the operational realm (communication, collaboration, improvisation, recruitment, operational analysis, and strategy implementation).
4. Occupies the number two position as the primary senior vice president within the company.

CEO

1. Holds the position of the highest management of the company.
2. In charge of making decisions and the general strategy of the company.
3. Have general responsibility within the company, both the strengths and weaknesses of the company.
4. Occupying the main position as president/main director of a company.

CFO

1. Holds the position of head of company finance.
2. Responsible for overseeing planning and all financial administration of the company.
3. Have responsibility for the finance and accounting functions within the company, supervise staff related to finance, and understand the applicable tax regulations.
4. Holds the position of senior vice president in the company (financial affairs).

CMOs

1. Served as the company’s marketing leader.
2. Responsible for overseeing the planning to the marketing process of the company’s products.
3. Has responsibility for market analysis, marketing process, and marketing strategy collaboration with operational leadership.
4. Have the ability to understand market opportunities and potential, as well as existing risks.
5. Holds the position of senior vice president within the company (marketing affairs).

7 Key qualifications to be a COO

As the second highest position in the company after the CEO, Chief Operating Officer is considered a position that is high enough to be achieved by someone in the world of work or company. A person to achieve this position is known to have high competitiveness and qualified capacity in his professional career.

According to the Harvard Business Review and career advice from Seek Australia, there are 7 main qualifications that must be possessed by a person to become a Chief Operating Officer (COO) in a company. Some of them are as follows:

1. Have a Relevant Academic Degree

The first qualification, of course, is a relevant or appropriate academic degree, so that it can form the basis of a COO’s qualification. Although not everyone in the COO position has a relevant academic degree. It’s just that, for those of you who have dreams of becoming a COO, it is highly recommended to have a qualified educational base.

Relevant academic degrees are meant not only those related to business economics or the Master of Business Administration (MBA). Several other degrees are also required, provided that they have a high degree of relevance to the company’s operations.

For example, the highest leadership in a pharmaceutical business or hospital. The required degree usually has something to do with medicine or hospital management. A relevant degree will greatly support a COO to be able to better understand every complexity that occurs in his work.

Not only that, higher and relevant education can also help a COO in implementing or implementing various companies easily and precisely. As a position that is responsible for all forms of implementation, COO means that one must be willing and able to take various risks related to the company’s operations. In addition, the implementation of the strategy is part of the steps in maintaining the quality of the company’s own business.

2. Has extensive work experience and is able to become an agent of change

In accordance with a wise sentence, “the best teacher is experience”. As someone who occupies the second highest position in the company, COO of course must have extensive work experience. Not only that, this extensive work experience must also be balanced with qualified abilities and capacities. Extensive work experience and qualified capacity is proof that someone can make a significant contribution to the company.

The time it takes for a person to reach the COO level is usually 10 years working in an equivalent position below. Not only that, the relevance of the work done over a period of 10 years can make the experience of a prospective COO more complete and solid.

3. Able to Become a Mentor or Have Leadership Spirit

As written above, a COO is required to have extensive work experience. This ability is a benchmark that a COO must have when occupying a C-Level in a company. In addition, a COO is usually also needed to mentor young CEOs or even a company founder who is not very experienced.

As a mentor or mentor, a COO can be said to have a responsibility to be an elegant character and not be closed off to others. Even though he has the task of being a mentor, that doesn’t mean that the COO is free to do whatever he wants with his subordinates. This step is usually used by several CEOs of a new company to gain experience through a COO from an industry or similar business.

4. Balancing and Complementing the CEO Experience

It is common that one of the reasons companies bring in a senior COO is not only to mentor, but also as a counterweight to the CEO. This balancing function itself can also be said to complement the experience of a CEO in the company.

CEOs usually need a COO with this qualification so that it doesn’t seem like they are walking alone or get a quieter co-worker, so that they can be a balancer in various decisions or activities.

The Harvard Business Review states that various large companies in the world, let’s say Microsoft, also need a COO with such qualifications. Bill Gates once had two COOs that he needed to balance him.

The two people are Jon Shirley and Michael Hallman to balance himself. Some say that Shirley and Hallman are a counterweight and a “quiet” side for Bill Gates. In the case of this company, a COO wasn’t primarily geared toward the CEO position.

5. Able to Become a Discussion Partner for the CEO

In a company, the CEO can be likened to a brain or center that exercises control. As someone who holds the highest position, the CEO still needs a discussion partner or interlocutor for strategic issues and problem solving. Hierarchically, one of the positions that must be a discussion partner in solving various operational problems of the company is COO.

Therefore, a COO must also be qualified as a partner for the CEO. In this case the COO is required to be able to provide feedback to the CEO for all his thoughts regarding the company, both practical and psychological. This is because being a CEO is a big responsibility that is very risky. The COO role is needed to minimize risk by opening discussions, both formally and informally to develop the company.

6. Able to Become a “Heir”

It’s no wonder that COO is often referred to as the second position in a company, after the CEO. One of the most onerous responsibilities of qualifying to be a COO is being the “Heir”. The meaning of “Heir” itself is that the COO must be prepared to “inherit” the company if a CEO so wishes.

The COO role, which ranks second in the company hierarchy, has the potential for this kind of inheritance. For a COO, becoming the “Heir” of the CEO is the final stage of promotion.

Although it appears that there is enormous potential for a COO to rise to become CEO. However, the COO also of course has to be prepared for the big risks that are waiting ahead. Some of the things needed to deal with this, of course, are self-preparedness, both mentally and physically.

Being a CEO can be sure to take a lot of thought and time, as well as the way CEOs solve problems or create strategies that are also tiring. Therefore, one of the things that a COO needs to learn and prepare for when he gets a promotion is being able to solve problems and create strategies.

7. Has Great Potential

The great potential of a COO is expected to be a personal selling point for the company. The last qualification that needs to be possessed to become a COO is great potential. A COO is expected to have great potential so that it can become a personal selling point for the company. Some observers believe that a COO candidate must have the best potential and be too valuable to waste.

So, it’s not surprising that some companies give promotions to someone with extensive experience and who is already in the top senior management ranks and performs very well.

Someone who has high bargaining power and selling points is usually an employee at a senior level and has proven to be very familiar with the ins and outs of the company. Plus, the company will think hundreds of times to release someone with great potential and qualified from the company. With the release of someone with such great potential, there will be great potential to become a competitor.

This is of course highly avoided, one of which is by giving promotions to these senior employees, so that they sit in the COO position. The appointment of high-performing senior employees as COO will certainly make the company’s future more secure and CEOs don’t need to be confused about getting balanced co-workers.

Closing

If you listen to the reviews above, the COO position can be said to be an achievement that should be pursued by an employee with extensive experience in the company. Even though it takes experience and high flying hours, one’s capacity is able to go further than time. This makes this position can also be achieved by someone who is still young though.

Therefore, for Sinaumed’s who has a dream to lead a company. For young people, of course you have to be optimistic to achieve C-Level in a company. You can develop capacity and quality as well as gain experience.

This will really help you in mastering the operational sector within the company. Great potential and qualified quality will eventually lead you to sit in COO positions.

Thus a complete discussion of the Chief Operating Officer , starting from the definition, duties, types, to their qualifications. For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about the world of work or companies, they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Human

Also read:

Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) – Did you know that a company cannot run without an executive board. Where, the executives themselves are the people who sit on the board of directors. His job is to set the direction and course of a company. It is the people who are in it who have different ranks.

Starting from the top ranks, namely the main director or also known as the CEO ( Chief Executive Officer ). A CEO, of course, cannot lead a company alone, therefore a CEO must get help from his subordinates, who are probably most familiar with the title deputy director.

In such a company, there may not be only one deputy director. Because, it is determined by how many company positions are needed. With one deputy director who has a very important role in a company, namely the Chief Marketing Officer or also called CMO.

The Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is one of the key players who is very responsible for conveying company information to the right audience. The Chief Marketing Officer has major primary responsibilities in several areas such as sales management, product development, distribution channel management, marketing communications.

Not everyone can occupy this position, because a Chief Marketing Officer is required to have very high managerial technical knowledge. So, before discussing in more depth the roles and duties and qualifications that a Chief Marketing Officer must have , you should first understand the meaning of a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO).

Definition of Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)

According to the Market Business Review, it states that the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is an executive position or company leader who has responsibility for marketing or marketing matters. Where as one of the elements of leadership, a Chief Marketing Officer must coordinate in carrying out his duties.

This is so that the various decisions he makes are in line with the company’s vision and do not overlap with other leadership elements. Many other sources also say that the Chief Marketing Officer is the same as the Marketing Director. This is because the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is the leader of the company.

Meanwhile, Forbes stated that the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is a pretty terrible position. This is because the Chief Marketing Officer does not only deal with marketing, but is also closely related to business development. Not infrequently, the company’s major innovations actually come from the work of a Chief Marketing Officer .

Duties and Authorities of the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)

As a leader in the field of marketing, a Chief Marketing Officer has very broad duties and authorities. Referring to Talent Ft, there are several duties and authorities of a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO), including the following:

1. Define Marketing Goals and Achievements

As a company leader, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) has the task of determining marketing objectives and achievements. After that, various goals with each achievement are implemented in the form of a marketing strategy.

A Chief Marketing Officer , is responsible for deciding what kind of strategy to do and what is suitable for the company. Therefore, a Chief Marketing Officer must be able to combine various decisions with fellow company leaders and staff so that marketing goals can be achieved.

2. Aligning the Strategy with the Budget

After determining the marketing objectives and achievements of the company, another task of a Chief Marketing Officer that must be carried out is to oversee their implementation. various strategies that do of course require a lot of money. Therefore, a Chief Marketing Officer is obliged to monitor the implementation so that it can be in accordance with the given budget.

Good marketing performance can be judged by the suitability between the budget and the amount of results achieved. Therefore, if there are problems in the process, a Chief Marketing Officer must make a decision regarding the implementation of the marketing strategy.

3. Analyzing Company Strategy

Once a strategy has been successfully executed, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) needs to know what happened to the process. In addition, to ensure that the strategy can run according to the plan and budget set, it is also used to determine the strategy going forward.

By understanding the market and business conditions as a whole, a Chief Marketing Officer can analyze the accuracy of the strategy he is implementing, as well as to improve the strategy in the future.

4. Understand the Latest Marketing Practices

The world of marketing or marketing is a dynamic world. Where, the company occurs erratically. As a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) it is your responsibility to understand these changes. It is intended that the strategy implemented is not left behind by other companies.

Therefore, as previously stated, various innovations often emerge from a Chief Marketing Officer . This is due to the ability to understand marketing dynamics and be able to adapt quickly.

5. Contributing to the Company’s Growth

With various strategies that have been implemented, indirectly, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) also contributes to the company’s growth. In fact, a Chief Marketing Officer can also be a liaison between a company and other companies.

This is often done when a Chief Marketing Officer attends a marketing conference. At that moment, the task of a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is mandatory to establish relationships with other parties in order to develop and grow the company better.

The Role of a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)

Like most executive levels, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) has a full schedule and meetings, emails, new projects, and so on. The day-to-day responsibilities of a Chief Marketing Officer vary depending on the size of the company and the products or services it offers.

For example, a Chief Marketing Officer from a small consumer goods company that focuses more on direct marketing strategies from Business to Consumer (B2C), such as social media marketing, product branding, and market research. Following are the 4 (four) roles of the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO), including:

1. Drivers of Company Development

One of the important roles of a Chief Marketing Officer is to increase sales and profits and ensure a positive Return On Investment (ROI) figure from the marketing budget. The part that is the focus for improving a Chief Marketing Officer includes gross margin income, and market share.

2. Supporting Consumer Convenience

It is the responsibility of a Chief Marketing Officer to provide a good experience to customers. Where a good experience will make these customers stay to become repeat customers.

3. Innovation Drivers

A Chief Marketing Officer can experiment and innovate to develop his company. Where, a Chief Marketing Officer is able to try the use of new marketing technologies and tactics while providing new solutions to meet customer wants and needs.

4. Storytellers

Deloitte states that a Chief Marketing Officer must act as the architect and steward of a particular brand by telling a story and inviting consumers to participate in that story.

Key Qualifications to Become a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO)

By looking at the duties and authorities, as well as their quite a number of roles, of course, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) candidate is needed who can meet several key qualifications. The following has presented some of the main qualifications to become Chief Marketing Officer , including:

1. Have a Vision and Strategic Planning

Marketing is an important part that drives the company’s growth. Therefore, the Chief Marketing Officer needs to be a visionary who is able to assist the executive team in making forward-looking decisions based on marketing opportunities and challenges.

Strategic planning also has a very close relationship with the company’s vision. The top Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) needs to play a critical role with the ability to identify market trends and patterns. If the Chief Marketing Officer is able to identify market tastes before competitors do, then the company will gain significant profit potential.

2. Mastering Data Analysis and Interpretation

No company can survive in the digital age without a data-driven marketing system that includes powerful software with the capacity to collect and analyze massive amounts of data. This is because the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) requires analytical skills to participate in strategy formulation and infrastructure development, data collection processes, and program development.

After that, assisted by technology and SOP implementation in collecting customer data, a Chief Marketing Officer also still needs to turn it into a report and interpret the results. Quality interpretation can help optimize the customer experience, target marketing efficiency, and return marketing investment.

3. Focus on Consumers and Customer Experience

Not only data-based marketing systems, customer experience is one of the driving factors in a successful business in the digital era. Internal expansion and cellular technology give customers access to a wide range of choices to meet their needs.

Leading companies realize that providing a high quality user experience, both from their website , home mobile application and throughout the buying process will result in high sales and customer satisfaction.

Currently, a number of marketing agencies and companies also have their own experts whose job is to observe and evaluate user experience. these professionals understand all aspects of optimizing UX ( User Experience ) and user experience. In order for a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) to be able to successfully lead people in this field, he also needs to know how the USD is evaluated, developed, and continuously improved.

4. Think Innovative

The customer behavior data obtained is the main source of feedback about the company’s performance and future projections. This information requires a Chief Marketing Officer to be able to think innovatively and identify opportunities to add, remove or modify products, services and processes.

By monitoring and improving the customer experience, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) will be able to recognize when there are changes in customer approaches and demands. If a company is always able to meet customer demands and always update purchasing channels according to market preferences, then the company’s position will be increasingly leading in the industry it is in.

5. Content Management

Marketing content is part of a marketing strategy and system in today’s digital era. Where content marketing includes optimized development and distribution through a block, social media, website, and so on. Based on the Google/Millward Brown Digital B2B Path to Purchase Study Report , it states that 89% of B2B buyers use the internet as part of their product research. The majority of companies use Google to find information and help solve business problems.

Therefore, the Chief Marketing Officer also needs to understand all the processes of cash management, so that he can properly lead the planning and implementation of content. The process covers content creation plans aligned with the needs and behavior of targeted customers, as well as regarding content distribution.

Good content processing will require collaboration between marketing communication strategies on social media, as well as conversations that occur on other communication channels. For example, e-mail or telemarketing .

Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) Skill Qualifications

To carry out complex tasks as above, a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is required to have and fulfill several skill qualifications. The following are a number of skill qualifications that must be possessed by a Chief Marketing Officer, including:

1. Strategic Planning

Given the important duties and roles carried out by a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) as explained above, it can be said that a Chief Marketing Officer must be able to make a good planning strategy. Where the planning strategy includes branding planning, marketing planning, to product manufacturing planning.

2. Data Science

In making a planning strategy, a Chief Marketing Officer is required to be able to process various data. Not only being able to process it, the Chief Marketing Officer is also required to be able to interpret and analyze the data. This data can later be used by the Chief Marketing Officer in determining and developing product planning, marketing and manufacturing planning strategies.

3. Innovative Thinking

In their duties, such as brand management, marketing communication , to product management , the Chief Marketing Officer is also required to have innovative thoughts. The Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) is required to be able to formulate important innovations related to how companies carry out communication, branding and product management.

This innovation is closely related in determining competition with competitors. It’s not imaginary, if to increase brand awareness, then marketing must be done by following the trends that apply to the community.

4. Adaptable

The movement of digital technology, and very tight business competition requires the Chief Marketing Officer to have adaptable and adaptable characteristics in every competition and trend in the business. These adaptable skills are related to the west with innovative thinking .

Education or Majors Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) Can Take

There are a number of companies that require a master’s degree to become a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO). However, there are also small companies that only hint at bachelor graduates becoming Chief Marketing Officers . So, what majors can become Chief Marketing Officer ? Below are several majors that can become Chief Marketing Officer, including:

• Business
• Marketing
• Business Administration
• Business management

Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) Salary

Salary for a Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) varies, it depends on company policy. In large companies, the average salary and benefits of a Chief Marketing Officer range from IDR 20,000,000 to IDR 35,000,000 per month.

Meanwhile, in a number of financing companies the Chief Marketing Officer receives a basic salary, including:

• WOM Finance Chief Marketing Officer IDR 2,943,553 .
• Chief Marketing Officer Mandiri Utama Finance IDR 3,800,000 .
• Chief Marketing Officer Adira Finance IDR 3,800,000 .
• FIF Group Chief Marketing Officer IDR 6,000,000

In addition to salary, usually a Chief Marketing Officer at a financial finance company also earns a sizable commission.

Closing

This is information related to the Chief Marketing Officer.  Hopefully the information presented above can help and add insight to the knowledge of the readers.

For Sinaumed’s who want to know more deeply about other Chief Marketing Officers (CMOs), they can read related books by visiting sinaumedia.com .

To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Human

CHF is Congestive Heart Failure which is a condition in which the heart cannot pump enough blood to the body’s organs and other tissues. So far, CHF has become a heart disease that has a fairly high risk for sufferers.

CHF disease is not only experienced by someone who is elderly, but can also be experienced by people who suffer from hypertension, obesity, high cholesterol levels, like to drink alcohol and smoke and someone who has a family history of heart failure. Therefore, CHF needs to be watched out for by everyone and not only the elderly. To be aware of CHF, Sinaumed’s needs to know more about CHF, see the full explanation in the following article.

CHF Is

CHF is Congestive Heart Failure which means congestive heart failure. Heart failure referred to as CHF is often misinterpreted by the general public as a condition in which the heart stops beating.

However, according to a research journal entitled Congestive Heart Failure, heart failure is a condition that occurs when a person’s heart can no longer pump the blood needed by the body, organs and tissues in it.

So, if there is one or even two parts of the heart that does not pump blood out, the blood will be blocked and cause a buildup in the heart which results in blockage of organs and other body tissues.

If this happens, then the body’s organs that should get blood supply will stop working.

A person with CHF will generally have limited physical activity, so they cannot do strenuous exercise and are only allowed to do light activity.

If CHF sufferers undergo strenuous activities, the body will tend to feel tired easily and even experience difficulty breathing or a disease called dyspnea.

Heart failure is a condition that can occur in all ages, both the elderly and children, especially children with congenital heart defects.

However, congestive heart failure is more common in older people, because older people are more at risk of developing causes of damage to the heart muscle and heart valves.

Changes in the heart, along with age will also cause heart contractions to become less effective.

Congestive heart failure is also known as the silent killer, because it can appear at any time without any symptoms for a long time, until finally the patient dies.

However, now, researchers reveal that congestive heart failure is not always a death sentence for patients. Many people with mild to moderate congestive heart failure are able to live long and normal lives with the help of medication and some treatments.

There are several facts about congestive heart failure that have been revealed through several studies, including the following:

• Heart failure means that the pumping function of the heart is unable to meet the body’s basic needs.
• CHF disease can appear together with other diseases.
• Symptoms of CHF from one patient to another can vary.
• CHF disease has a progressive nature or can get worse over time.
• There are many patients from CHF who feel tired and short of breath.

Patients with congestive heart failure can be classified into 4 categories according to the patient’s ability to carry out daily activities, along with the classification:

• No mobility problems.
• There are only minor or minor mobility problems.
• Have limitations to perform certain activities.
• Not being able to complete an activity without feeling some extreme discomfort.

CHF Disease Types

As explained at the beginning of the article, that CHF needs to be watched out for by anyone and does not only affect the elderly. There are several types of CHF or heart failure to watch out for.

The heart has four chambers and the four chambers each have their respective duties. The four chambers are the right and left atria at the top and the right and left ventricles at the bottom. Based on the location of the space, CHF can be divided into three types. Here’s the full explanation.

1. CHF or Left-sided Congestive Heart Failure

The first type of CHF is left-sided congestive heart failure which will make the sufferer experience a condition where fluid accumulates in the lungs, abdominal cavity, legs and kidneys.

The accumulation of fluid will be seen from the swelling in these parts of the body. This is because the left side of the heart chamber cannot function properly as it should.

The left ventricle of the heart has the function of being able to circulate blood throughout the body through the aortic blood vessels, then forwarded to the arteries.

2. CHF or Right-sided Congestive Heart Failure

Congestive heart failure on the right will make the sufferer experience a buildup of fluid in the stomach and other parts of the body. This fluid buildup occurs because the right ventricle of the heart has difficulty pumping blood to the lungs.

So as a result, the blood that is pumped will return to the veins. In general, patients with right-sided CHF have experienced left-sided CHF first. However, there are also some right-sided CHF sufferers who do not experience left-sided CHF.

3. CHF or Mixed Congestive Heart Failure

The third type of CHF is mixed congestive heart failure which occurs in the right and left chambers of the heart. The conditions of this mixed CHF will occur simultaneously, so the risk will be more severe and higher.

On average, patients with mixed congestive heart failure generally experience left-sided congestive heart failure first, then heart failure spreads to the right if CHF is not immediately treated and managed properly.

Symptoms of CHF (Congestive Heart Failure)

Congestive Heart Failure (CHF) or congestive heart failure is a chronic disease that can suddenly occur. Symptoms that are quite typical for sufferers are easily out of breath when doing activities, shortness of breath when sleeping on their backs so that the patient needs several extra pillows to prop his head so he can breathe freely.

Patients with CHF are people who often wake up at night, due to feeling short of breath and sometimes accompanied by swelling that occurs in the ankles.

The effects of heart failure can vary, such as loss of appetite, frequent urination at night, nausea, weight gain, but it is caused by the accumulation of dangerous fluids and swollen organs in the body.

When the left heart fails, blood flow to the lungs stagnates. This can cause fatigue, shortness of breath especially at night when lying down and coughing. Meanwhile, when the right side of the heart fails, blood stagnates in the tissues.

Therefore, as a result, the liver becomes swollen and can cause abdominal pain. The patient’s feet and soles may experience swelling caused by the right side of the heart not functioning properly.

Broadly speaking, the symptoms of congestive heart failure can be divided into three levels, namely the initial level, moderate level and bad level. For the initial stages of congestive heart failure can be the following:

1. The calves in the legs and ankles will experience swelling.
2. Patients tend to get tired easily, even if they only do some light activities.
3. The patient is gaining weight.
4. The patient often urinates at night.

Meanwhile, the symptoms of moderate congestive heart failure will be accompanied by the following symptoms:

1. The patient’s heart rate is often irregular.
2. Often experience coughing and shortness of breath, even though they do not have asthma.
3. Breath sounds or wheezing.
4. Experiencing shortness of breath, even when only doing light activities or even when lying down.
5. The body gets tired more easily and finds it difficult to do physical activity.

Then, if the patient has entered a level that is getting worse or worse, then the symptoms felt by the patient are as follows:

1. Often experience pain in the chest which then spreads to the upper body.
2. The skin turns bluish in certain parts caused by a lack of oxygen.
3. Breath becomes shorter and faster.
4. Often faints when too tired or doing light activities.

If Sinaumed’s feels that he is experiencing some of the above symptoms at a mild, moderate or even bad level, then immediately consult a doctor to get further appropriate treatment.

Causes of CHF

The most common cause of congestive heart failure or CHF is coronary heart disease. Meanwhile, other causes of CHF are due to the phenomenon of tense heart muscle, heart attack, high blood pressure, cardiomyopathy, infection, heart valve disease, heart arrhythmia or abnormal heart rhythm, thyroid disease, anemia, lung disease and fluid too much body.

In order to more clearly understand the causes of congestive heart failure, the following is an explanation.

1. Coronary artery disease

Blood flow that has oxygen content in it is blocked due to a buildup of plaque in the arteries, hardening of the arteries or due to a tear in the lining of the arteries.

2. Heart attack

The second cause of congestive heart failure is a heart attack, which is when a coronary artery is suddenly blocked and blood is unable to flow to the heart fully.

Therefore, as a result, the heart muscle will become permanently damaged and the muscle cells in the heart can die, while the muscle cells that are still working normally are forced to work harder.

3. Cardiomyopathy 

Cardiomyopathy is a disease that refers to damage and swelling that occurs in the heart muscle that is not triggered by problems with blood flow or coronary arteries.

4. Congenital heart disease

Abnormalities of the heart that occur during pregnancy due to problems with fetal development can be one of the causes of congestive heart failure.

5. Diabetes 

Diabetes or high blood sugar levels is one of the causes of congestive heart failure.

6. Hypertension 

Hypertension is high blood pressure.

7. Obesity 

Being overweight or obese seems to be one of the most common causes of patients experiencing CHF.

8. Arrhythmia 

Apart from congenital heart disease, CHF can also be caused by heart rhythm abnormalities or arrhythmias.

9. Unhealthy lifestyle

An unhealthy lifestyle can certainly invite various kinds of diseases, ranging from minor illnesses such as heartburn to congestive heart failure. The unhealthy lifestyle in question is the habit of smoking, using narcotic drugs, consuming unhealthy foods such as instant food and junk food and rarely exercising.

In addition to the nine causes of CHF, there are also several factors that can increase a person’s risk of experiencing congestive heart failure or CHF. Quoted from the hellosehat.com page , the following is an explanation.

1. The heart muscle is injured during a heart attack. When the heart muscle is injured, it will cause the strength of a person’s heart to contract and make the heart’s work less and unable to work like its normal state.
2. Patients who have a history of diabetes will be more at risk of heart failure, because diabetes will increase the risk of hypertension and coronary artery disease which are one of the causes of CHF.
3. Consuming certain diabetes drugs that have a function to control sugar levels, seems to be able to increase the risk of heart failure for some people. Even so, it is better for Sinaumed’s not to stop any medication without consulting this with a doctor first.
4. Sleep apnea or sleep disorders can reduce the supply of oxygen in the blood and increase the risk of abnormal heart rhythms. Both sleep apnea and sleep disorders are a factor in a person experiencing higher CHF.
5. Someone who has a history of heart valve disease or a condition that makes the heart unable to pump blood properly has a higher risk of developing CHF.
6. Certain viral infections. Viral infections apparently can cause damage to the heart muscle, so that it becomes one of the triggers of congestive heart failure.
7. Someone who has a history of hypertension or high blood pressure.
8. Being overweight or obese can increase the risk of congestive heart failure.
9. Have a history of abnormal heartbeat disorders, especially if the heart beats too fast to weaken the heart muscle, which can cause CHF.
10.  Having a habit of consuming too much alcohol or bad habits like smoking is one of the factors that increase the risk of congestive heart failure.

If Sinaumed’s feels that he is experiencing several symptoms or even has several factors causing congestive heart failure, then it is better for Sinaumed’s to do an examination and if he has CHF, there are several treatment options that Sinaumed’s can treat congestive heart failure.

Treatment of CHF depends on the cause or problem of the patient, for example, a problem with the heart valve, so the treatment procedure that can be done is to replace or repair the heart valve.

There are also several treatments that aim to reduce the amount of fluid growing, so that it will help the heart contract better.

Meanwhile, patients with CHF can do treatment at home by stopping smoking, taking medication regularly and reducing consumption of foods with high salt and fat levels. Another way is to change your lifestyle to be healthier.

That’s a brief explanation about CHF is congestive heart failure. Sinaumed’s can learn about other diseases and tips on maintaining health by reading books.

sinaumedia.com as #FriendsWithoutLimits always provides various kinds of quality and original books for Sinaumed’s. Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Author: Khansa

Reference:

• https://hellosehat.com/jantung/gagal-jantung/gagal-jantung-kongestif-chf-Jadi/#Factor-Risiko
• https://primayahospital.com/jantung/gagal-jantung-kongestif/
• https://www.orami.co.id/magazine/chf-gagal-jantung-kongestif#pembebab-chf

 

Chemical Energy – Talking about chemical energy seems unreal. Yet in everyday life we ​​must find. If you are in a relationship with someone, you need “chemistry” with him , right ?

Chemistry in everyday life is defined as harmony between the two people involved. What about Chemical Energy? Is there a correlation?

Definition of Chemical Energy

So if there are atoms interacting with atoms, chemical energy will be produced.

Not much like humans, when humans meet each other, energy is generated, whether it’s a feeling that causes happiness or a feeling of sadness that makes you cry.

Chemical energy is also defined as the potential of a chemical substance to undergo a chemical reaction and then change into another substance. The form of chemical energy can only occur in energy storage devices.

Some examples of chemical energy storage media that we usually encounter include batteries, food, and gasoline.
The breaking or making of chemical bonds also involves energy, which can be absorbed or evolved from chemical systems.

Breaking bonds between atoms will produce energy, when atoms join again to form bonds also produce energy. This energy change can be estimated from the bond energies of various chemical bonds in the reactants and products.

Yes, just like us, if you break up with your boyfriend, you will usually feel sad, but some are happy.
Likewise, when you form a new bond, you can feel sad or happy. Think of it as energy!

Chemical potential energy is also a form of potential energy related to the structural arrangement of atoms or molecules. Every element or compound has potential energy because they are made up of molecules that are constantly moving or vibrating.

This arrangement may be the result of forming chemical bonds within the molecule or otherwise breaking chemical bonds. Chemical energy of a chemical substance can be converted into other forms of energy through chemical reactions

Kinds of Chemical Energy

1. Chemical Energy into Electrical Energy

There electrical energy can be converted into chemical energy and vice versa through electrochemical reactions.

The chemical reaction that can produce it is an oxidation-reduction reaction, aka redox.

Reduction and oxidation processes in which electrons are released or accepted produce electrical energy.

How come? Look , oxidation is a reaction that releases electrons. While reduction is the reaction of accepting electrons. The process of handing over the electrons will produce electrical energy.

Devices that use this concept are called voltaic cells. The Voltaic cell is called because the inventor of this device is Volta. He made a device that could generate electricity. As a source of electricity, the tool he made has 2 poles, namely the cathode as the positive pole and the anode as the negative pole. Both poles are made of 2 different metals.

Volta has measured the reduction potential or reduction ability of each metal, which is symbolized as E⁰ reduction. With different reduction capabilities, a potential difference will be generated that produces electricity

Suppose we make a voltaic cell by pairing 2 metals namely iron (Fe) and copper (Cu).

Fe has a reduced E⁰ of -0.44 volts, while Cu has a reduced E⁰ of
+0.34 volts,

Indeed, Fe and Cu have reduction potential, but when they are paired, it is impossible for both to reduce, one must give in and experience reduction.

Because the reduction ability of Fe is lower than Cu, Cu will carry out the reduction process and Fe oxidation when these two metals are paired.

It turns out that the potential energy generated is + 0.78 volts.
The resulting E⁰ cell can be obtained by the formula
E⁰cell= E⁰reduction- E⁰oxidation
= +0.34-(-0.44)
= + 0.78 Volts
This potential energy is electrical energy. This figure is generated as the potential difference of Cu and Fe metals.

Illustration of the ionic reaction between Cu and Fe

2. Chemical Energy into Heat Energy

Chemical reactions that produce heat energy are discussed in thermochemistry.

According to the law of the conservation of energy, energy cannot be created or destroyed, meaning that the energy of the universe is constant, only its form changes.

If there is energy that accompanies a chemical process, or a physical process, there is only a transfer or change in the form of energy.

So, next, we replace the energy change with the term system. Everything outside the system we call the environment.

In thermochemistry, there are two types of reactions based on the change in heat that occurs:

a. exothermic

The sum of the energy of all forms of energy possessed by molecules or particles of matter is called internal energy (E).

The energy in a substance or system can change if that system absorbs or releases heat.

If a substance or system absorbs heat, its internal energy will increase and the vibration or movement of its molecules will increase.

This increase in internal energy will cause an increase in temperature, a change in state (melting or vaporizing) or a chemical change.

An exothermic reaction occurs when a certain amount of heat is released by the system to the surroundings.

For example, in a container we have a glass and then we measure the temperature to 35⁰ C. After that we put substance Y. It turns out that after we measure the temperature rises to 45⁰ C.

In exothermic, the system releases heat so that heat increases. It is hot here, the heat of substance X will increase so that the initial H<H the end of the arrow is directed downward.
If we find the difference, then ∆H is negative
Example ½ N2(g) + 3/2 H2→NH3(g) ∆H=- 46 kJ
Reaction NH3 formation releases 46 kJ of heat energy

The analogy is like this.
For example, if person B has money, then the money is given to person A so that B so that person B has less money, while person A’s money increases. We call A is environment and B is system then money is heat.

b. Endoterm

An endothermic reaction occurs when a certain amount of heat is absorbed by the system from the environment.

Energy in a substance or system can also change if they do or receive work (external work).

It’s like us, who will expend energy if we move, but if we are lazy , aka lazy to move, not much energy can be produced.

The type of work that accompanies chemical changes or physical processes (changes in form) is expansion work, namely work related to volume changes. Work, means there is a volume that we expand or narrow.

If a substance or system expands, the substance expels air or lifts a weight above it.
To do this work, a certain amount of energy is needed, which is called work.

So, if the substance or system does work, its internal energy decreases, even though the substance or system does not release heat. Conversely, if the system receives work (the volume decreases), the system energy increases.

For an endothermic reaction, for example, in a container we have a glass, then we measure the temperature to 35⁰C. After that, we add substance X. It turns out that after we measure the temperature drops to 25⁰C.

Endoteme illustration

There is a decrease in temperature because substance X, which acts as a system, absorbs heat from the water. Water acts as an environment.

The analogy is like this.
For example, if person A has money, then person B takes the money so that person A has less money, while person B increases. We call A is environment and B is system then money is heat.

In endotherms, if the ambient temperature is detected to fall, the system takes heat energy so that the heat increases.

Heat energy here is defined as enthalpy, the heat of substance X will increase so that the initial H<the final H.
If we look for the difference, then the ∆H is positive
Example:

NH3 (g) → ½ N2(g) + 3/2 H2 (g) ∆H=+ 46 kJ
The decomposition reaction of NH3 absorbs 46 kJ of heat energy

The next energy change we call the enthalpy change or heat change. The enthalpy change that accompanies a reaction depends on the temperature and pressure gauge. The enthalpy change measured at 25 ⁰C and 1 atm pressure, is called the standard enthalpy change. The change in enthalpy is not seen from the measurement conditions, it is enough to simply state ∆H.

The equation for the reaction followed by the change in enthalpy is called a thermochemical equation. Because it is classified as an extensive property, the value of the enthalpy change written in the thermochemical equation must correspond to the stoichiometry of the reaction, meaning that the number of moles of substances involved in the reaction must be equal to the reaction coefficient.

Enthalpy Types

1. Standard enthalpy of formation

Elements react with elements to form 1 mole of compounds that can absorb or release energy. Example of enthalpy of formation

½ N2(g) + 3/2 H2→NH3(g) ∆H=- 46 kJ
So here the nitrogen element meets the oxygen element to form an ammonia compound or NH3 by releasing heat of 46 kJ. The amount of 1 mol indicated by the reaction coefficient NH3 does not exist, which means the coefficient is one

For example, the enthalpy of formation is the process of forming a marriage AB, for example person A meets person B and then they get married and become one AB. There are definitely emotions whether it’s sad or happy. Si A and B consider the elements and marriage AB as compounds. Emotions are analogous to heat energy

2. Standard enthalpy of decomposition

The opposite of a formation reaction is decomposition, so 1 mol of a compound breaks down into
Elements and elements. The decomposition reaction can absorb or release energy. Example of enthalpy of formation
NH3(g)→½ N2(g) +3/2 H2 ∆H=- 46 kJ

So here the nitrogen element meets the oxygen element to form the compound ammonia or NH3. The amount of 1 mol indicated by the reaction coefficient NH3 does not exist, which means the coefficient is one

If we take the example that the enthalpy of decomposition is a process of divorce, for example AB is divorced and separated, respectively, A and B must have emotions, whether sad or happy.
Persons A and B consider AB’s elements and marriage as compounds. Emotions are analogous to heat energy

3. Standard enthalpy of combustion

In addition to the formation and decomposition of compounds that have the potential to produce energy, combustion reactions are also capable of producing energy.

The enthalpy of combustion is defined as the heat energy produced by the combustion of 1 mole of an element or 1 mole of a compound.

Example:
enthalpy of combustion C
C (s) + ½ O2(g) →CO(g) ∆H=- 110.5 kJ
Combustion of 1 mole of carbon produces 110.5 kJ of heat energy
Enthalpy of combustion CO
C (s) + O2( g) →CO2(g) ∆H=- 393.5 kJ
Combustion of 1 mol CO (carbon monoxide produces 393.5 kJ of heat energy.
The enthalpy of combustion releases energy or is exothermic because heat is produced.

Chemical Energy Examples

There are many examples of chemical energy that we use in our daily life

1.Battery

Batteries are an example of converting chemical energy into electrical energy. We use batteries to keep the wall clock moving and a remote to use.

Even though when the remote is used, it usually disappears, aka forgetting where it is stored

The battery is an example of changing chemical energy into electrical energy.

Relatively inexpensive batteries are usually carbon-zinc galvanic cells, and there are several types, including standard and alkaline. This type is often also called a dry cell because there is no electrolyte solution, which replaces it is a semi-solid paste.

The car battery, which is used as a means of storing energy, is also used to supply the car’s electrical system, which you can learn about in the Car Battery Knowledge book .

Manganese(IV) oxide paste (MnO2) serves as the cathode which will accept electrons. Ammonium chloride (NH4Cl) and zinc chloride (ZnCl2) serve as electrolytes. The zinc on the outer layer serves as the anode.

The reaction that occurs: the anode: Zn→Zn2++ 2 e-
Zn will release 2 electrons then
the cathode: 2MnO2+ H2O + 2e-→Mn2O3+ 2OH-

Adding the two half reactions forms the main redox reaction that takes place in the carbon-zinc dry cell.
Zn + 2MnO2+ H2O→Zn2++ Mn2O3+ 2OH-This battery produces a cell potential of 1.5 volts.

2. Battery Batteries

This battery has six 2-volt cells connected in series. Lead metal is oxidized to Pb2+ ions and releases two electrons at the anode. Pb in lead(IV) oxide gains two electrons and forms Pb2+ ions at the cathode. Pb2+ ions mix with SO42- ions from sulfuric acid to form lead (II) sulfate at each electrode.

So the reaction that occurs when a lead-acid battery is used produces lead sulfate at both electrodes. PbO2+ Pb + 2H2SO4→2PbSO4+ 2H2O
lead-acid batteries are spontaneous and do not require energy input.

The reverse reaction, recharging the battery, is not spontaneous because it requires electrical input from the car. Current enters the battery and provides energy for the reaction where lead sulfate and water are converted to lead(IV) oxide, lead metal and sulfuric acid .2PbSO4+ 2H2O→PbO2+ Pb + 2H2SO4

3. Photosynthesis

Green plants convert solar energy into chemical energy (mostly oxygen) through a process known as photosynthesis.

The process of photosynthesis converts Carbon dioxide and water into glucose and oxygen. Oxygen that we really need when doing breathing or respiration
Reaction of photosynthesis:
6CO2 + 6H2O → C6H12O6 + 6O2
Photosynthetic activity occurs during the day because it requires the help of sunlight.

Try looking for trees during the day

If there is no shoulder to lean on, look for a tree to lean on .

Even though it seems like there are no activities, this one is healthier because there is a lot of oxygen that has just been released fresh from the oven

In addition to stronger trees, we will also feel fresh because a lot of oxygen has just been released by the photosynthesizing trees. With the help of a gentle breeze, drowsiness is guaranteed to strike.

Photosynthesis is an endothermic reaction because it absorbs heat.

4. Burning of fuel

The burning gasoline then produces power to run motorized vehicles. Gasoline is a type of hydrocarbon combustion reaction as follows

CxHy + O2→CO2 + H2O

The reaction of burning fuel is an exothermic reaction based on the heat released, and includes the enthalpy of combustion based on the type of reaction that occurs.

5. Digestion of food

Starting from stopping food in the mouth, sliding through the esophagus and then swimming in the stomach and in the intestines, many chemical reactions accompany it. When food is finished digesting, energy is produced to be used in activities.

For dieters, it may be commonplace to calculate how many calories you will get from a food source. In order not to overdo it, the calories needed by the body are usually counted. If it’s too much then the calories that should be used as energy will accumulate in the body to become fat deposits, right?

So actually obesity occurs when the calories used are less than the calories taken

6. Respiration / breathing

The process of breathing is a chemical reaction that produces heat. So we classify respiration as exothermic.
The reaction:
C6H12O6 + 6O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O

There is heat generated by the breathing process

That’s the discussion of chemical energy. Hopefully with this explanation the knowledge of chemical energy will be more wide open.

Chemical energy so far has provided a myriad of benefits in our daily lives. Hopefully, after studying chemical energy, our chemistry with chemistry will get better.

 

Characteristics, Variety, and Functions of 5 Traditional Weapons – Sinaumed’s, have you ever seen traditional weapons? Usually, traditional weapons can be seen in museums or when someone wears traditional clothes. The existence of this traditional weapon is a legacy from our ancestors that are spread throughout Indonesia.

The territory of Indonesia is divided into several islands, namely Sumatra Island, Java Island, Kalimantan Island, Sulawesi Island, Bali Island, Papua Island, Nusa Tenggara Islands and Maluku Islands. Each of these islands consists of various provinces that have a variety of traditional weapons. Traditional weapons are characteristic of the culture of each province.

Before having separate traditional weapons in each region, our ancestors used to make weapons for hunting or protecting themselves from animals. In primitive times, the traditional weapons used were wooden or bamboo hunting tools. Furthermore, during the Stone Age, traditional wooden-stemmed stone weapons were used.

Entering the Bronze Age, metal began to be recognized as the basis for traditional weapons, namely tosan aji. Tosan aji is a traditional heirloom weapon in the form of spears, daggers, swords, wedung, rencong, badik, and so on. This heritage is a blend of high art and culture with sophisticated metallurgical technology. Until now, the process of making some tosan aji is still a mystery.

Just imagine, our ancestors could process various metals with simple tools into a magic tosan, for example titanium which has a high melting point of almost 2,000 0 C. ^Currently , titanium is used for missiles, rockets and spacecraft.

Tosan aji can bring out an extraordinary sense of courage to the owner or bearer. Javanese people generally refer to this as piyandel (increasing self-confidence). Rahmat (2010) in his book entitled Getting to Know Traditional Weapons reveals that a traditional weapon, for example an heirloom keris or an heirloom spear, given by the king to the nobles of the palace contains a belief. When the king’s trust was damaged by the noble’s bad behavior, the weapon would be withdrawn or reclaimed by the king.

This is what causes the tosan aji to be sacred and should not be used haphazardly, even today some heirloom weapons are believed to have supernatural powers.

To get to know some of these heirloom weapons, the following will explain the characteristics and functions summarized from several sources.

1. Cleaver

Kujang is a traditional weapon in the form of a sharp weapon that looks like a keris or machete. The cleaver has a unique shape in the form of a bulge at the base, serrated on one side in the middle, and curved at the ends.

According to some researchers, the cleaver comes from the words kudi and hyang . Kudi is taken from the Old Sundanese language which means a weapon that has magical magical powers, so it can be used as a repellant to reinforcements, for example to drive away enemies or avoid danger/illness.

Meanwhile, the word hyang can be equated with the meaning of a god in several mythologies. However, for the Sundanese people, hyang has a meaning and position above the gods. This is reflected in the teachings of “Dasa Prebakti” in the Sanghyang Siksa Kanda Ng Karesian text which mentions ” Dewa Bakti di Hyang “.

At the time of the Majapahit Kingdom, people who were experts in making cleavers were called guru teupa . The material for making cleaver tends to be thin, dry, porous, and contains lots of natural metal elements. This traditional weapon is about 20 centimeters–30 centimeters long and 5 centimeters wide. The eyes have 1-5 holes. Kujang weighs approximately 300 grams.

In the past, the cleaver could not be separated from the life of the Sundanese people because of its function as agricultural equipment. This statement is stated in the ancient manuscript Sanghyang Siksa Kanda Ng Karesian (1518) as well as oral traditions that developed in several areas, namely Rancah and Ciamis. Evidence that supports the statement that the cleaver is a farming tool can still be seen today in the Baduy, Banten, and Pancer Pengawinan communities in Sukabumi.

The characteristics of a cleaver have a sharp side and the following part names.

• Papatuk/congo , namely a cleaver with an arrow-like tip;
• Eluk/repentance , which is a cleaver that has an indentation on the back;
• Cistern , which is a cleaver that has a prominent arch on the stomach;
• Mata , namely the cleaver which has a small hole covered with gold and silver metal.

Kujang can be brought in the following ways.

• Disoren, which is hung on the left side of the waist by using a coir or strap that is wrapped around the waist;
• Ditogel, namely carried by tucking in a belt in the front of the stomach using a strap;
• On the shoulder, which is carried by carrying the handle over the shoulder;
• Carrying, that is carried by carrying or holding the stalk.

When viewed from the shape and variety, the cleaver is divided into the following types.

• Kujang ciung, which is a cleaver that has a shape resembling the Ciung bird;
• cleaver, which is a cleaver that looks like a rooster;
• Kujang egrets, namely cleavers that resemble egrets;
• Kujang bangkong, which is a cleaver that looks like a toad;
• Dragon cleaver, which is a cleaver that looks like a dragon;
• Kujang rhino, which is a cleaver that looks like a rhinoceros.

Meanwhile, when viewed from its function, the cleaver is divided into the following types.

• Kujang as an heirloom, namely the cleaver used as a symbol of the majesty of a king or royal official;
• Kujang as an expert, namely a cleaver that functions as a weapon for war;
• Kujang pampangs, which is a cleaver that functions as a tool in agriculture for pruning and planting crops.

2. Celurit

Celurit is a traditional Madurese weapon that has a curved blade shape. In the past, celurit was just a sickle that was often used by farmers to mow the grass in the fields and make fences for their houses. However, the sickle was later turned into a martial tool used by commoners when facing enemies.

Celurit is believed to come from the Sakera/Sakerah legend. He was a sugarcane foreman from Pasuruan who became one of the resistance figures against Dutch colonialism. He is known to always carry or wear celurit in his daily activities, especially as an agricultural or plantation tool.

He comes from among the students and a devout Muslim who practices Islam. Due to his constant resistance, Sakera was finally arrested and hanged in Pasuruan, East Java. His body was then buried in the southernmost area of ​​Bangil City or to be precise in the Bekacak area, Kolursari Village, Pasuruan Regency.

Celurit is divided into two types, namely celurit kembang turi and celurit wulu pitik (chicken feathers). Meanwhile, the various sizes of celurit are known as size 5 (smallest) and size 1 (largest). Slats for celurit can be made from various types of iron, for example stainless steel, railroad scrap metal, bridge iron, car iron, and steel.

Celurit has a hilt (handle) made of wood, including flower wood, stingi wood, guava wood, temoho wood, and so on. At the upstream end there is a 10-15-centimeter long rope that is used to hang or tie sickles. Usually, at the end of the upstream there is a depression 1 centimeter–2 centimeters deep.

The scabbard is made of thick buffalo skin or cowhide. The sickle sheath is only sewn 3/4 from the end of the sickle to make it easier to remove the sickle. Generally, celurit sheaths are decorated with simple carvings or ornaments.

3. Kris

Keris is a traditional weapon that can generally be found in Javanese society. Kerises come in various forms, for example, some have curved blades (always an odd number) and some have straight blades. Keris are generally measured in the hilt and scabbard.

The procedure for using a keris varies from region to region, for example a keris in Java is placed on the back of the waist during peacetime, but is placed at the front during wartime.

The keris generally consists of wilah , warangka and upstream. 

Wilah (Keris Blade)

Wilah is the main part of the keris which consists of certain parts which are not the same for each wilahan . At the base of the wilahan there is a pesi which is the lower end of a keris or keris stalk. Pesi length between 5-7cm, with a cross section of about 5-10 centimeters. Pesi elliptical shape like a pencil.

Warangka (Keris Sheath)

The warangka is a dagger sheath that has a specific function in the social life of the Javanese people. Warangka are generally made of teak, sandalwood, timoho, and yellowish. There are two types of warangka , namely the ladrang warangka and the gayaman warangka .

Warangka ladrang is used for official ceremonies, for example facing the king and other official palace events. This sheath is used by tucking the axle of the keris into the stagen (belt fold) at the back of the waist. Meanwhile, the warangka gayaman is used for daily needs. How to use it is placed in the front (near the waist) or the back waist.

Hulu (Keris Handle)

In Javanese, the handle of the keris is called gaman . The handle of the keris is decorated with various motifs. Materials used to make handles are usually of various materials, namely ivory, bone, metal, and wood. Generally, Javanese keris handles consist of sirah wingking (back side of head), jiling, cigir, shallow, bathuk (front side of head), weteng, and bungkul .

Keris weapons in Yogyakarta are highly respected and sacred by the community. Keris in Yogyakarta are given different titles, for example Kanjeng Kyai Ageng Baru, Kanjeng Kayi Agung, and Kanjeng Kayi Gagapatan.

4. Rencong

Rencong is a traditional dagger-like weapon that looks like the letter L. Rencong has the meaning of religious and Islamic philosophy. The handle in the form of Arabic letters is taken from the equivalent of the word Bismillah.

The rencong handle is curved and then thickened at the elbow in the shape of the letter Ba. The grip holder is in the shape of the letter Sin. The sharp shapes that descended down at the iron base near the hilt were in the shape of the letter Mim. The sharp iron base near the hilt which resembles iron strips from the base of the hilt to near the tip represents the letter Lam, and the lower part which bends slightly upwards is in the shape of the letter Ha. Thus, all the letters “Ba, Sin, Mim, Lam, and Ha” form the sentence Bismillah.

This sentence is a symbol that shows the characteristics of the Acehnese people who strongly adhere to the glory of Islamic teachings. Rencong began to be used in 1514–1528, when Sultan Ali Mughayat Syah ruled the kingdom of Aceh.

Since ancient times, rencong has the following functions.

• As clothing jewelry tucked in the waist;
• As a sculpture and artistic tool, as used in the Seudati dance performance;
• As a tool used to punch holes in thatch;
• As a weapon of war to face war enemies who want to colonize Aceh.

Generally, rencong is made of white iron, brass, and buffalo horn. The rencong used by kings or sultans is usually made of ivory as the sheath and pure gold for the halves. Meanwhile, the other rencong are made of buffalo horn or wood as the scabbard and brass or white iron as the dagger. Rencong of white iron type is believed to have many benefits because it can drive away spirits, such as jinns and demons who try to interfere.

Rencong is a symbol of courage and bravery of the people of Aceh. For anyone who holds a rencong, will feel braver to face the enemy. At the present time, this weapon is no longer relevant for use as an attack weapon.

However, rencong is still relevant today as a symbol of the courage, toughness and virility of the people of Aceh. This is what causes rencong to be used in several events, such as wedding ceremonies. The use of this object is more towards the symbolization of a man’s courage in leading the family after marriage.

Rencong consists of four types, namely rencong meupucok, rencong meucugek, rencong meukuree, and rencong pudoi.

Rencong meupucok

This rencong has a shoot above the handle which is made of metal carvings from ivory or gold. This rencong handle looks small at the bottom and expands at the top. The base of the handle is decorated with bamboo shoots (tumpal patterned gold) and a jewel is placed on the handle.

The length of this rencong is about 30 centimeters. The rencong sheath is also made of ivory and bound with gold. This type of rencong is used in official ceremonies related to customary and artistic matters.

Rencong meucugek

It is called rencong meucugek because the handle of the rencong has a form of holder and adhesive which
in Acehnese terms is called cugek or meucugek . This cugek is curved to the back of the rencong eye by about
15 centimeters, so that it can be in the shape of an elbow. Cugek is needed so that it is easy to hold and not easily released when stabbed into the opponent’s or enemy’s body.

Rencong meukuree

The eyes of the rencong meukuree are given certain decorations, such as pictures of snakes and flowers. These images are interpreted by blacksmiths with various kinds of advantages and features. This rencong is then stored for a long time and will initially form a kuree (a type of sickle). The longer or the older the age of a rencong, the more kuree in the eye of the rencong. This kuree is also considered to have magical powers.

Rencong pudoi

Pudoi in Acehnese society means something that is considered lacking or something that is not yet perfect. This can be seen from the handle of this rencong. The handle is only straight and very short. So, what is meant by pudoi or imperfect is the shape of the rencong handle.

5. Machete

Golok is a traditional weapon of the Betawi people. In the past, the Betawi people used machetes to decorate their waists, both inside and outside the home to protect themselves from attacks by criminals. The existence of this weapon in Betawi society is influenced by the culture of West Java which surrounds it.

The difference between the two can be seen from the shape model and the name. Meanwhile, the quality between the two regions is not much different. This is because the majority of blacksmiths who make it refer to places that are in Ciomas, Banten and Cibatu, Sukabumi.

The Betawi people divide the golok into four, namely the gobang gobang, the betok and badik badik golok, and the tip down golok.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the Characteristics, Variety, and Functions of 5 Distinctive Traditional Weapons of Indonesian Society. 

Features of the Mesozoic era – The Mesozoic is the geological time interval from about 252 to 65 million years ago. The Mesozoic is also known as the Age of Reptiles. This is because this period was dominated by reptiles such as Iguanodon, Megalosaurus, Plesiosaurs and what is now called Pseudosuchia. The phrase was introduced in the 19th century by paleontologist Gideon Mantell.

Mesozoic meaning “middle life” comes from the Greek prefix meso for “between” and zoon meaning “animal” or “living thing”. The Mesozoic is one of the three geological eras of the Phanerozoic Eon, preceded by the Paleozoic and succeeded by the Cenozoic.

This era is divided into three main periods: Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous, which are further divided into epochs and stages. This era began with the Permian-Triassic extinction event, the largest recorded mass extinction in Earth’s history, and ended with the Cretaceous-Paleogene extinction event.

Another mass extinction known for killing non-avian dinosaurs as well as other plant and animal species. The Mesozoic was a significant period of change in tectonics, climate and evolutionary activity. This era could witness the gradual split of the supercontinent Pangea into separate landmasses which would eventually move to their current positions.

The climate of the Mesozoic was varied, alternating warming and cooling periods. Overall, the Earth is hotter than it is today. Non-avian dinosaurs appeared in the Late Triassic and became the dominant land vertebrates early in the Jurassic Period, and remained in this position for about 135 million years until their extinction at the end of the Cretaceous.

It is known that the Mesozoic era has three designations, namely the age of the reptiles, the medieval age, and the secondary age. The Cretaceous is about 90 million years old, then the Jurassic is 140 years, and the Triassic is about 190 years.

Quoted from Just the Facts : Prehistoric Age by Dougal Dixon, the Triassic Age is the time when the dinosaurs began. Dinosaurs evolved at the end of the Triassic period. The dinosaurs ruled until the end of the Cretaceous. When the continents separated, new dinosaurs evolved on each continent. At the end of the Cretaceous, disasters wiped out the dinosaurs, pterosaurs, and marine reptiles. This catastrophe later became the start of the first mammals.

General characteristics of the Mesozoic Age

The Mesozoic Age has several characteristics, namely:

1. The climate is warm and dry due to the growth and development of flora and fauna
2. The emergence and development of various types of broadleaf plants, amphibians, fish, reptiles, and the first mammals
3. Limited distribution of flora and fauna
4. The development of a type of giant reptile
5. Lasted from 252 million years ago to 66 million years ago
6. Ends with the disappearance of the Dinosaurs

According to the Geography Student Guide , the Mesozoic era had the following characteristics:

1. The climate is hot and wet due to the growth and development of flora and fauna
2. Began to emerge and develop species of broadleaf plants, the first mammals, amphibians, fish, and reptiles
3. Limited distribution of flora and fauna

Characteristics of the Mesozoic Age Based on Life Periods

1. Geological Period

The Mesozoic Era spans about 186 million years, from 252.17 to 66 million years ago when the Cenozoic Era began. The length of time is divided into three geological periods. From oldest to youngest. Triassic Period (252.17 to 201.3 million years ago). Jurassic Period (201.3 to 145 million years ago). Cretaceous Period (145 to 66 million years ago).

The lower (Triassic) boundary is marked by the Permian-Triassic extinction event. Which is about 90% to 96% of marine species and 70% of land vertebrates became extinct. It is also known as the “Great Dying” because it is considered the largest mass extinction in Earth’s history.

The (Cretaceous) upper bound was set at the Cretaceous-Tertiary (KT) extinction event which is now more properly called the Cretaceous-Paleogene extinction event which may have been caused by the impact that formed the Chicxulub Crater on the Yucatán Peninsula.

But the lead up to a major volcanic eruption in the Late Cretaceous Period is also believed to have contributed to the Cretaceous–Paleogene extinction event. About 50% of all genera became extinct, including all non-avian dinosaurs.

 

2. Triassic Period

The Triassic period occurred around 250 million-200 million years ago. The Triassic Period was an arid and desolate transitional state in earth’s history between the Permian-Triassic Extinction and the lush and fertile Jurassic Period, having three main epochs, namely the Early Triassic, Middle Triassic and Late Triassic. The Early Triassic period lasted between 250 million-247 million years ago and was dominated by deserts because Pangea had not yet been divided, so the interior landmasses were still arid.

Earth just witnessed a major extinction event in which 95% of all life became extinct. The most common life on Earth were Lystrosaurus, Labyrinthodont, and Euparkeria along with many other creatures that managed to survive. Middle Triassic covers 247 million-237 million years ago.

The Middle Triassic is the time when Pangea broke up, and the Tethys Sea. The ecosystem has recovered from the destruction. Phytoplankton, coral, and crustaceans have recovered, and the reptiles are getting bigger and bigger. Aquatic reptiles such as Ichthyosaurus and Nothosaurus were just evolving.

Meanwhile, on land, pine forests thrive, along with mosquitoes and fruit flies. The first ancient crocodiles evolved, which sparked a competition with the large amphibians that have ruled the freshwater world since.

Unfortunately, the Triassic period had to end due to a mass extinction. The mass extinction occurred when the supercontinent Pangea split into Laurasia and Gondwana. Thus, there was an increase in eruption activity and global climate change which led to mass extinctions.

The Late Triassic covers 237 million – 200 million years ago. After the Middle Triassic, the Late Triassic is characterized by frequent heat waves, as well as moderate rainfall (250-500 mm per year). The final warming led to a boom in the evolution of land reptiles and the first true dinosaurs to evolve, as well as pterosaurs.

All of these climatic changes, resulted in the major extinction event known as the Triassic-Jurassic extinction event, in which all archosaurs, most of the synapsids, and almost all amphibians were wiped out, as well as 34% of marine life in the world’s fourth mass extinction event.

3. Jurassic Period

The Jurassic period spanned from 200 million years to 145 million years ago and contained 3 main epochs: the Early Jurassic, Middle Jurassic, and Late Jurassic. Time of the Early Jurassic Period from 200 million to 175 million years ago. The climate is much more humid than the Triassic, so the world is very tropical.

In the oceans, plesiosaurs, ichthyosaurs and ammonites filled the waters as the dominant races of the sea. On land, dinosaurs and other reptiles share their claim as the dominant land race, with species such as Dilophosaurus at the top.

During the early Jurassic period, the supercontinent Pangea broke up into the supercontinents Laurasia and Gondwana. The Gulf of Mexico was opened due to a rift with North America, until now known as the Yucatán Peninsula in Mexico.

The North Atlantic Ocean is relatively narrow, whereas the South Atlantic Ocean did not open until the Cretaceous when Gondwana split. The Tethys Sea closed, and the Neo Tethys Valley appeared. The climate is getting warm and there is evidence of glaciers appearing. As in the Triassic, there appears to have been no land at either pole, and no extensive ice sheets.

Geological records of the Jurassic period in western Europe, in which extensive oceanic sequences indicate a time when most of the future landmass was submerged under shallow tropical seas; notable areas include the Jurassic Coast World Heritage Site in southern England and the famous Jura lagerstätten due to the late discovery of Holzminden and Solnhofen in Germany.

While records of the Jurassic period in North America are very few. Although the epicontinental Sundance Sea left marine deposits on the northern plains of the United States and Canada during the Late Jurassic, the most exposed sediments from this period are the continents themselves.

Several large batholiths in the North American Cordillera beginning in the mid-Jurassic period, mark the Nevadan orogeny. Important discoveries about the Jurassic period were also found in Russia, India, South America, Japan, Australia and England.

In Africa, the Early Jurassic strata are distributed similarly to the Late Triassic strata, with outcrops being more common in the south and less common fossil beds being dominated by a northerly pathway.

As the Jurassic period continued, larger and more iconic dinosaur groups such as the Sauropods and Ornithopods flourished in Africa. Middle Jurassic strata are not well represented or well studied in Africa.

Late Jurassic strata are also underrepresented apart from the spectacular Tendaguru Formation in Tanzania. Late Jurassic life is very similar to that found in western North America’s Morrison Formation.

The first true crocodiles evolved, pushing the large amphibians out to near extinction. Reptiles rise to rule the world. Meanwhile, the first true mammals evolved, but remained relatively small in size. The Middle Jurassic period covers 175,000,000-163,000,000 years ago.

During this epoch, reptiles flourished as large herds of sauropods, such as Brachiosaurus and Diplodocus, filled with the fern grasslands of the Middle Jurassic Period. Many other predators went up too, such as Allosaurus. Coniferous forests comprise most of the forest. In the oceans, plesiosaurs were quite common, and ichthyosaurs were thriving. This age is the pinnacle of reptile life.

The Late Jurassic period took place from 163 million to 145 million years ago. The end of the Jurassic period saw the mass extinction of sauropods and ichthyosaurs as a result of the split of Pangea into Laurasia and Gondwana in an event known as the Jurassic-Cretaceous extinction event. Rising sea levels destroyed the fern meadows and created shallows after them.

Ichthyosaurs became extinct, while sauropods did not die out entirely in the Jurassic Period; in fact, some species, such as Titanosaurus, lived until the KT extinction. Rising sea levels opened up Atlantic sea passages that would continue to widen over time. The divided world will provide an opportunity for new diversification of dinosaurs.

During the Jurassic period, about four or five of the 12 clades of planktonic organisms that exist in the fossil record either underwent major evolution or for the first time. Among the plankton species, foraminifera and coccolithophores are two new groups that are rapidly developing and spreading.

Some experts ascribe diatoms to the Late Jurassic and spread during the Cretaceous. Prior to the mosque dispersal of skeletal planktonic organisms, carbonates were mostly deposited in shallow water such as nearshore environments. During the Jurassic period, many dinosaurs were found, both herbivorous, omnivorous and carnivorous dinosaurs.

4. Cretaceous Period

The Cretaceous period is the longest period in the Mesozoic, but this period only has two epochs, namely the Early Cretaceous and the Late Cretaceous. The Early Cretaceous lasted from 145 million-100 million years ago. The Early Cretaceous saw the expansion of sea lanes, and resulted in the decline and extinction of the sauropods. The Cretaceous period saw many coastal shoals, and that caused the ichthyosaurs to become extinct.

The Cretaceous period, also known as the Cretaceous, is one of the periods on the geological time scale that began at the end of the Jurassic period and took place in the early Paleocene, or around 145.5 ± 4.0 to 65.5 ± 0.3 million years ago, from the small extinction event that closed the Jurassic Period to the extinction event. Cretaceous-Paleogene.

This period is the longest geological period and covers almost half of the Mesozoic era. The end of this period marks the boundary between the Mesozoic and Cenozoic.

The Mosasaurus evolved to replace them as the apex marine predators. Some island-hopping dinosaurs, such as Eustreptospondylus, evolved to live on the coastal shoals and islets of ancient Europe. Other dinosaurs rose to fill the void that the Jurassic-Cretaceous extinction event had created, such as Carcharodontosaurus and Spinosaurus.

The most successful dinosaurs, later became Iguanodon which spread to every continent. The seasons returned and the poles cooled down, but dinosaurs still inhabited the area, such as Leaellynasaura, which inhabited the arctic forests all year round, and many dinosaurs migrated there during the summer, such as Muttaburrasaurus.

Too cold for crocodiles, the area is a last line of defense for large amphibians, such as the Koolasuchus. Pterosaurs got bigger as species like Tapejara and Ornithocheirus developed.

The Late Cretaceous lasted 100 million-65 million years ago. The Late Cretaceous displayed a cooling trend that would continue into the Cenozoic. Finally, the tropics are limited to the equator and areas outside the tropics have extreme seasonal changes.

Dinosaurs are still developing as new species such as Tyrannosaurus, Ankylosaurus, Triceratops and Hadrosaur dominate the food chain. In the seas, mosasaurs ruled the seas, replacing ichthyosaurs, and large plesiosaurs, such as Elasmosaurus, evolved.

At the end of the Cretaceous, Deccan and other volcanic eruptions poisoned the atmosphere. It is thought that a large meteor crashed into Earth, creating the Chicxulub Crater in the event known as the KT Extinction, the fifth and final mass extinction event, in which 75% of life on Earth became extinct, including all non-avian dinosaurs. Everything that was over 10 kilograms went extinct. The age of the dinosaurs is over.

Sinaumed’s can get further information about the characteristics of the Mesozoic Age available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best!

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Also read:

Characteristics of the Hikayat – Basically the saga has the function of entertaining, because the story usually ends happily and is won by a character with a good character as the main character. This saga is generally read as entertainment or solace, as well as to foster one’s fighting spirit.

Before you know about the characteristics of the saga, then of course you need to understand the meaning of the saga first. You need to know that the rich “saga” comes from the Arabic word “Haka” which means to tell or tell.

To find out more fully and clearly, you can listen to the full discussion below. Starting from the meaning of the saga, the characteristics of the saga, to examples of the saga.

A. Definition of Hikayat in General

In general, Hikayat is an old literary work in the form of prose which tells the life of the royal family, the nobility, famous people, saints around the palace with all their supernatural powers, oddities and miracles from the main character. Based on etymology, the term Hikayat comes from Arabic, namely “Haka”. The meaning of the word “Haka” means that to tell or tell a story.

Meanwhile, based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), saga is an old Malay literary work in the form of prose. The saga contains fictional, religious, biographical, or a combination of stories, laws, and genealogies that are read as solace, uplifter, or just to enliven a party.

Hikayat can be said to be similar to a historical story in the form of a biography. In the saga there are several things that are considered absurd, and full of miracles.

Generally, the saga contains stories about supernatural powers, the life of kings, stories between good people and bad people, and other fictional stories. In the saga, many tell stories that end happily and are won by the main character and the hero. Naturally, if saga is usually read as entertainment or solace, and even to raise one’s fighting spirit.

B. Definition of Hikayat Based on Experts

There are a number of definitions of saga based on experts, including:

1. According to Sugiarto

The word “hikayat” comes from Arabic which means story or story. At first this word was used in Malay, the original meaning of which is still attached. With that in mind, it’s not surprising that all works in prose in old Malay literature are usually called saga.

2. According to Sudjiman

Based on the term, the word Hikayat at the beginning of the title of the story caused misunderstandings for people in the past. Because these Malay story texts were written using Malay and Arabic letters. So that when the manuscript was copied into Latin letters, the word saga was written in capital letters, resulting in a misunderstanding among the copyists who considered the word saga as part of the title of the story.

3. According to Suherli

This saga is a variety of folklore that is included in a narrative text. Hikayat is a classic Malay story that shows elements of storytelling with the characteristics of the supernatural powers and impossibility of the characters.

C. Characteristics of Hikayat

The saga is part of old prose which has the following characteristics:

1. Using old Malay

2. Prelogical, meaning a story that is sometimes difficult to accept in the mind.

3. Palace centric, meaning that the center of the story is in the palace environment.

4. Anonymous, meaning prose whose author is not clear.

5. Static, meaning it is fixed and standard.

6. Using archaic words, meaning words that are currently not commonly used, such as the words Hatta, sebermula, and syahdan.

7. Traditional. In general, the characteristics of the saga are that it has a traditional nature or continues customs and culture that are considered good.

8. Using cliche language, meaning using language repeatedly.

9. Has a didactic nature, so that it can educate sufficiently both religiously and morally.

10. Magical, meaning that the author brings the reader into an imaginary world, so that later the reader will have beautiful imaginations.

11. Tells stories universally, for example there is a good war with a bad war. Later the war will win the good not the bad or the evil.

12. Have a happy ending.

D. Purpose of the Story

The following are the purposes of writing the saga text, including:

1. As a means to foster enthusiasm for readers.
2. As a means to entertain.
3. As a means to enliven an event or atmosphere.
4. As a means to convey noble values.

E. Saga Structure

There is a writing structure of the text of the saga, including:

1. Abstract

The abstract in the text of this saga has an optional nature. So that it may exist and may not exist in the text of the saga. Abstract itself, is a general description of the entire contents of the saga.

2. Orientation

In this orientation structure contains information about the setting of the story or events that occur. The intended information relates to who, where, when, and why.

3. Complications

This Complication Structure contains a series of events arranged chronologically, based on time sequence by covering the main events experienced by the characters. The complication section also contains conflict which is the main attraction of a story.

4. Resolution

The resolution structure contains concluding statements regarding a series of events that have been described previously. In this section there is also a conflict that is starting to subside and is often known as the problem solving section.

5. Code

The coda are closing words which have the function of concluding and reaffirming an important message contained in the contents of the saga. This coda structure is included in the optional section.

F. Intrinsic and Extrinsic Elements of the Hikayat

The elements in this saga are not much different from other prose. The saga itself is formed by using intrinsic and extrinsic elements.

Intrinsic element is the building element of the story from within. While the extrinsic elements are the building blocks from the outside. The following are the intrinsic elements in a saga, including:

1. Theme, is an idea that underlies a story.

2. Plot, is a chain of events in a story. This flow has 3 (three) categories namely:

a. The plot is forward or straight or progressive, meaning that these events are told sequentially from the beginning to the end.

b. The plot is backwards or flashback or regressive, meaning that this story starts from the end or in the middle of the conflict, then the causes are sought.

c. Mixed plot or back and forth, meaning using two plots, namely forward and backward plots like a novel or romance.

3. Setting, contains the setting of the place, time, and atmosphere depicted in a story. The following is a brief explanation of the background of the place, time and atmosphere.

a. Setting of place, meaning where this story takes place.

b. Setting of time, meaning when the event occurred.

c. The setting of the atmosphere, means how the circumstances when the story happened.

4. Character, is a story actor.

The depiction of the character of this character is known as characterization. The following is a brief explanation of the characters, character traits, and character descriptions, including:

a. Character is the name of the character or actor in the saga. There are antagonists, protagonists, and tritagonists.

b. Character is the character or nature or characteristics of the characters physically and psychologically.

c. Depiction of character, namely the author’s way of describing character traits, you can do this using 5 (five) ways, namely:

• Directly
• In dialogue between characters
• Other characters’ responses
• The thoughts of the characters
• Behavior, and environment of the characters.

5. Mandate, is the message the author wants to convey through a story.

6. Point of view, is the center of the story from where the story is told by the storytellers. Is it from the first person as the main character, the first person as a side character, the third person as an all-knowing person, the third person as the main character, and the third person in a story or as an observer.

7. Style, is how a writer presents a story using language, as well as other elements of beauty. A story is inseparable from figurative language and also connotations, such as metaphor, hyperbole, personification, paradox, synecdoche, synesthesia, and others.

In addition to the intrinsic elements, there are also extrinsic elements in a saga that have a relationship with the background of the story. For example, the background of customs, religion, culture, and so forth. You need to know that this extrinsic element also has a connection with the values ​​or norms of life in a story. For example moral values, culture, religion, and many others.

G. Values ​​in Hikayat

Before understanding the values ​​contained in the saga, it is necessary to know the difference between them and the mandate. Mandate is a message conveyed by the author through the work. While the values ​​are the guidance of behavior or life of a person. Therefore, values ​​are generally seen in the characters of the story characters.

So, here are the values ​​in the saga that you need to know, including:

1. Moral Values

Moral values ​​are values ​​that are related to the goodness or badness of an attitude or action of the characters in the saga.

2. Social Value

Social value is a value related to life in society.

3. Religious Values

Religious values ​​are values ​​related to religious issues or the relationship of a servant with God.

4. Educational Value

Educational values ​​are values ​​related to attitudes and behavior of a person through a teaching and training effort.

5. Cultural Values

Cultural values ​​are values ​​related to the customs and culture of an area that underlies a story.

H. Saga Type

The types of saga are categorized into 2 (two) types, namely the type of saga according to its content and the type of saga according to its origin. Here’s a quick review.

1. Types of Tales According to their Content

The types of saga according to its contents are divided into 6 (six), among others:

a. Folklore

b. Javanese story

c. Islamic story

d. Indian epic

e. Biography and History

f. Framed Stories

2. Types of Tales According to their Origin

The types of saga according to their origin are divided into 4 (four) parts, namely:

1. Original Malay, for example, the Hikayat Si Miskin, Hikayat Hang Tuah, Hikayat Indra Bangsawan, and Hikayat Malim Deman.

2. Javanese influence, for example, the Tale of Weneng Pati, the Tale of Panji Semirang, and the Tale of Indera Jaya from the Anglingdarma story.

3. Hindu or Indian influences, for example, the Pandhawa War Hikayat from the Mahabarata story, Sri Rama Hikayat from the Ramayana story, Bayan Budiman Hikayat, and Sang Boma from the Mahabharata story.

4. Arabic and Persian influences, for example, the Hikayat One Thousand and One Nights, the Hikayat Amir Hamzah or the Hero of Islam, and the Hikayat Bachtiar.

I. Sample Saga

The story has various examples. So, here is an example of a saga about The Poor and Marakarma and its story.

The Tale of the Poor and Marakarma

The saga of Si Miskin and Marakarma begins when a king named Indra is sworn in by Batara Indra. A king and his wife live a poor and miserable life in a forest in a country called the middle of nowhere, led by a king, namely Indra Dewa. These two couples are often referred to as the poor who are tormented and abused by local residents every day. One form of torture and persecution in the form of stoned.

Several years later, the two couples were blessed with a son named Marakarma, meaning child in trouble. The couple’s second child was an only child so he always cared for her with great affection. One day, the poor man was digging the ground and found a mine which contained gold that could be used by his descendants. By the power of God, that place stood a complete kingdom named Puspa Sari.

After the kingdom was established, the two changed their names to Maharaja Indera Angkasa and Tuan Puteri Ratna Dewi. The happiness of the two increased with the presence of a daughter named Nila Kesuma. With a better life, they are not spared from the crimes of local people. For example, the treatment done by Maharaja Indera Dewa, who was very jealous of a country called Puspa Sari and the kindness of a king. Then, he also carried out an evil plan against the Heavenly Sense King’s family.

The necromancer was trapped by Raja Indera Angkasa’s enchantment by informing him of a false prediction that said that the two children of Maharaja Indera Dewa would only cause a disaster for his parents. As a result, the two children were asked to leave or leave Puspa Sari’s country. It didn’t take long for Puspa Sari’s country to be destroyed and the king and queen were also living in poverty again.

The two then ran into the forest. His son Marakarma was suspected of being a thief, then thrown into the sea. Meanwhile, Nila Kesuma was found by a Raja Mendera. After that, he became a wife and he changed his name to Mayang Mengurai. The fate of Marakarma, who drifted into the sea until he was swallowed by a fish, was discovered by a man named Cahaya Chairani and a grandmother named Kabayan.

Marakarma ended up living with the Kabayan grandmother. His life as a flower seller and Marakarma were reunited with his wife, Cahaya Chairani. He also knew that Putri Mayang was his real sister thanks to a story from his grandmother. Then, Marakarma rushed to meet his sister and went to Puspa Sari’s country to meet his mother who was still living suffering from being a wood collector.

Marakarma asked the gods to return Puspa Sari’s country to the way it was before. This Marakarma’s supernatural powers can defeat attacks from the country of Nowhere which is jealous of Puspa Sari’s country. Then, Marakarma became a king in Pagargam Cahaya, the land where his father-in-law and his family lived happily in the land of Puspa Sari.

This is a discussion of the characteristics of the story and others. Hopefully the discussion above can provide knowledge and benefits for readers.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of the Highlands – The shape of the earth’s surface is indeed uneven, which is what you often get when you are in school, especially when you meet science geography teachers like this, indeed a fact that must be known by all humans who live on this planet Earth does not only understand through theory at school, but lessons like this that you can also learn in everyday life.

How do you find the face of the earth with a variety of different characteristics. In living life on earth it is not true that you only encounter flat land. Where in the environment that you live in even have different height levels. Not to mention if you take a walk and find a kind of lake, swamp or even sea or mountain. This is what shows that the earth and its surface are really not flat.

Apart from that, if you come across television broadcasts showing geographical conditions abroad, you can even see something that you cannot find in your own country. For example, snowy mountains in the tropics and so on. This is what strengthens the evidence that the earth has an unequal surface.

Indonesian Geographical Situation

In Indonesia itself, the height of the land between one and the other is different. This shows that Indonesia has geographical diversity. Because different characteristics of the place will affect culture, customs and even the plants that grow will differ from one another.

A number of natural features found in Indonesia include beaches, lowlands, plateaus, mountains to mountains. On this occasion, a discussion has been presented about one of the natural features found in Indonesia. this is the plateau.

Definition of Highlands

Maybe you are used to hearing about the highlands, especially in Indonesia. How about in Indonesia itself, you encounter so many highlands. There are a number of areas in Indonesia that are synonymous with highlands, for example in Puncak, Bogor, Bandung and Malang.

The existence of the highlands is easier for you to find, because there are many people who talk about the beauty of the highlands, so it is very suitable for use as a tourist spot. This highland tourist attraction is also erupting because it has a number of distinctive plants that can only be found in the highlands, the cool air points also add to the image of the highlands as a tourist attraction which is increasingly curious and also attracts many tourists to be able to visit there. . So, how exactly can a place be categorized as a plateau?

The definition of a plateau or commonly known as Plateau or Plato is a plain that is at an altitude above 700 m above sea level. This plateau was formed as a result of erosion as well as sedimentation. Where this plateau can also be formed because of a large former caldera due to the accumulation of material from the mountain slopes that are located in the vicinity.

Others say that a plateau is a flat area of ​​land that rises sharply above the surrounding area on at least one side. Where these plains occur on every continent and take up at least a third of the earth’s land the highlands are also one of the four main landforms along with the plains mountains, and also the hills. Now that’s the meaning of the highlands that you often encounter in Indonesia.

Plateau features

After you know about the meaning of highlands and not even just one definition. From this understanding, it may have shown you how the plateau is located, but in order to know more clearly about the plateau, you can also see from the characteristics of the plateau, which of course will further define the plateau in your mind’s eye. The characteristics possessed by the highlands include the following:

a. Cool climate

The first characteristic possessed by the highlands is that they have a cool climate. At the beginning of the discussion, it was mentioned that the highlands are areas that have a cool climate. Where the highlands can have a cool climate because it is influenced by its altitude.

The higher a place, the cooler the air will be, or it can be said that the air will feel colder. Therefore this plateau has very good prospects and is suitable to be used as a tourist spot.

b. Agriculture Created Terraces

One of the characteristics possessed by the highlands is the agricultural area that is made of terraces. Where, terracing is land that is made to resemble a ladder to prevent erosion. This terrace is one of the characteristics that is very easy to recognize whether an area is included in the highlands or not. You can find these terraces in Indonesia, especially in the West Java region. The terraces are formed so that the sloping land is not easily eroded so that agriculture can be maintained and not damaged.

c. Large Daily and Annual Temperature Amplitude

The characteristics of the highlands are that they have large daily temperature amplitudes and large annual temperatures. That is one of the characteristics possessed by the highlands as one of the forms of the earth in Indonesia.

d. Dry Air

The characteristics of the next highlands are that they have dry air. Even though it has a cool climate because of its location at an altitude, this highland has dry air and even drier than the other air which is located on a low altitude.

e. Moisture or Very Low Relative Air Humidity

The next characteristic of the highlands is that they have a very low relative air humidity when compared to areas that are on plains that are not high.

f. It Rarely Rains

The next feature of the highlands is the infrequent rain. At the beginning of the discussion, it was stated that the highlands have a cool climate and of course feel colder than the areas around them. However, even so, this plateau rarely rains.

It will be easier or more frequent to rain for areas that have a lower altitude than areas that are in the highlands themselves. Therefore, agriculture in the highlands has sufficient irrigation even during the rainy season. If in general during the rainy season in the lowlands there are many floods that affect the rice fields. However, this rarely happens or you can’t even see or find it in the highlands. This is caused by the presence of controlled rainfall in the highlands even though it is the rainy season.

So, those are some of the characteristics of the highlands that you need to know. Where you can find these characteristics in areas that are categorized as highlands, or as your guide for determining whether an area can be said to be a plateau or not.

Plateau Types

Plateau is an area or area or area that has a height higher than the area around it. Where, this understanding can already represent how the plateau is. However, did you know that this plateau can be categorized into several types. There are at least two kinds or types of this plateau. The types of this plateau, including are as follows:

a. Dissected Plateaus

The first type of plateau is called a truncated plateau. These truncated plateaus are plateaus formed as a result of the upward movement of the earth’s crust. The upward movement is caused by the slow collision of tectonic plates. An example of this is a truncated plateau called the Colorado Plateau in the western United States. This plateau has been rising by about 0.03 cm or 0.01 inch per year and this has been the case for more than 10 million years.

b. Volcanic Plateaus (Volcanic Plateaus)

The second type of plateau is called a volcanic plateau. These volcanic plateaus are formed by numerous small volcanic eruptions that slowly accumulate over time and form a plateau from the resulting lava flows. There are several examples of these volcanic plateaus located throughout most of the central part of New Zealand’s North Island. This type of plateau still has 3 (three) active volcanoes, including Mount Tongariro, Mount Ngauruhoe, and Mount Ruapehu.

The discussion above is 2 (two) types of highlands. Where the two types of highlands have different characteristics, including the causes. Therefore, it is this difference that causes this plateau to become several types.

Suitable Plants Planted in the Highlands

Indonesia’s earth is synonymous with agriculture and plantations or commonly known as farming. That’s why Indonesia is said to be an agricultural country. Regarding agriculture or plantations in various regions of Indonesia, of course the plants planted differ from one another.

That’s why there are some plants that are suitable for planting in the highlands and not very suitable when planted in the lowlands. There are a number of plants that are suitable for planting in this highland area, including the following:

1. Strawberries

The first plant that is suitable for planting in the highlands is strawberry. Where, the strawberry itself is a fruit that is much sought after to be processed as a drink, food or decoration because it has a nice shape, ideal size, and fresh color. This strawberry can also be easily grown when it is in a cool area, such as a plateau.

This strawberry plant requires at least 10 hours of light a day. And this plant also requires rainfall of 600 to 800 mm/year, and requires a temperature of around 20 degrees Celsius.

2. Carrots

The second type of plant that is suitable for planting in highland areas is carrots. The carrot plant is one of the vegetables that contains a lot of vitamin A so that its existence is also very much needed by people in Indonesia and abroad. In order to plant carrots, it requires temperatures between 15.6 to 21.1 degrees Celsius.

Where, the temperature has a role in metabolic processes, photosynthesis, transpiration, enzyme activity, absorption, nutrient absorption and so on. You can easily find this plant in the highlands.

3. Cabbage

The next type of plant suitable for planting in the highlands is cabbage. Of course, many people living in the highlands use it to grow cabbage. Where, cabbage itself is a vegetable that is very much needed by the community. This cabbage plant can grow optimally if planted in the highlands.

4. Potatoes

The next crop that is suitable for planting in the highlands is potatoes. Potato plants are tubers that can be used as a staple food substitute. The existence of this potato is very necessary as a food substitute for rice or used as other processed foods.

There are still other plants that you can plant in the highlands, apart from those mentioned above, for example, chayote, apples, tea, chocolate, and many others. This is information regarding the characteristics of the highlands to plants that are suitable for planting in the highlands. Hopefully the above information can be helpful and useful for readers.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of the Asian Continent – What are the characteristics of the Asian Continent? Before finding out the answer, first understand what a continent is, come on!

Quoted from the Big Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), continents are parts of the earth in the form of land or land that are very broad so that the central part of the continent does not get the direct influence of sea breezes (such as Europe, Australia, America, Africa and Asia).

There are seven types of continents in the world, namely Asia, Africa, North America, South America, Europe, Australia, and Antarctica.

So, now let’s find out the characteristics of the Asian Continent, come on!

Characteristics of the Asian Continent

1. The World’s Largest Continent

The Asian continent is the largest continent in the world. Nearly 1/3 of the land in the world is on the continent of Asia.

The continent of Australia has an area of ​​around 43,998,920 square kilometers. Its area reaches up to 4.5 times the area of ​​the European Continent which has an area of ​​10.18 million square kilometers. The continent of Asia has an area of ​​approximately 44,000,000 km².

The Asian continent is divided into six regions, namely Southeast Asia, East Asia, South Asia, Central Asia and North Asia.

2. Has 5 Climate Divisions

The following are some of the climates of the Asian continent, consisting of:

1. Cold Climate

Cold climates can be found in northern Asia, especially on the Siberian continent which has a polar continental climate (subartic climate). Regions with this climate have short summers.

2. Continental Climate

Continental climates or terrestrial climates can be found in the Central Asian region as well as Northwest China. Regions with this climate are mainly in the dry Gobi Desert in China.

3. Wet Subtropical Climate

Wet subtropical climate predominates in the East China region with a latitude range of 250 LU – 350 LU. Regions that have a type of wet subtropical climate experience a lot of rain due to the influence of the southeast monsoons and the Pacific Ocean.

4. Wet Tropical Climate

Wet tropical climates can mostly be found in Southeast Asia and South Asia. Regions with this climate have a fairly high rainfall, which is between 1,000 and 2,000 mm per year. The tropical climate is strongly influenced by the monsoon winds which cause the rainy season and dry season.

5. Desert Climate

The desert climate has a dry nature so that the rainfall is very low (250 mm – 220 mm/year). Desert climate can occur due to the influence of winds originating from dry desert areas. This climate can be found in West Asia, especially in the Arabian Peninsula and Central Asia around the Robi Desert

3. Has a Wide Desert and Sea

Did you know, You , that the continent of Asia is also known to have a vast desert.

Some of the deserts in the Asian Continent are the Gobi Desert, the Taklamakan Desert, and the Ordos and continents with the largest seas in the world, namely the South China Sea.

4. Continent with the Most Population in the World

The population of the Asian Continent reaches up to 4 billion people. This makes the continent of Asia the continent with the largest population in the world. The countries with the highest populations are China, India, Indonesia, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Japan.

5. A continent that often experiences earthquakes

The Asian continent often experiences earthquakes that are scattered in various points. One of the countries in Asia that experiences earthquakes quite often is Japan.

6. Has the highest mountain or peak in the world

Did you know, You, that the highest peak in the world is on the continent of Asia, you know . The highest peak is Mount Everest.

Quoted from National Geographic, the height of Mount Everest reaches up to 29,035 feet or 8,850 meters above sea level (masl). This mountain is located on the Nepal-China border.

7. Has the highest plateau in the world

Besides having the highest mountain in the world, the continent of Asia also has the highest plains in the world, you know . The highest plateau in the world can be found in Tibet. Because of this, Tibet is called the “roof of the world”.

Most of Tibet has an altitude ranging from 4,000 – 5,000 meters above sea level.

This region of Tibet is on the border of East Asia and South Asia, You . Tibet is located in the southern part of China and is bordered by India, Nepal, Burma and Bhutan.

8. As the Birthplace of Major Religions

The Asian continent is the birthplace of major religions, such as Islam, Christianity, Hinduism, Buddhism, and also Confucianism.

Asian continent profile

Asia is the largest continent and has the most populous population in the world with an area covering up to 8.7% of the Earth’s surface covering 50 countries spread from the vast mainland of Asia Minor, the Middle East, to the Pacific Ocean. Approximately 60% of the world’s population lives on the continent of Asia.

The continent of Asia and the continent of Europe are continents that are connected by land and both form a giant continent called Eurasia. The boundary between the Asian Continent and the European Continent is so blurred that some countries such as Turkey can sometimes be categorized as the Asian Continent or the European Continent.

Some of the natural landscapes that are often used to separate the two continents are the Dardanelles, the Marmara Sea, the Bosphorus Strait, the Black Sea, the Caucasus Mountains, the Caspian Sea, the Ural River (or Emba River), and the Ural Mountains to Novaya Zemlya. Besides that, the continent of Asia and the continent of Africa also have land borders that meet in the area around the Suez Canal.

As mentioned in the previous paragraph, the Asian Continent can be considered as a part of the Eurasian Continent, but with a larger size. In this spherical world, there are five inhabited continents. These continents are the continent of Asia, the continent of Europe, the Americas, the continent of Africa, and the continent of Australia. However, the discussion this time will be focused on the Asian continent. The Asian continent is the largest continent in the world, compared to the other four continents. The Asian continent is divided into five regions, namely:

1. Southeast Asia
2. South Asia
3. West Asia
4. Central Asia
5. East Asia

Each region has its own state section. The parts of the countries in the Asian region will be explained in the final section, in the discussion regarding the division of regional zones and the countries in the Asian continent and will also be given additional explanations so that you know more deeply about the five Asian regions. The first discussion will be provides an explanation of the process of formation of the continents in the world, especially the continent of Asia.

The Process of Formation of the Asian Continent

The process of forming the continent of Asia since thousands of years ago. This continent has an area of ​​up to 51,053,817 km2. The Asian continent is dubbed as the largest continent, because the area of ​​the Asian continent is almost a third of the land in the whole world. Even though its land area is only 30% of the earth’s surface area and one third of that 30% is owned by the Asian continent. So it can be concluded that the Asian continent covers almost all the land in the world. As the continent with the largest size, the position of the continent of Asia on earth can be explained in the following discussion.

Astronomical, Geographical Locations, and the Boundaries of the Asian Continent

The Asian continent has an astronomical position between 11° South Latitude – 77° North Latitude and 26° East Longitude – 169° West Longitude.

The geographical location of the Asian Continent is very strategic because it is located between two continents and two oceans, in the north there is a direct border with the European Continent and the Pacific Ocean while in the south there is a border with the Australian Continent and the Indian Ocean.

• To the west: Continental Europe which is bounded by the Ural Mountains, Ural Sea, Caspian Sea, Red Sea, Zues Canal, Mediterranean Sea and Sea of ​​Marm
• East: Pacific Ocean and Bering Strait
• To the south: the Indian Ocean and the Australian continent.
• North: Arctic Ocean.

Countries in Asia Continent and Their Capitals

The number of countries in the continent of Asia is 48 and the list of countries stretches from west to east, from north to south. Therefore, the sub-regions in Asia include West Asia, East Asia, North Asia, South Asia, Central Asia, and Southeast Asia. Quoting data from Worldometers, the largest number of countries on the Asian continent are located in West Asia, namely 17 countries.

Meanwhile, the least number of countries in the Asian continent are located in the north (Russia), then the central and eastern parts with five countries each. As for Southeast Asia, it consists of 11 countries, while in South Asia it is inhabited by 9 countries. The country with the most population on the Asian Continent in 2020 is China with a total of 1.43 billion people, followed by India (1.38 billion) and Indonesia (273 million). Then for the countries with the least population on the Asian Continent are Brunei (437,479), Maldives (540,544), and Bhutan (771,608).

Specifically for China, the country has two regions with special autonomy, namely Hong Kong and Macau. The debate is still going on for Taiwan, which is only recognized as a sovereign country by 15 countries.

1. Southeast Asia

Country – Name of Capital

• Brunei Darussalam – Bandar Seri Begawan
• Cambodia – Phnom Penh
• Philippines – Manila
• Indonesia – Jakarta
• Singapore – Singapore
• Thailand – Bangkok
• Timor Leste – Dili
• Laos – Vientiane
• Vietnamese – Hanoi
• Malaysia – Kuala Lumpur
• Myanmar – Naypyidaw

2. East Asia

Country – Name of Capital

• China – Beijing
• Hong Kong – Hong Kong
• Macau – Macau
• Taiwan – Taipei
• Japan – Tokyo
• South Korea – Seoul
• North Korea – Pyongyang
• Mongolia – Ulan Bator

3. South Asia

Country – Name of Capital

• Bangladesh–Dhaka
• Bhutan – Thimphu
• India–New Delhi
• Maldives – Male
• Nepal – Kathmandu
• Pakistan–Islamabad
• Sri Lanka – Sri Jayawerdanepura Kotte
• Afghanistan – Kabul

4. West Asia

Country – Name of Capital

• Saudi Arabia – Riyad
• Bahrain – Manama
• Kuwait – Kuwait City
• Oman–Muscat
• Qatar–Doha
• United Arab Emirates – Abu Dhabi
• Yemen – Sanaa
• Palestine – Jerusalem
• Iraq – Baghdad
• Israel–Tel Aviv
• Lebanese – Beirut
• Turkey – Ankara
• Syria – Damascus
• Jordan – Amman
• Iran – Tehran
• Cyprus – Nicosia

5. Central Asia

Country – Name of Capital

• Kazakhstan – Astana
• Kyrgyzstan – Bishkek
• Tajikistan – Dushanbe
• Turkmenistan – Ashgabat
• Uzbekistan – Taskent

Developed Countries and Developing Countries in the Asian Continent

Developed and developing countries are scattered in various parts of the world, including the Asian continent. Launching from National Geographic, the continent of Asia is the largest continent in the world and covers 30 percent of the land area on earth. The Asian continent has an area of ​​up to about 44.58 million square kilometers or about 4.38 times larger than the European continent.

Developed Countries List

List of developed countries in the Asian continent, namely:

1. Japan
2. Hong Kong
3. Israel
4. South Korea
5. Macau
6. Taiwan
7. Singapore

List of Developing Countries

List of developing countries in the Asian Continent, namely:

1. Kazakhstan
2. Bhutan
3. Kyrgyzstan
4. Bangladesh
5. Tajikistan
6. India
7. Turkmenistan
8. Iran
9. Uzbekistan
10. Iraq
11. China
12. Kiribati
13. Mongolia
14. Kuwait
15. Brunei Darussalam
16. Lebanese
17. Philippines
18. Maldives
19. Malaysia
20. Micronesia
21. Indonesia
22. Nepal
23. Cambodia
24. Oman
25. Laos
26. Papua New Guinea
27. Myanmar
28. Pakistan
29. Thailand
30. Qatar
31. Timor Leste
32. Sri Lanka
33. Vietnamese
34. Syria
35. Afghanistan
36. Saudi Arabian Union
37. Yemen
38. Armenian
39. Jordan
40. Azerbaijan
41. Bahrain

Characteristics of the Americas – When you hear the word America, the first thing that comes to mind is a large and developed country, but in this discussion we will not discuss America as a country, but the continent. As the second largest continent in the world after the continent of Asia, the Americas are very interesting to discuss about the characteristics and other things about the other American continents.

Basically the American continent is divided into three parts namely: Central America, North America and South America. Call it several countries in the Americas such as: the United States which is very famous as the country of Uncle Sam, Brazil as a country which is very famous for its football culture, or Jamaica as the country of origin of reggae music created with one of its famous figures namely Bob Marley.

The various uniqueness brought by the countries from the Americas is what makes it very interesting to discuss the main characteristics found in the Americas.

The concept of territory, as many geographers have emphasized, is one that studies geographic areas. An area that varies in extent, from very broad to limited in scope. Regional characteristics are an area that must have certain characteristics, specificities, and differences from other regions.

Of course, world geography is a science that discusses or studies world geography phenomena and events in relation to various aspects of life in the world.

America is the continent of the world which refers to the landmass that lies between the Pacific Ocean and the Atlantic Ocean. The continent is usually divided into North America and South America. The term also refers to the Caribbean region, the islands that surround the Caribbean Sea and Greenland (but not Iceland).

For this reason, it is very good if in this discussion we invite all of you Sinaumed’s friends to find out what are the characteristics of the Americas as additional new insights about each region, especially the continents in the world.

Further discussion of the characteristics of the Americas can be seen below!

American continent

The Americas is the continent of the world which refers to the land area between the Pacific Ocean and the Atlantic Ocean. America is the second largest continent in the world after Asia, with an area of ​​± 42,292,000 km². This continent is usually divided into 3 namely North America, Central America and South America.

The term also refers to the Caribbean region, the islands that surround the Caribbean Sea and Greenland (but not Iceland). Central America is a narrow strip of land that connects North and South America. Astronomically, the Americas are located between 83° North – 55° South and 170° East – 35° West.

Geographically, the Americas are bordered on the west by the Pacific Ocean and the Bering Sea, on the east by the Atlantic Ocean and the Caribbean Sea, on the north by the Ice Sea and Davis Strait, and on the south by the Antarctic Sea. The name America is taken from the name of the European who discovered the continent, “Amerigo Vespucci”.

Characteristics of the Americas

In general, the characteristics of the Americas are as follows:

1. The second largest continent in the world

The first feature of the Americas can be seen from its land area. The area of ​​the northern American continent reaches 24,709.00 square kilometers, while the area of ​​the southern American continent reaches 17,840,000 square kilometers. If added up, the area becomes 42,549,000 square kilometers.

2. Geographical location

America is the second largest continent located in the Western Hemisphere. Astronomically, this continent is located between ±80°N – 56°S and ±170°T – 36°T. The shape of this stretch seems to connect the North Pole with the South Pole.

Its land area reaches ± 41,825,581 km² or around 28.1% of the world’s land area
. Geographically, the American continent has the following boundaries:

• To the east it is bordered by the Atlantic Ocean.
• To the south it is bordered by the Pacific Ocean and Antarctica.
• To the west it is bordered by the Pacific Ocean.
• In the north, it borders the Arctic Ocean.

3. Regional Characteristics

The Americas are divided into three main parts, namely:

• Central America Region

Central America is the territory of the Caribbean Islands in the Atlantic Ocean and the continent of Central America. This region covers all of Mexico and has an area of ​​approximately 253,926 square kilometers.

• South America region

This area stretches from the Panama Canal to the Horn peninsula in southern Argentina. South America includes Argentina, Brazil, Bolivia, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyana, Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, Uruguay, Venezuela, French Guiana and the Falkland Islands.

• North America region

4. View

The characteristics of the Americas are then seen from the landscape. The Americas itself is the second largest continent in the world, so its territory includes many different areas, such as mountains, plains, plateaus, oceans and rivers.

America is a continent with a meridian shape (stretching from north to south) America has the highest waterfall namely Angel Falls (1000m) in Venezuela. The Americas continent with the highest active volcano is Mount Ojos de Salado in Argentina-Chile (6908 m) America has the isthmus and canal in Panama (Central America) that connects the Atlantic Ocean with the Pacific Ocean.

America has historical sites, namely the pyramids of the Incas, America has the widest river valley, namely the Amazon river basin. This is a rainforest valley in Brazil. The Americas have the driest place in the world, the Atacama Desert in Chile. America has the largest canyon in the world, namely the Grand Canyon in Colorado, Arizona.

Here are some examples:

• Rocky Mountains in North America.
• Cordilleras De Los Andes in South America.
• The highest peak reached is Mount Aconcagua with a height of 6960 m and is located in Argentina.
• Central America has many dominant lowlands and the east coast is smart because it tends to be more temperate. Examples are the Mississippi River in North America and the Amazon River in South America.
• The lowest point in America is Death Valley, 86m below sea level.

5. Climate

The climate of the Americas is influenced by many different things, namely:

• The climate of Central America is influenced by the Pacific Ocean, Atlantic Ocean and Caribbean Sea. The central area is divided into hot, medium, cold and freezing temperature zones. Freezing temperatures can only be found in the highlands, while the Caribbean islands are affected by a warmer sea climate with slightly cooler wind temperatures.

• The Caribbean and Pacific islands are also affected by warm ocean currents. The closer to the equator, the more rain occurs. The northeastern trade winds that blow through the Caribbean bring rain, so that the Americas also have areas similar to Indonesia, namely summer and rainy season throughout the year.

• Climate variations in the South American region are also influenced by altitude and geographic latitude. Two-thirds of its territory is located in the tropics, and most of this area receives high rainfall, so there are tropical rain forests, one of which is in the Amazon basin.

• The south is in an arid area with only 100-500mm of rain per year. Even though America doesn’t have deserts like Asia and Africa, areas like this still look arid.

6. Socio-cultural

The population of South America and the Caribbean is 659,744,000, while that of North America is 371,108,000. Combined, the total population is at least 1 billion people. Community beliefs are dominated by Christians and Catholics.

In the central part, the majority of the population is Roman Catholic, while the central part is majority Protestant. Americans officially speak English and French, but also several languages, such as Spanish and Italian.

America has a powerful allure. Reportedly from history, when Christopher Columbus came to this continent, the Europeans called it “New World”. This happened because of their limited understanding of the world, which was limited to the European continent. So there was a massive exodus of Europeans there. They then interacted with the local population, establishing settlements and colonies. This process has continued for centuries. Not only Europeans, residents of Asia and Africa also came to America. Finally, you can find various tribes, ethnicities, races, and religions from all over America, both in North America, Central America, and South America.

The ensuing encounter made America’s population even more diverse. This certainly has an impact on social and cultural life. The arrival of people from outside America not only brought changes in posture, but also culture. So when he came to America, there was assimilation that led to a new culture. This situation then changed the social and cultural life on American soil and continues to this day.

These variations can be in the form of religion, language, art, and others. For example, the dominant North American language is English. However, in South America they prefer Portuguese or Spanish.

7. Economy

The vast size of the territory, the number of natural landscapes, and the strong influence of geopolitics also shape the American economic model. America’s economic advantage is trade. This is because in the Americas, several countries with the largest economies in the world are members of the G20.

On the official website of the G20, there are 5 countries in America: Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Mexico and the United States. Not surprisingly, the flow of goods into and out of the US remains high. Remember that this is also supported by the strength of the United States as an influential nation in the world.

Not only trade, American countries also depend on mining. Crude oil is the mainstay of the United States, Venezuela and many other Latin American countries. Then there are also several countries that take advantage of mineral deposits to boost the economy.

This is the astronomical position and features of the Americas that you need to know. Of course, these assets must be accompanied by a good ability to manage natural and human resources. The goal is to benefit the American people

8. Plants and Animals

The characteristics of the American continent can then be seen from the flora and fauna that grow and develop. North America’s flora is dominated by green meadows that can be used as fertile agricultural land. There are also typical tundra plants such as conifers and other annual plants. In the Caribbean you can find rainforests interspersed with tropical grasslands and pines, whereas in arid areas you will only find shrubs and trees.

In Central America there is a wide variety of flora, in the Caribbean there are tropical forests interspersed with meadows and tropical pines, while in arid regions only shrubs and deciduous trees stand out. .

The South American region is mostly dense rainforest, even the Amazon basin is the densest rainforest area in the world. This of course provides a habitat for the various kinds of wildlife that live there. The endemic fauna of this area are piranhas and macaws from the Amazon rainforest. Typical North American animals are bison, polar bears, penguins and trout.

9. Residents of America

America’s population in 2003 was 873 million. The population density is 74 people/km2. The American population consists of 3 groups based on their original nature. The population of the Americas is divided into 2, namely:

Native inhabitants:

Is an indigenous ethnic group living in the United States, eastern Central America, and Latin America. The tribe of this nation is the Indian tribe. Apart from the Indians, there are also the Eskimos. The Eskimos live in the polar regions. The Eskimos are famous for their ancient homes. Houses made of ice are called Igloos. The two tribes, both Indians and Eskimos, are minorities in the Americas.

Immigrant Residents:

• Including European immigrants, including British, French, Spanish, Dutch and Portuguese.
• Asia, including Chinese, Japanese and Malays.
• Africans, including blacks, are called black Americans. Mixed population. This mixed population, among others
• The Mulato breed is a mix of white and black skin.
• Mixed race is a mixture of white and red skin.
• The Zambo race is a mixture of Indians and blacks.

Americans follow different religions. The religion with the largest number of adherents is Roman Catholicism whose adherents are spread throughout South America. In North America, there are many Protestants. Other religions accepted by the American population include Judaism, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, and animism, most of which are still practiced by Indian tribes.

The religions that developed in the Americas are as follows:

• Catholics, many residents of Central and South America. Protestant Christianity, embraced by many residents of North America.
• Islam is the religion of many people of Arab, Malay and black descent.
• Judaism is the religion of many American Jews.
• Hinduism is practiced by many Americans of Indian, Nepalese and Sri Lankan descent.
• Buddhism, Taoism, Confucianism and Shintoism are practiced by many people of Chinese, Japanese, Korean and Indochinese descent. Anglicans are Catholic, many of whom are of English descent.

Conclusion

So a brief discussion of the characteristics of the Americas. In this discussion, it specifically discusses what characteristics are found in the Americas because of the size of the area and historical factors that cause many different characteristics in each region in the Americas.

Knowing about the characteristics of the American continent gives us knowledge that the world is very broad as seen by how diverse the characteristics are found in the Americas with different cultural backgrounds and regional conditions.

Thus a review of the characteristics of the American continent.

Characteristics of the African continent is one of the second largest continents in the world and ranks second with the largest number of people after the continent of Asia. This continent has an area of ​​30,224,050 square km, which is 20.3 percent of the total land area on Earth.

Basically, Africa is home to one-seventh of the world’s population. The African continent itself has the largest hot desert and also the second largest tropical forest in the world which hinders the development of transportation and also its economy.

In the middle of the continent, to be exact on the west side, the rainforest is almost impenetrable and that impedes the transit of people as well as goods.

According to the nationalgeographic.org website, the African continent has eight main regions. Starting from the Sahara, Sahel, savanna, Ethiopian plateau, Swahili coast, rainforest, Africa’s largest lake, and also South Africa.

Meanwhile, according to a book entitled World Regional Geography by Sulistinah Kuspriyanto, the following are some of the characteristics of the African Continent, starting from its location, climate, and others.

Characteristics of the African Continent

Africa is the only continent that is traversed by 0 degrees latitude or we can call it the equator and also 0 degrees longitude, as well as the northern and southern equinoxes at the same time. The following are some of the characteristics of the African continent that need to be understood, including:

1. Location and Area of ​​the African Continent

Africa is indeed the second largest continent in the world after Asia and America. This continent also has a very dense population even though it has a large area and occupies the second most populous position after Asia.

With an area of ​​30,224,050 square kilometers, plus its adjacent islands, Africa covers the entire landmass on Earth.

However, as we know that the African continent experiences many obstacles and constraints regarding the quality of life. With 800 million people spread across 54 countries, this one continent is home to one seventh of the world’s population. Astronomically, the African Continent is located between ± 35° LU – 33° SL and ± 18° E – 53° E. The following are some of the regions in the African continent, including:

a. To the north of the African continent is directly adjacent to the Mediterranean Sea or the Mediterranean Sea and also the European continent.
b. Then to the east, directly adjacent to the Red Sea and also the Indian Ocean.
c. To the South and West it is directly adjacent to the Atlantic Ocean.

2. Physical Conditions of the African Continent

The next characteristic of the African continent is the physical condition of the African continent. Where the continent of Africa is a continent that is different from other continents. Its territory is traversed by three main latitudes, namely the equator (0°), the Tropic of Cancer (23 ½°N), and the Tropic of Cancer (23 ½°S).

Most of the area is highlands or vice versa, namely desert. However, on the African Continent there are also fertile areas in the lowlands, for example the Zaire River Valley and the Nile River Valley, which are the second largest river valleys after the Amazone River Valley.

When viewed from its fertility, it certainly won’t beat other continents that both look lush or green.

a. Desert in Africa

When discussing Africa, we will definitely remember the distribution of deserts on the African continent. We can find this around the Tropic of Cancer and the Tropic of Cancer. The desert area in the South has a higher potential or position compared to the desert area in the North.

However, the desert in the north has a wider area. The desert in the North is usually known as the Sahara Desert, stretching from Senegal in the West to Kenya in the East. Then for the deserts in the Southern region, namely the Namibian Desert and the Kalahari Desert.

b. Mountains, Mountains and Plato in Africa

If we walk towards South Africa, then we will find many springs and rivers with altitudes between 500 and 1,200 m above sea level. In addition, in this area there are also many plateaus and mountains which are famous for their views.

That reason is what makes South Africa more famous than the rest of South Africa. The most popular Platos are the Tassilin-Ajjer Plato in the Sahara, the Shaba Plato in the Southeast, the Lunda Plateau and also the Drakensberg Plateau in the South, the Ethiopian Highlands in the East, and the Angolan Plateau in the center.

Meanwhile, the mountains on the African Continent are the Atlas Mountains which stretch from the Northwest Coast of Africa to Tunisia and also the Cape Mountains in the south. Mountains in Africa are usually inactive but there are still some that are active.

The highest point in Africa is Mount Kilimanjaro, which is 5,894 meters above sea level, where this mountain is in the East African region and is always covered in snow.

c. Rivers and Lakes in Africa

Africa is very famous for its rivers which have beautiful and long and large streams of water. The famous rivers in Africa are the Nile which has a length of about 6,500 km and is one of the longest rivers in the world.

Then, there is also the Congo River, the Orange River in South Africa, the Niger River in Nigeria, and also the Zambesi River in Zambia. Some of these rivers are dammed for irrigation as well as power generation, for example, the Aswan dam which dams the Nile River and the Akosombo dam which dams the Volta River in Ghana.

Meanwhile, for the lakes in Africa, namely Lake Victoria, which is the largest lake in Africa, Lake Tanganyika, Lake Mobutu, Lake Rudolf, Lake Chad, and Lake Zambesi. Not only that, Africa also has many large waterfalls, namely the Tugela waterfall in South Africa (984 m) and the Victoria waterfall (108 m) in Zimbabwe.

e. Flora and Fauna of Africa

The condition of flora and fauna in Africa depends on the climatic conditions in each region. In the tropical rain forest area, namely in the Central African part, there are various types of plants and very dense rain forests. While in the North and South, there are steppes and savannas that are quite extensive. Meanwhile, in desert areas there are only steppes and cactus plants.

The natural conditions of the African continent strongly support the spread of fauna. Where Africa has many types of fauna, especially large mammals. Typical African fauna include addax, elephant, zarafah, antelope, rhinoceros, hippopotamus, and others. Even though they have a physical resemblance to similar animals in Asia, African animals have a larger body size compared to similar animals in Asia.

3. Climate of the African Continent

The next characteristic of the African continent is the climate on the African continent. Because of its large area, it is certain that the African Continent has a variety of climates consisting of:

a. The temperate or sub-tropical climate area includes the area on the southeastern coast of South Africa, the southern region, and also the southern equinox.
b. The tropical climate area is the area around the equator. It experiences regular rainfall. However, rainfall will decrease for areas far from the equator. Along the coast of West Africa, Kenya, Uganda, as well as parts of the east coast will experience heat and rain throughout the year.
c. Desert climate area, where this type of climate exists in the northern and southwestern regions of Africa. Areas with desert climates can experience drought throughout the year.
d. The Mediterranean climate area, namely the type of climate that exists in the northernmost region of Africa, which is around the Mediterranean Sea.
e. Mountain climate area, namely the type of climate that exists in mountainous areas.

4. Continental Social and Culture

The next characteristics of the African continent are the social and cultural conditions of the African continent. For some people, it might sound quite racist. However, it is said that this black continent has earned a nickname since the 19th century and at that time it was mentioned by Europeans for the first time when they were looking for new areas.

This black continent was discovered because the European colonials saw the African population, which was generally black. Not only that, cartographers also experienced difficulties in mapping the continent of Africa, especially for the sub-Saharan desert.

There are also those who speculate that Africa is called the black continent because the land is black or the map is depicted in black.

a. The total population in Africa in mid-2007 reached approximately 944 million people, including the second most populous continent after Asia. The most densely populated region is East Africa.
b. The inhabitants of the black continent belonged to the Negroid race, which later split into many tribes. However, on this one continent also live other nations, such as Indians, Arabs, Malays, and also immigrant European communities. In 2007, the population of Africa reached 934,283,426 people. Africa is one of the continents with high population growth.
c. The main religions followed by the people of Africa are Islam and Christianity. Islam is embraced by the majority of the population in the North African region and has developed quite rapidly. Then Christianity who came from Egypt and the Ethiopian region was widely embraced by the people of Central Africa.
d. In addition to local languages, Africans also use various languages ​​inherited from the colonial era. For example, French, Spanish, English, Portuguese and Italian. The word Africa itself comes from the Latin, Aprica which means shining or the Greek, Aphrike which means without cold.

5. Continental Economy

The economy on the African continent belongs to the lower middle class to the point of crisis. All of this is influenced by various factors, starting from the climate, most of the African region is classified as dry and has less potential to be worked on so farming cannot be done, animal husbandry can only be carried out by a few types of animals and not all animals that live in Africa can be utilized.

The majority are wild animals or wild animals that are contrary to the benefits of humans. However, even though this is happening, some of the residents still try to cultivate the land with limited conditions and only certain plants or animals.

Meanwhile, the developed industry is the processing of gold, diamond, iron ore, copper and phosphate mines.

But unfortunately, some foreign companies manage and take some of the wealth of African countries. So it is not uncommon for local residents there to only work as miners or laborers. But can not be the owner of the company.

This also affects as a whole the countries on the African continent which are still classified as poor. In fact, this one continent is classified as the poorest country in the world.

6. The Economy of the Residents of the Continent

The following are some potential industrial sectors or jobs on the African continent, including:

1. Agriculture

Most of the countries on the African continent are agricultural countries. Namely about 60 percent of the population of the African continent work in the agricultural sector. The products of the agricultural sector are cotton, rubber, coffee, cocoa, sugar cane, palm oil, wheat, tobacco, and also dates.

In this modern year, countries that have made great progress in the field of agricultural production such as Brazil have agreed to share technology with Africa to further increase agricultural production on the continent.

It aims to make the continent a more viable trading partner. Increased investment in African agricultural production in general has the potential to reduce poverty on the African continent.

b. Mining and Drilling

Africa has quite an abundance of mining goods with the main mining products such as gold, diamonds, chromium, copper and manganese. Africa’s most valuable exports are petroleum and minerals. Several countries own and export some of these resources.

Southern countries have reserves of gold, rough copper, and also diamonds. Although mining and drilling will generate a large part of Africa’s annual income, the industry only employs about two million people, of which a fraction comes from the continent’s population.

c. Industry

The industrial sector is developing quite rapidly with the presence of oil and natural gas assets owned by several countries. Countries on the African continent whose industries have developed are the Republic of South Africa and Egypt.

d. Banking

Banking in Africa has long been in trouble because local banks are often unstable and corrupt. Governments as well as industry depend on international banks. Only South Africa as well as Egypt has a thriving banking sector.

In recent decades, banking reform has been a priority of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and the World Bank. One of the key reforms was obtaining permission to increase penetration by foreign banks. South Africa as well as Egypt have been the most successful countries in attracting foreign bank local operations.

In 2007, Egypt surpassed South Africa as the largest recipient of FDI with a record $11.1 billion. The trend continued in 2008, when Egypt attracted $13.2 billion in FDI.

Thus an explanation of the characteristics of the African continent and some interesting facts in it. As we have discussed above, the African continent is the second largest continent in the world after the Asian continent and has the second most populous population after the Asian continent.

Characteristics of Regional Songs – It is common knowledge that the country of Indonesia is an archipelagic country, thus making it diverse with cultures from various regions.

Of the many cultures passed down by our ancestors to the next generation, there are regional songs which are at the same time a cultural difference between one region and another.

Each regional song will be identical to the region it originates from because through the lyrics and tones in the folk songs indirectly reflect the culture and how the people live.

Regional songs were created by the ancestors based on the culture and customs of the area. So it’s only natural that each region, even though they are on the same island, has different folk songs.

Do Sinaumed’s know any popular folk songs in your area? Usually, when we were in elementary school, we would be required to sing the folk song by our teacher.

Why did our teacher give us an assignment in the form of singing a folk song? This is so that we, as the younger generation, continue to preserve the nation’s culture, including the folk songs.

So, what are the characteristics of a folk song? Then, what is the role of folk songs for people in today’s era who already live in the midst of sophistication of technology?

Come on , see the following explanation about the characteristics and important things about folk songs!

Characteristics of Regional Songs

In general, folk songs have the following characteristics:

1. Using the local language according to where the song comes from.
2. Describe the culture of the local people.
3. Some of his songs and music use their own music system (using regional musical instruments).
4. Anonymously created.
5. Usually learned and disseminated orally.
6. It has become part of the culture of society.
7. Contain an important message to the listener.
8. Usually accompanied by local musical instruments.
9. When sung, there is a special bow according to the local area.

Regional Song Function

1. As a means of traditional ceremonies in an area

In several areas in Indonesia, traditional ceremonies usually use folk songs as accompaniment. For example, the Merapu ceremony in Sumba uses local folk songs as an accompaniment to the spirit in the traditional ceremony.

2. Dance accompaniment or regional performances

On the island of Java, it is customary to use regional songs as accompaniment to regional dance performances, for example Javanese style songs which often accompany Serimpi (Central Java) traditional dance performances. In addition, folk songs can also function to accompany shadow puppet shows, kethoprak, ludruk, and others.

3. Communication media

Through musical performances or songs in an area, it turns out that it can be an indirect medium of communication, you know, between singers of these regional songs and their listeners.

4. Media entertainment and playing ancient society

Sinaumed’s certainly knows that in ancient times there were no sophisticated gadgets like today as a means of entertainment. Therefore, people who lived in ancient times often used folk songs as a medium for their entertainment and playing.

Some of these regional songs were deliberately created to accompany children’s games, for example the songs Cublak-Cublak Suweng from Central Java, Ampar-Ampar Pisang (South Kalimantan), and Pok Amek-Ame (Betawi).

5. Means of earning a living

Some people can work as singers of traditional songs in a traditional performance. This can be explained simply that the existence of folk songs can also function as a means of earning a living.

6. As a medium of lighting

Increasingly, the existence of folk songs can function to organize several activities. Even some public service advertisements often use folk songs as the backsound.

Apart from public service advertisements, folk songs can also be used for election media, immunizations, and even religious lectures.

10 Examples of Regional Songs and Their Meanings

1. Bubuy Bulan (West Java)

The folk song entitled Bubuy this month is one of the many folk songs originating from West Java. In this folk song, more or less tells about a woman who keeps having someone in her mind. This person is constantly on her mind every day until finally making the woman feel in love and in love.

2. Apuse (Papua)

The folk song entitled “Apuse” is often sung with a joyful impression. In fact, the lyrics contained in it tell about the sadness of a grandson who has to say goodbye to his grandparents. The grandson had to go abroad in search of a better life and left his grandparents.

3. Suwe Ora Jamu (Central Java)

This folk song has the meaning that not everything that happens to us will be according to what we think and plan. Well, to overcome this, we also have to think about all the possibilities of what might happen.

So, indirectly, this Suwe Ora Jamu song gives advice that we must prepare ourselves for the worst possibility even if good things have happened so far. So, if it turns out that something bad happened, then we will not dissolve in disappointment because we were “on standby” beforehand.

4. Ampar-Ampar Banana (South Kalimantan)

This folk song tells about how the process of making Banana Rimpi food is not easy. Well, actually this folk song indirectly gives advice to listeners, especially children, to always be patient.

That something good will always be obtained in a short time, it is the same as the process of making Banana Rimpi food.

5. Manuk Dadali (West Java)

The title of the folk song “Manuk Dadali” means Garuda Bird in Indonesian. Sinaumed’s must have known that the existence of the Garuda bird is the symbol of the Indonesian state, depicted as a brave and brave animal.

So, in the lyrics of this folk song, it is stated that the Garuda bird is an animal that is a symbol of chivalry, mutual love, and the courage to sacrifice for the sake of others.

Indirectly, this folk song entitled “Manuk Dadali” contains the meaning of nationalism. The figurative meaning contained in the lyrics also describes the condition of Indonesia’s homeland which has cultural diversity but can live in harmony without any feelings of envy and envy towards one another.

6. Soleram (Riau)

This folk song originating from the Riau region has a message for children to maintain the honor of their country, culture and self-esteem.

Indirectly, this folk song entitled “Soleram” teaches a culture of shame. Apart from that, it also educates listeners to always connect kinship ties and avoid divisions between groups.

7. Bungong Jeumpa (Aceh)

” Bungong Jeumpa ” in Indonesian means Cempaka Flower. This regional song originating from Aceh tells about the beauty of a flower.

Cempaka flowers have a variety of colors, some are red, white, and yellow.

8. Si Patokaan (North Sulawesi)

This folk song that comes from North Sulawesi actually tells about a mother and her child named Si Patokaan. Si Patokaan wants to migrate to another area in order to get a better life, so his mother provides Si Patokaan with various advice to always be careful.

9. Chicken Den Lapeh (West Sumatra)

“Ayam Den Lapeh” in Indonesian means Loose Chicken. This folk song tells of a person who has lost something of his worth and is depicted as a chicken.

Based on Minang tradition in ancient times, chickens were a luxury item and only certain people could raise them. This folk song is sung in a cheerful tone.

Well, the message contained in this folk song is to “laugh at” the bad luck that happens so there’s no point in being sad for too long.

10. My Goat (NTT)

This folk song originating from East Nusa Tenggara (NTT) is unique in that the lyrics seem to be answering each other, the first lyrics ask questions, the second lyrics answer them.

This folk song has been modified to be slightly modern so that it can be sung by children. This song has a meaning about the relationship between children and parents who are so close.

 

The Role of Regional Songs Against Society in the Current Era

Previously, various studies have been carried out on the role of folk songs for people who live in this sophisticated era. This role is assessed from various aspects, from language maintenance, learning to students, to cultural preservation efforts.

In the aspect of language maintenance, it is usually the regional language. For example, Malay. Increasingly, speakers of Malay tend to associate it with the Indonesian language system. Especially in the phoneme a becomes phoneme e .

Changes in regional language patterns were indeed unobserved and occurred in a very long time. However, if it occurs continuously, it can shift the lingual unit and even change the phoneme structure.

Therefore, the existence of regional songs can be a “reminder” to the public that each regional song has the identity of each tribe and the way of pronunciation cannot be changed.

Furthermore, in the aspect of learning to students. The existence of regional songs can be used as a medium for learning local content and regional languages ​​for students. Teachers can also ask students to learn any folk songs they like.

As with the use of music for learning, folk songs also have the same role. The difference lies only in the language used.

So, that’s a review of the characteristics and examples of traditional songs in Indonesia. At least, Sinaumed’s must memorize three regional songs as a form of preserving culture so that its existence will continue to exist for the next generation.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

• Melodic Musical Instruments
• Traditional musical instruments
• Rhythmic Instruments
• Kinds of Modern and Traditional Musical Instruments
• Types of Music Genres
• Best Friendship Song
• Kinds of Film Genres

Characteristics of Oviparous Animals – Animals are one of the living things that have the nature to reproduce. How to breed each animal, of course, is different. There are animals that reproduce by giving birth or are viviparous, there are also those that lay eggs or are oviparous, and some even lay eggs and give birth at the same time or are ovoviviparous.

The difference in how these animals reproduce depends on the presence of special organs in an animal. For example, animals that reproduce by laying eggs or oviparous do not have mammary glands and auricles.

Then, what are the characteristics of the oviparous animal? What is the difference between oviparous and viviparous animals? What are examples of animals that reproduce by laying eggs or oviparous?

So, so that Sinaumed’s can understand this, let’s look at the following explanation!

Get to know Oviparous Animals

Oviparous animals are animals that reproduce by laying eggs. So that the eggs can hatch to produce young animals, the eggs will usually be incubated by their parents.

Examples of animals that are oviparous are chickens, ducks, frogs, fish, snakes, turtles, and others.

In the eggs released by the oviparous animal parent, there is an embryo which can later hatch and produce offspring of the same type. Animals that lay eggs are female animals and fertilization can occur outside or inside.

Characteristics of Oviparous Animals

1. Do not have mammary glands to breastfeed their children
2. Don’t have ears
3. Can incubate the eggs

Difference between Oviparous Animals and Viviparous Animals

Oviparous animal	Viviparous animal
Do not have mammary glands	Have mammary glands that function to suckle their children
Don’t have ears	Have ears
Does not have a uterine canal to give birth	Has a uterine canal to give birth to her child
The zygote develops into an egg which is enclosed in a shell	The zygote develops into an embryo in the uterine tube
Releases the eggs from the cloaca	Give birth to their young from the genitals of female animals
Don’t have a placenta	Has a placenta which functions to provide nutrition to the embryo

How to Fertilize Oviparous Animals

Animals that reproduce by laying eggs will carry out fertilization outside the female animal’s body, for example fish and amphibians. These oviparous female animals will release their eggs, while male oviparous animals will release a good number of sperm cells in the water. The two cells will meet in the water and form a zygote and egg.

After the egg is fertilized, it will develop into an egg covered by a shell. Then, the egg will be released through the cloaca in the body of the female oviparous animal. Then, wait for the time for the eggs to hatch.

The time it takes for an egg in an oviparous animal to hatch varies. For example, in fish it takes about 4-5 days for the eggs to hatch, while in chickens it takes about 21 days for the eggs to hatch into chicks.

Examples of Oviparous Animals

1. Chicken

Chicken is a type of poultry that is often used as livestock or pets. This is because chickens have various benefits for human life, be it eggs, feathers, and meat.

2. Duck

Ducks are different from geese, because the body size of ducks is smaller. Ducks can live on land or on the surface of fresh water. Similar to chickens, ducks are also often used as livestock or pets by humans. Duck eggs and meat are very beneficial for human food life.

3. Fish

Fish are animals that are included in the class of cold-blooded animals that live in water, be it fresh water or sea water. Fish breathe using gills. Male fish and female fish will mate in the breeding process. The time it takes for a fish for its eggs to hatch is 3-4 days after the eggs are laid in their habitat.

4. Turtle

Turtles can live on land and in water, but they spend most of their time on land. Turtles are different from turtles and turtles, the difference lies in their habitat.

A turtle can live for hundreds of years, there are even turtles that are 226 years old. Turtle eggs will usually be incubated by buried in the sand.

5. Snake

Snakes can develop in various places in all corners of the world, for example in forests, in deserts, on mountains, in residential areas, to the oceans. Snakes in general are cold-blooded animals.

Most of the snake species will leave their eggs in the hole where they live, usually in moist soil. The time needed for snake eggs to hatch is about 3 months. Until the hatching time arrives, snake eggs will be incubated by the heat of the mother’s body or from the heat of the earth’s atmosphere.

6. Lizard

Lizards usually live in shady places, for example on the walls and roofs of human houses. Lizard food is insects, especially mosquitoes and moths. Lizards have “adhesive” on the soles of their feet, making it easier for them to walk on the walls of the house.

In the breeding process, lizard eggs take about 40-60 days to hatch. At that time, the environment where the lizard lives can actually affect the sex of the chicks that hatch later.

The average lizard life span is 10 years. Lizards also do not have a special mating season.

7. Frog

Frogs are amphibians, meaning they can live both on land and in water. In the breeding process, lizard eggs take about 1-3 weeks to hatch. Some frog species can also carry or lay their eggs on the mother frog’s back to avoid predators.

So, those are the characteristics and examples of oviparous animals that Sinaumed’s needs to know. Has Sinaumed’s directly observed the process of hatching eggs of these oviparous animals? If you have, it can be a memorable and educational experience!

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

The characteristics of the text of the observation report – In general, the text of the observation report is a text that contains a general explanation or a text in the form of a report based on what a person gets from observations. The text of the observation report contains contents regarding the classification of the observed species based on certain criteria.

Basically, the text of the observation report is a text that describes an object in its characteristics, shape and general characteristics. The observed objects can be animals, plants, objects, humans, social, cultural or even events that occur with reference to facts, objectives or existing realities.

The characteristics of the observation report text are actually almost the same as the description text, but there are some fundamental differences. In order to understand more clearly the characteristics of the observation report text, see the explanation further in this article.

Understanding the text of the Observation Report

According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), the text of the observation report is a manuscript that has the original word form of the author.

If interpreted literally, the meaning of the report is everything that is conveyed, complained about and reported. Meanwhile, observation can be interpreted as an observation activity that has the task of carrying out a careful review.

As a text that has the form of a report, a report can be understood as a general way of communication carried out by researchers or experts with the aim of conveying information to the fullest.

This is what then makes the report must be written in accordance with the type and form of documents that contain facts and information about a problem. Meanwhile, observation can also be interpreted as a tool used to be able to determine the size of the behavior of certain individuals.

Observation is often interpreted as a tool used to perform a calculation on an activity process that is observed by someone. According to Margono, the word observation is defined as observation as well as recording which is carried out systematically and is related to various signs that appear on the object of research.

This is what makes the notes or text of the observations contain various facts found by the observer in accordance with what was seen and heard.

From the explanation of reports and observations, it can be concluded that the text of the observation report can be interpreted as a note or script written in accordance with the observation activities.

Observation report texts are generally used to obtain in-depth research results on humans, animals, objects, plants, culture, social or on certain environmental conditions. The text of the observation report in general also contains various kinds of facts that can be proven scientifically.

Characteristics of Observation Report Text

As explained earlier, the observation report text actually has characteristics that are almost the same as the description text. However, both are different types of text. Then, what are the characteristics of the observation report text that are different from the descriptive text? Here’s an explanation.

1. Arranged systematically

The characteristics of the first observation report text is that the text is arranged systematically. It can be understood that the text of the report on the results of observations has an order according to the structure of the text of the report on the results of observations.

2. Contains an explanation from a scientific point of view

The text of the observation report is a text that contains an explanation using a certain scientific point of view. The text of the observation report has the task of being able to present the information that has been obtained based on the results of observations in accordance with the facts that actually occurred during the observation process.

Various kinds of information that has been collected cannot be simply presented, but must be scientifically proven.

3. Contains a discussion of certain objects or situations

The third feature of the observation report text is that the text contains a discussion of a particular object or situation that is discussed in general.

There are various kinds of objects used as observations in the text of the observation report, ranging from humans, animals, plants, ecosystems, social, culture to the environment.

4. Has a detailed section of an object

The results of the text of the observation report contain the details of the parts of an object written by someone. The details of the sections referred to in the text of the observation report are a form of classification as well as information about the characteristics of an object used as an observation.

For example, there is a student observing the growth of sprouts. Then the characteristic that can be obtained from the sprouted object is that it has the form of a plant that belongs to a type of legume that lives around the tropics, has hairy stems, is green and brown in color.

5. The text of the observation report must be prepared using standard and clear language

The text of the observation report is a text composed by someone in order to be able to convey information to the general public. Because of this, the text of the observation report must be prepared using standard and clear language.

When writing a text report on the results of observations, a writer is required to understand the use of correct and good language, so that the results of the report can be clearly understood by the general public.

Apart from its purpose, the text of the observation report is scientific writing, so the authors are also required to use standard language so that the report is easier to understand.

In addition to the five characteristics of the text of the observation report, according to a book entitled Getting to Know the Types of Text (2019), the text of the observation report has the following characteristics:

1. Must contain facts.
2. Fully written and thorough.
3. Report text is objective.
4. Does not include deviant aspects, contains prejudice or partiality.
5. Presented attractively using clear and logical language.

If observed at a glance, of course, Sinaumed’s will find some similarities in the characteristics of the text of the observation report with the description text. However, when examined further, both have different characteristics and goals.

The content of the observation report text is a description of an event in general that has a universal and global nature. Examples are the characteristics of a rose, the growth of a butterfly, the growth of a frog and so on. The results of observations can be in the form of habits, appearance or patterns of all parts.

Meanwhile, descriptive text describes a special event or phenomenon that has unique and individual characteristics. Descriptive text only explains or describes specific objects that occur at certain times.

Another feature of the observation report text that distinguishes it from a description text is that it is universal in nature, results from recent observations or research, uses good and correct Indonesian, discusses a single object and does not have a concluding section.

Observation Report Text Structure

In order to understand more about the observation report text, Sinaumed’s needs to know the structure of the observation report text.

1. Title 

The first part and the part that is quite important in the text of the observation report is the title. This title section is usually placed at the front and before the initial paragraph. The title can usually be a characteristic or characteristic that informs about the overall or outline of the contents of the text and the observations that have been made by the author.

2. General Statement

The second structure of the observation report text is a general classification. The general classification contains the outline of an object phenomenon that is being discussed in the text of the report.

In the text of the observation report, the general classification has the task of being able to introduce various kinds of information that will be presented to the general public or readers of the report text.

3. Part Description

In the third part of the text of the observation report, there is a section description. The description section generally contains various descriptions of the object or phenomenon being observed.

An example is when there is a researcher who researches or observes plants, the information that must be presented in the text of the report must be able to introduce roots, fruit, physical flowers and other data related to the object of observation.

4. Description of Benefits

The final observation report text structure is a description of the benefits of the written report text. The description of benefits contains various kinds of benefits as well as some special characteristics of the object being reported. In the description of the benefits, in general the author will also present a conclusion that can represent all the information contained in the text of the report on the results of these observations.

Purpose of Compiling Observation Result Report Text

As with other report texts, the observation report text is of course structured to fulfill certain objectives. One of the purposes of compiling a text of an observation report is to obtain information or an explanation of a problem based on a particular scientific point of view.

The observation report text also has another purpose, namely to present various kinds of observations that have been made by the author to the reader accompanied by explanations in a systematic, in-depth, accurate and of course in accordance with the facts.

In addition to these two objectives, the text of the observation report has several other objectives. Here’s the explanation:

1. Information on classification 

The text of the observation report contains a variety of important information obtained from the observations and has been adjusted based on certain criteria.

Activities from observations made by the author can be objective or systematic. So that the writer can find an answer or hypothesis for a problem raised in the text of the report.

2. Based on facts

The purpose of preparing the text of the observation report is to present information about something based on the criteria and facts that existed in the field when the writer made the observations.

3. Draw conclusions 

After successfully determining the object of research from the results of observations, the writer can draw a conclusion that has benefits as learning material and increases knowledge. The conclusion of the observation report text is the same as the conclusion of the observation report text.

Language Rules of Observation Report Text 

It has been explained previously, that the text of the observation report is a scientific paper. So that the arrangement can not be haphazard. Authors must comply with the rules for preparing scientific papers, such as using standard and good language.

The information contained in the text of the observation report also contains data obtained by the author during the observation and can be proven scientifically.

The language rules used in the preparation of the observation report text are the style of language that is typically used in a report text or manuscript. Therefore, this linguistic rule is a differentiator between one type of text and another.

In compiling the text of the observation report, the writer will use a lot of nouns or noun phrases. Then the writer will also use a lot of nouns followed by descriptions.

For example in the following example sentences:

“The food is in the kitchen.” In this sentence, the noun is food and is included in the group of nouns or noun phrases. While the word in the kitchen has a function as a descriptive word, which is rich to explain the previous word.

So, the phrase in the sentence “food in the kitchen” is all the food in the kitchen. To make it clearer, consider the language rules used in the text of the observation report:

1. Relational verbs

The language rules used in the first observation report text are relational verbs. Relational verbs are generally used in certain terms in certain fields.

Examples of relational verbs are consisting of, called, constituted, classified, included and so on. Meanwhile, an example of the use of relational verbs in sentences is the following, “a pencil is an object that includes writing instruments.”

In the observation report text, not only use relational verbs, but also often use active verbs. Words that are included in active verbs generally do not have many affixes. Examples are drinking, sleeping, eating.

2. Conjunctions 

In compiling the text of the observation report, the writer usually uses conjunctions. The use of connecting words in the text of the observation report will be found a lot. Examples of addition conjunctions are as well as, and.

Then, there is also the use of equation conjunctions, for example, the words however, but, whereas, but, equations. There are also optional conjunctions such as or.

3. Using many scientific terms

As explained earlier, that the text of the observation report is a scientific paper. In the text of the report, it contains the results of observations and facts found by the author and must be scientifically proven.

For this reason, the linguistic rules used in the text of the report on the results of subsequent observations are to use many scientific terms. This scientific term will help the writer explain the object or event he observes.

Examples of scientific terms are symbiosis, degenerative, mutualism, osteoporosis, carnivore or others.

4. Main sentence 

Finally, the linguistic rules used in the text of the observation report are the main sentences. The main sentence used in the text of the observation report is to compile and present information.

Then, after using the main sentence, the description will be continued by using an explanatory sentence which contains detailed information reported in several paragraphs.

Thus the explanation of the characteristics of the observation report text and its full explanation. For Sinaumed’s who want to study other Indonesian language materials, they can find information by reading Indonesian language learning books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia.com provides a variety of useful and original books for Sinaumed’s. So don’t hesitate to buy books at sinaumedia.com !

Reading lots of books and articles will never hurt you, because Sinaumed’s will get #MoreWithReading information and knowledge.

Author: Khansa

Characteristics of Late Adolescence – Adolescence consists of three stages, namely early adolescence, mid adolescence, and late adolescence. The classification is based on age. Early adolescents are usually in the age range of 10-13 years, middle adolescents are between the ages of 14-17 years, and late adolescents are between the ages of 18-24 years.

Adolescence is also referred to as adolescence. According to Hurlock, the term youth or youth comes from the Latin, namely adolescene which has the noun adolescentia which means to grow or grow into adulthood. People in ancient times saw puberty and youth as no different from other periods in human life. They are considered mature when they are able to reproduce.

Currently, adolescence is interpreted more broadly, which includes mental, emotional, and emotional maturity. This is in line with Piaget’s view, psychologically, youth is the age of an individual who integrates with adult society.

Age of children who feel they are no longer below the level of older people but are at the same level of money. At a minimum, in terms of integration with adult society, it has an effective aspect, more or less related to puberty, including striking intellectual changes.

The unique intellectual transformation of adolescent thinking provides the possibility to achieve integration in adult social relations. This is a characteristic that is common knowledge in the teenage period.

Meanwhile, Jhon W. Santrock, adolescence (adolescence) is a developmental period of transition from childhood to adulthood which includes biological, cognitive, and social-emotional changes.

Meanwhile, according to Monks and Haditono, a teenager is someone who is in the age range of 12-21 years. Adolescence is also a transition from childhood to adulthood. Therefore, the mindset will change and process towards adulthood.

In line with Monks and Haditono, King also formulated the definition of youth. For him, youth is a human development which is marked by the transition from childhood to adulthood. Adolescence usually begins around the age of 12 and ends at the age of 18-21 years.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), youth is interpreted as starting to mature; has reached the age to marry; young; youth. The Ministry of Health defines youth as a period of human life in which rapid physical, psychological and intellectual growth and development occurs.

He has the characteristics of high curiosity, tends to dare to take risks from his actions without considering them carefully, and likes things that smell of adventure. Meanwhile, according to the World Health Organization (WHO), adolescents are people in the age range of 10 to 19 years.

Meanwhile, according to RI Health Regulations Number 25 of 2014, youth is defined as residents in the age range of 10-18 years and according to the Population and Family Planning Agency (BKKBN) the age range of adolescents is 10-24 years and unmarried.

Characteristics of the Adolescent Period

This adolescent phase can be identified from several characteristics that have been formulated by Hurlock as follows.

1. Adolescence as an Important Period

When children begin to enter adolescence, it will be accompanied by rapid development. Thus, causing mental adjustments and the formation of attitudes, new interests, and intentions.

2. Adolescence as a Transitional Period

At this time, adolescents enter a phase where they are no longer a child or an adult. They are in a transitional stage of status and there is doubt or uncertainty within the adolescent.

3. Adolescence as a Time of Change

Physical changes develop in harmony or in tandem with changes in attitudes and behavior. There are several types of changes that occur in adolescents. First, the height of emotional intensity depends on the level of physical and psychological changes. Because, usually, emotional changes happen more quickly during the early teenage years.

Second, body changes, roles, and interests that are influenced by the social environment. Third, changes in values ​​that are influenced by changes in interests and behavior patterns of adolescents.

4. Adolescence as a Troubled Age

Each phase of development has its own main problems. However, when teenagers are faced with problems, it tends to be difficult to overcome them on their own. Because of this, many teenagers conclude that solving or solving problems is not always in accordance with expectations and in the way that has been planned.

5. Adolescence as an Age of Searching for Identity

Adolescents in this stage begin to search for identity or the essence of their lives. they start to fret, get restless, and feel dissatisfied in many ways. The search for identity is done in any way, for example reading, watching, joining communities, exchanging ideas with others, and other ways.

6. Adolescence as an Age of Fear

Teenagers are considered as a group of humans who are untidy, difficult to trust, and often destructive. This causes adults who are responsible for supervising and guiding the lives of adolescents to be afraid to take on that responsibility. They are also reluctant to be sympathetic to adolescent behaviors that are considered abnormal.

7. Adolescence as an Unrealistic Period

Teenagers will be easily disappointed and hurt if plans or goals are not achieved. They tend to see life with pink glasses. In his view, self and others are seen according to his wishes. Not from what they are.

Hopes and ideals are cultivated unrealistically. For example dreams or ideals that are not in accordance with self-ability or economy. This raises high emotions which are one of the characteristics of the early phase of adolescence.

8. Adolescence as the Threshold of Adulthood

Approaching the age of maturity or adulthood, adolescents become anxious to show that they are almost adults. At the same time eliminating the impression of stereotypes that have been attached to the new dozen and replacing it with a new view as an adult human being.

Characteristics of the Adolescent Phase

Titisari and Utami formulated several characteristics of adolescents as follows.

• Physical and sexual development which is characterized by the rate of development which usually occurs very rapidly and the presence of secondary and primary sex characteristics.
• From a psychosocial perspective, adolescents tend to separate themselves from their parents and expand their relationships with peers.
• From a cognitive perspective, adolescent mentality has been able to think logically about various abstract ideas.
• In terms of emotional development tends to be high. This is because the sexual organs develop and affect the hormones that control emotions.
• In terms of moral development, teenagers who are in a circle must continue to act and behave according to the norms and rules they believe in. This also causes teenagers to violate applicable rules and values, such as having sex outside of marriage, drinking alcoholic beverages, brawls, and so on.
• Personality development is an important phase for the development and self-integrity of adolescents.

Adolescent Classification

The teenage period can be classified by age as follows.

1. Early Adolescent Period

Children enter the adolescent phase when they are 10 years old. The age range of 10-13 years is included in the early adolescent phase. At this stage, children experience the early stages of puberty and start growing faster. Both boys and girls experience significant physical growth and an increase in sexual interest.

Not only that, body changes are also a concern for teenagers. For example, starting to grow hair under the arms and around the genitals, breast development in girls, and enlargement of the testicles in boys.

Girls usually grow faster than boys. They are one or two years ahead of boys. In fact, some changes in women are also normal to experience from the age of 8 years and 9 years for boys.

Usually, teenage girls start menstruating at the age of 12 or an average of 2 to 3 years after their breasts start to grow. Physical changes and adolescent mindsets make parents feel anxious and worried. Especially if you don’t know what’s normal and what’s not.

Some children may also question their gender identity in their teens. Meanwhile, cognitively, adolescents at this stage have begun to experience increased intellectual interest. They also have concrete thoughts.

For example, start looking for the truth about something (it can be good or bad) from various sources. Not only that, at this time, adolescents focus more on themselves, which is known as egocentrism.

Early stage adolescents also often feel that their appearance is judged by their friends. So, try as much as possible to wear appropriate and up-to-date clothes. This has an influence on the majority of adolescents who think that all judgments and thoughts of people about themselves are important to pay attention to.

During the early adolescent phase, there is usually an increased need for privacy. Teenagers will start looking for ways to be independent from the family. Not infrequently, teenagers also set limits or react violently if parents seem to be too restraining or interfering in personal matters.

2. Middle Adolescent Period

Adolescents aged 14-17 years are included in the mid-adolescence phase. Changes occur in the body of girls. such as the pelvis, waist and buttocks begin to enlarge, menstruation begins regularly, increased sweat production, and the reproductive organs develop.

Meanwhile, in boys growth begins to run rapidly. The body becomes taller, the body weight increases, pimples appear, the muscles get bigger, the shoulders and chest get wider, the voice cracks, the penis gets bigger, the growth of cumin, sideburns, and so on.

At this time, the mindset of adolescents is based on logic, but not infrequently it is also driven by feelings or emotions. They also begin to be interested in having a romantic relationship, such as dating. Has a tendency to prefer or spend more time with friends. It is not uncommon for them to have disagreements and even fight with their parents because their emotions are not stable and they are sensitive.

3. Late Adolescence or Young Adult Period

Adolescents in the age range of 18-24 years are included in the late adolescent or young adult phase. In general, entering the late adolescent phase, the physique has developed to the maximum. Not only that, the ability to think is much more mature than middle adolescents.

They are also more focused on realizing the planned goals. At the same time able to make decisions based on hopes and ideals. For example, teenagers will do things that are a priority in their lives such as schoolwork, or things that support the realization of their goals.

In friendship, romance, and family relations have been more stable. They have been able to make choices about discussing something or sharing stories with trusted people.

Characteristics of Late Adolescence

Launching from the Ada.co.id and Dosenpsikologi.com pages, adolescents can be categorized as late adolescents if they have shown some of the characteristics or characteristics below.

1. Social Development

One of the developments that is most difficult for adolescents to do is social adjustment. They have to adapt to a romantic relationship they have never had before. Not only that, they also have to adapt to adults apart from school and family.

Adolescents must adjust to social behavior problems, new friendship values, and new social groups to achieve the goals of the adult socialization model. New values ​​in the form of support and rejection can have a psychological impact on educational development.

In association outside the home, for example with friends, it has a big impact on attitudes, speech, interests, and behavior. The soul of teenagers who always want to move forward will affect the peer group to start decreasing due to the two factors below.

• Teenagers want to be independent individuals by trying to find identity.
• Occurs from the selection of friends so that teenagers no longer have interest in various activities related to childhood.

Not only that, there are some prominent characteristics of late adolescence as below.

• Awareness of solitude develops which encourages adolescents to mingle. Adolescence is called the social period because throughout adolescence, social relations will be increasingly visible and more dominant. Awareness of loneliness makes teenagers try to find ways to relate to other people and start hanging out.
• Efforts to choose social values. There are two possibilities that teenagers can take when dealing with certain social values, namely adjusting to some of these values ​​and also remaining in a position with all the causes and effects. This means that reactions to certain circumstances will take place based on certain norms. For idealistic adolescents who have full faith in their ideals, according to social norms, they are mutal, even though everything they have tried has failed. Whereas for teenagers who are passive in situations, it is easier to give up and even become apathetic.
• Interest in the opposite sex. Adolescence is often referred to as the bisexual period. Although awareness with the opposite sex is related to physical development, in fact what is more developed is not the body but the growing interest in the opposite sex.
• Start choosing a particular career. Entering late adolescence, teenagers will begin to choose a particular career even though in the process of choosing it they often experience difficulties. For this reason, adolescents need career insights along with the advantages and disadvantages of each of these careers.

2. Moral Development

Morality is a set of values ​​originating from various behaviors that must be respected and become the norm that regulates individual behavior in relation to social groups and society.

Morality is also a measure of the good and evil of an individual which is determined by socio-cultural values, in which the individual acts as a social member. The hope is that teenagers can replace some of the generally accepted moral concepts.

Then, continue with the moral code which will be used as a guide in behaving. The following are five moral principles that teenagers must follow in the future.

• Individual moral views are increasingly abstract.
• Moral beliefs will center on what is right and wrong and moral justice as the dominant moral force.
• Moral judgments will be more cognitive.
• Moral judgments are not too egocentric.
• Psychologically moral judgments are increasingly expensive so that moral judgments become emotional material and cause emotional tension.

3. Sexual Development

Teenagers will find a self-identity in the form of sexual orientation that can be seen from emotional, romantic, sexual desire, and affection for the people they love. Therefore, teenagers will look for ways to express themselves sexually. One of them seeks his own way of relieving sexual tension through masturbation triggered by erotic behavior.

4. Emotional Development

Late adolescent emotions, generally accompanied by actions such as happy and unhappy. The feelings that accompany these actions are referred to as affective colors, which are often strong, weak, and unclear.

If the color is strong, it will be called emotion in psychology which in the future will result in some physical changes in someone in between.

• The pupils of the eyes dilate when they are angry.
• The electrical reaction on the skin will increase while being charmed.
• Blood flows faster when you’re angry.
• Take a deep breath when disappointed.
• Your heart rate quickens when you’re shocked.
• Saliva dries up when scared or tense.
• Digestion is disturbed when strained.
• Rome’s hair stands on end when he’s scared.

Characteristics of a Hypocrite – Have you ever told someone a secret that you thought was private enough because that person promised not to tell your secret to other friends? However, when you feel safe telling that person your secret, you are suddenly surprised because your secret was leaked because the person you told apparently didn’t keep his promise to you.

Sometimes we misjudge people because that person’s good attitude is shown to us. However, no one knows what he looks like in our absence. This does not mean that we have to suspect everyone around us. Sorting out friends is not an easy matter, but as intelligent human beings we are given thoughts and feelings so that we can judge good and bad friends.

A healthy circle of friends in the inner circle is indeed very important because it influences our attitudes and behavior in the future. In addition, many healthy environments filled with good people bring lots of luck and fortune. On the other hand, if the inner-circle is not healthy, sometimes it will bring bad things.

Therefore, it is very important to be able to sort out friendships because good people will bring good things. To be able to avoid bad people like hypocrites, you need to know their characteristics so that when you encounter similar things in real life you can avoid people with these characteristics, you can even prevent yourself from falling into bad traits. just as bad.

Definition of a Hypocrite

Munāfiq or Munafik (noun, from Arabic: منافق, plural munāfiqūn ) is the terminology in Islam to refer to those who pretend to follow the teachings of Islam, but in fact their hearts deny them.

In the Qur’an this terminology refers to those who do not believe, but pretend to do.

“ When the hypocrites come to you, they say: ‘We admit that you are truly Allah’s Apostle’, and Allah knows that you are indeed His Messenger; and Allah knows that the hypocrites are really liars. They took their oath as a shield, then they hindered (people) from the path of Allah. Indeed, it is very bad what they have done. That is because they actually believed, then became disbelievers (again) then their hearts were sealed; therefore they cannot understand.” (Surah Al-Munafiqun 63:1-3).

In Islam, hypocrisy is a disgraceful trait which if done will get a big sin. Not only Islam, any religious background does not justify this despicable nature. Hypocrisy is a trait that always says not according to reality. This behavior is disgraceful because it likes to lie, betray, and break promises. These properties should be avoided because it is a liver disease. It is said to be a disease because once doing this behavior can cause someone to do other bad behavior.

Its presence that controls the hearts and minds of humans can make it difficult to let go of hypocrisy. Therefore, it is important for us to understand the deviant qualities that are included in hypocrisy so that we ourselves and others around us are not negatively affected.

If you look at it in terms of terms, this word hypocrite refers to the definition of someone who says good in front of people, but his heart doesn’t match what he conveys. The definition of hypocrite according to KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary) is pretending to believe and be loyal, be it to religion or other things, but in his heart does not reflect that. Someone who is infected with a spiritual disease will be seen from his actions and actions that are not in line.

Characteristics of a Hypocrite

In the Al-Qur’an and Hadith, many characteristics of hypocrites are mentioned. Following are these characteristics:

1. Characteristics of a Hypocrite According to the Qur’an

• A very strong preference for things related to lust [Al-Ahzab: 32].
• Tend to deviate from things that are doubtful [Al-Hajj: 53].
• Bad thought of Allah [Al-Fath: 6].
• Sitting around with people who like to make fun of Allah’s verses [An-Nisa’: 140].
• Make fun of Allah’s verses [At-Taubah: 64-65].
• Hiding behind some of the prescribed actions with the aim of inflicting harm on the believers, breaking up the unity of the believers, carrying out evil conspiracies, igniting the fires of slander, exploiting disputes, expanding the reach of disputes, and doing damage to the earth. At-Taubah: 107].
• His heart hurts [Al-Baqarah: 10].
• Claiming himself to do repairs [Al-Baqarah: 11-12].
• Stupid [Al-Baqarah: 13].
• Accusing the believers of being fools [Al-Baqarah: 13].
• Being very harsh in disputes, but sometimes under certain circumstances accompanied by beautiful words [Al-Baqarah: 204].
• Not returning to the truth and being fanatical [Al-Baqarah: 206].
• Make a deal with the people of the book to fight the believers [Al-Hashr: 11].
• Running against the enemy during the war [Al-Hashr: 12].
• His heart is closed and unable to understand the truth [Muhammad: 16].
• Slandering humans [Al-Hadid 12 and 14].
• Punish thaghut [An-Nisa: 60].
• Very strong in blocking God’s law and not willing to judge God’s law [An-Nisa’: 61].
• Trust the disbelievers [An-Nisa’: 138-139].
• Waiting to see the condition of the believers [An-Nisa: 141].
• Deceiving Allah [An-Nisa’: 142].
• Lazy in praying [An-Nisa’: 142].
• Riya’ [An-Nisa’: 142].
• Do a little remembrance [An-Nisa’: 142].
• Tossed and turned between the believers and the unbelievers [An-Nisa’: 143].
• Deceiving the believers [Al-Baqarah: 9].
• Causing damage among the believers [At-Taubah: 47].
• False oath, cowardice, and coward [At-Taubah: 56].
• Hate Muslims and get out of their territory [At-Taubah: 57].
• Fear appears in them when war is mentioned in the verses of Allah [Muhammad: 20].
• Reproaching good deeds [At-Taubah: 58].
• Willing and hate because of self-interest [At-Taubah: 58].
• Insulting the little deeds of the believers and there is nothing that can make them happy [At Taubah: 79].
• Rida with the most despicable position [At-Taubah: 86-87].
• Commanded against evil [At-Taubah: 67].
• Forbidding things that are good [At-Taubah: 67].
• Bakhil [At-Taubah: 67].
• Forgetting Allah [At-Taubah: 67].
• Differing and not fulfilling the agreement with Allah [At-Taubah: 75-77].
• Happy for not participating in jihad and hating jihad [At-Taubah: 81].
• Remind each other not to do jihad [At-Taubah: 81].
• Abandoning jihad and spreading news that is frightening to shake the soul to undermine the belief, sense of security, and faith in the souls of believers (in Arabic it is called al-irjaf ) [Al Ahzab: 12].
• There is no help from Allah for them [An-Nisa’: 145].
• Breaking the relationship [Muhammad: 22].
• Obey disbelievers, hypocrites, and wicked in some affairs [Muhammad: 26].
• Hating everything that pleases Allah [Muhammad: 28].
• Envy of the believers [Muhammad: 29].
• They can be identified from lahnil qoul (figuratively speaking) [Muhammad: 30].
• The believers are slow in their jihad [An Nisa’: 72-73].
• Al-Qur’an is not useful for them, even adding to their disbelief in addition to pre-existing disbelief [At Taubah: 124-125].
• Back to doing something that was forbidden to do, holding secret conversations in terms of sin, enmity, and disobedience to the Messenger [Al Mujadilah: 8].
• Ask permission not to engage in jihad on the grounds that you are afraid of being slandered [At-Taubah: 49].
• Looking for excuses when not going to jihad [At-Taubah: 94].
• Hiding from humans [An-Nisa’: 108].
• Liking abominable deeds is widespread among believers [An-Nur: 19].
• Happy when a disaster befalls the believers and do not like it when Allah gives them power on earth [At Taubah: 50].
• Sometimes given the advantage physically [Al-Munafiqun: 4].

2. Characteristics of a Hypocrite According to Hadith

Based on the hadith, the Prophet Muhammad SAW said, “There are three signs of a hypocrite, namely if he speaks a lie, if he promises to break it, and if he is trusted to betray”. Furthermore, there is another hadith which explains that arguing beyond the limits is included in the hypocrite category.

It is important for us to know the characteristics of hypocrisy in order to avoid this heart disease. The characteristics below are hypocrites that should be avoided.

آيَةُ الْمُنَافِقِ ثَلَاثٌ إِذَا حَدَّثَ كَذَبَ وَإِذَا وَعَدَ أَخْلَفَ وَإِذَا اؤْتُمِنَ خَانَ

“Rasulullah SAW said: The sign of a hypocrite is three; when he says he lies, when he promises he denies it, and when he is trusted he betrays.”

a . Lie

Neither in any religious teachings that justify a lie. Likewise with Islam. Whatever form a lie is still a lie. This is also very hated by fellow humans and also God. Saying dishonestly, or saying something that is not true can harm many parties.

Once a person lies then that person will continue to lie again and again. For example, when a child lies to his parents, saying he will only go to the neighbor’s house, but in reality he is going far away. Then one day the father asked why the child had been there for so long.

Automatically the child must be forced to find new reasons to cover up his lie earlier. This will often happen continuously and become a big lie that has no end. That’s why once a person commits a lie, he will be involved in a vicious circle that makes that person continue to lie again and again.

Lying like this can harm yourself and others. People who like to lie or lie are even capable of turning facts around, which in turn will result in another bad trait, namely slander.

b. Broken promise

Another hypocritical trait that Allah also hates is broken promises. People who often deny it means that person can’t hold on to what he says. This makes it difficult for other people to put their trust in people who never keep their promises. In addition, breaking promises will also result in harm to others. A promise is an oath that is obligatory to keep.

If someone has promised, but does not keep it, that person is included in the class of hypocrites. For example, if someone has promised not to divulge a secret which is a bad secret, it seems that the person who promised it actually tells it to someone else. That’s a sign that the person has broken his promise.

So he sinned for not keeping his promise and also sinned for spreading someone’s bad disgrace which would eventually hurt the person concerned. Seeing from this situation it can be said that a bad behavior will have bad consequences for oneself and others.

It is better for someone who is not sure that he can keep his promise, he does not need to make the promise himself. Because, this promise is an oath that is obligatory to obey. Both our promises to fellow human beings and our promises to Allah SWT.

In the Al-Quran An-Nahl verse 91 explains that we must keep the promises that have been made, because we make Allah a witness of all our promises and oaths. Indeed, Allah knows what we have done.

Breaking a promise is the same as lying to God, so you will get a big sin if you don’t obey it. This is the reason why some jobs that have big responsibilities such as law enforcement, the DPR, the MPR, the President and even officials are required to swear an oath in the name of Allah in order to remain trustworthy in carrying out their work.

c. Betrayed

Betrayal is another despicable trait that belongs to the class of hypocrites. This traitor is a person who violates or destroys the trust that has been placed on him. People who like to betray like this if given responsibility and a mandate will actually do the opposite.

For example in human relations such as a pair of lovers or husband and wife. If in a relationship the couple previously promised and are able to love each other. But then one day one of the couple secretly liked someone else so he cheated on her. So that person betrayed his partner.

For letting go of responsibility and breaking promises that have been made. And hurt his partner. Someone who betrays like the example above will be very detrimental to others. Apart from hurting the partner’s feelings, he is also a sinner because he has given hope to his partner but was denied.

d. Lazy When Doing Worship

After lying, denial, and betrayal, the dominant trait of a hypocrite is the tendency to be lazy in worshiping Allah, both in terms of mahdhah worship and in terms of muamalah . Muamalah worship such as helping others maybe they will still do it, instead of getting pleasure and reward from Allah SWT. However, only to elevate the image in front of humans alone.

These hypocritical signs are relevant to the word of Allah in the Qur’an Surah An-Nisa verse 142 which has more or less the following meaning:

“ Indeed, this group of hypocrites have lied to their Lord (Allah SWT), and Allah will reward their deceit later. When they stand up to pray, they will stand up in a lazy state. They keep the intention (ie riya’ or takabur) in their prayers in front of other humans. They do not say the names of Allah SWT, but only a little bit “.

The characteristic of these hypocrites in their hearts is that they will think that worship is a heavy burden for them to carry out, even though it is this creator of heaven and earth that we should have prioritized. Obligatory worship does not take up 24 hours of our time, while being busy with work in the world we make it something important and main. Be careful, this could involve being a hypocrite.

The Danger Level of Hypocrisy

In Islam, hypocrites are more dangerous than infidels. This level of danger is based on the frank nature of being hostile to Islam. The infidel who is hostile to Islam will openly declare his hostility, while the hypocrite declares that he is Muslim, but secretly opposes him.

Hypocrites harm Muslims because they have the intention to fight back if they have the chance. Hypocrisy can appear in various fields of life, including in the fields of politics, religion, the press and thought. Hypocrisy also appears in many types of work, including employees, entrepreneurs, artists, and athletes.

The comparison can also be obtained from the Qur’an. Allah conveys His words to believers to deal with hypocrites in just two verses. Likewise dealing with infidels there are only two verses. Meanwhile, in dealing with hypocrites, Allah sent down His word as many as 13 verses in Surah Al-Baqarah.

Well, that’s a brief explanation of the meaning of hypocrisy and its characteristics. These deviant behaviors are prohibited religiously and in humanity are not worthy to have in us. By knowing the characteristics of hypocrites that have been summarized above, we can make it material for more muhasabah and a place for self-introspection. Humans even though they are perfect creatures with their minds still cannot be clean from escape and sin.

The following is a book recommendation from sinaumedia that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Islamic law so that they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Book & Article Recommendations Related to the Characteristics of a Hypocrite

Characteristics of Domestic and International Trade – The process of exchanging goods and services from one region to another is called trade. The existence of differences in needs and resources owned led to social activities in the form of trade.

Trade can also be interpreted as an economic activity that connects producers and consumers. Trading is believed to be a promising business and generates a lot of profit. In the world of trade, there are terms domestic trade and international trade.

Economic activity of buying and selling between producers and consumers aims to gain profits in meeting common needs. The characteristics of trade in general, namely, the existence of means of payment in the form of money, the existence of sellers and buyers, an agreement between the seller and the buyer, obtaining profits or profits from the goods sold, and the process of production and distribution of goods before they fall into the hands of consumers.

Domestic trade and international trade have main characteristics. Before entering into a discussion of the characteristics of domestic trade and international trade, let’s look at the following reviews.

Domestic Trade

As stated in Law Number 7 of 2014, the definition of domestic trade is a process of buying and selling goods and services with a trading system that only covers the territory of the Republic of Indonesia and does not include foreign trade.

Foreign trade is also often interpreted as trading activities carried out around the territory of Indonesia, both from one region to another. Domestic trade is tasked with carrying out government affairs in the trade sector, starting from basic goods, important goods, business development, trade facilities, promotion and cooperation.

Indonesia’s domestic trade conditions have progressed well in recent years. The progress made can help reduce the poverty rate and increase employment development in the official sector.

The condition of the motherland can be said to be more fortunate in passing through the world financial crisis relatively smoothly when compared to neighboring countries. This success opens opportunities for Indonesia to increase domestic sales.

Domestic trade requires that the government establish several policy and control roles. These policies and controls lead to increased distribution efficiency and effectiveness. Then the government took the role of improving the business climate and business certainty.

The existence of domestic trade also requires the government to integrate and expand the domestic market. In addition, the government plays a role in increasing market access for domestic products and protecting consumers.

In regulating the domestic trade sector, the government has specific policy directions. The policy directions for the domestic trade sector have been regulated in Law Number 7 of 2014 Article 5 Paragraph 3.

The article contains a number of policy directions for the domestic trade sector, including structuring licensing procedures for the smooth flow of goods, providing facilities for the development of trade facilities, harmonizing regulations for trade activities between regions, fulfilling the availability of goods for the community’s basic needs, and so on.

Then the government has guidelines for structuring the domestic trade sector as stated in Law Number 7 of 2014. Control of domestic trade by the government, including the distribution of goods, trade facilities, licensing, inter-island trade, restrictions on trade in goods and services, and so forth.

Domestic Trade Characteristics

• Using one kind of country’s currency.
• Has a narrower scope, only within the country.
• Disputes in trade are resolved by the law in force in the country.
• When compared with export goods, product quality standards tend to be lower.
• Has lower transportation costs.
• Generally buyers and sellers face to face directly.
• The distribution system is done directly
• The level of competition is not so tight because it only competes with its own country.
• Range costs are not stringent because they only compete with domestic producers.

International trade

International Trade is an activity in the process of trading in goods from the agreement of each country together. This economic activity is carried out in order to meet the needs of each country.

Limited natural resources owned by each country is the background for international trade to occur. International trade consists of two kinds, namely exports and imports.

Export activities are activities in the context of selling domestic goods or services abroad. Meanwhile, import activities are economic activities carried out by buying goods or services from abroad to within the country. The purpose of both types of international trade is of course to gain profit.

Obtaining trade benefits that will increase the income of a country is the main goal of international trade. International trade is also often interpreted as buying and selling transactions with other countries. In practice, there are two core factors of international trade.

The first factor, countries that carry out international trade have different resources. The second factor, countries that carry out international trade actively produce goods on a large scale and of good quality.

It can be concluded, that international trade is an economic activity, both exports and imports that have an effect. International trade is an activity carried out by mutual agreement by residents of a country with residents of other countries.

In addition to the factors mentioned above, there are other supporting factors that encourage international trade activities to occur. Production cost savings are a driving factor for international trade.

Reducing production costs can be done if an item is produced in large quantities. Marketing of products can be extended to various countries through international trade. Differences in mastery of technology also become a driving factor for international trade.

Technologically advanced countries will carry out the process of producing and selling goods at prices that tend to be cheaper when compared to countries that use simple technology. A simple example that can be taken is that Japan, which exports cars to Indonesia, tends to offer lower prices compared to Indonesia, which produces its own cars.

In addition, meeting national needs also encourages international trade. Conditions where a country cannot meet the needs of goods and services needed by its people will make the government take import policy steps to fulfill them.

Transactions that occur certainly have a variety of profitable benefits. The benefits of international trade are increasing a country’s income and expanding employment opportunities.

Then these transactions between countries can meet the needs of goods or services that cannot be fulfilled by a country. In addition, international trade can maintain domestic price stability and encourage the growth and development of the business world.

If explored more deeply, international trade has a variety of other benefits besides those mentioned above. International trade has actually existed for thousands of years. Communication and transportation technologies that are increasingly developing to date have made trade activities between countries smoother.

Now, international trade can be said to be an important aspect in the economic growth of every country. There are various benefits that can be obtained by each country from international trade cooperation.

International trade can form and grow friendly relations between countries. Cooperation relations that are going well will develop various other sectors, such as culture, politics, military, education, and technology.

International trade that takes place in a country will create efficiency and specialization in the economic sector. The point is that residents of each country will have special skills that are different from other countries. Different special skills will produce various products, both goods and services.

The activities of economic actors, such as producers, consumers and the government can show indicators of a country’s prosperity. Economic actors who carry out international trade can increase the prosperity of a country. The increase in profit that occurs will make producers experience prosperity because of the sales of goods or services from various countries.

From a consumer perspective, international trade can increase prosperity if the consumption of goods or services is not hindered. International trade can also provide benefits for the government because the country’s foreign exchange income will increase if the value of exports is high.

The production of goods and services in a country will increase if the foreign trade market expands. International trade can reduce unemployment because the need for labor will also increase in various sectors.

International trade activities also help stabilize prices in the domestic market of a country indirectly. The presence of international trade makes it possible to overcome the scarcity of goods at high prices through imports to increase the stock of the domestic market.

Although international trade cooperation brings many advantages, this activity can also bring negative impacts at the same time. The emergence of international trade can lead to industrial competition between countries.

If a country has poor production quality with relatively high prices, then the country’s demand will decrease. This happens because the majority of consumers will look for good goods at affordable prices.

Developing and poor countries will tend to be highly dependent on developed countries in terms of production of goods, especially those related to technology. When viewed from the consumption of goods, developed countries will dominate the development of electronic and automotive goods. The result is that most developing and poor countries will become just consumers.

International trade will also make it difficult for small industries to compete. To develop themselves, limited capital is often an obstacle for small industries. Because they have to compete with national and multinational industries that have larger capital, international trade activities have the potential to limit the space for small industries to compete.

Then international trade will lead to unhealthy competition. Making a number of policies such as dumping and import tariff practices is often a step for a country’s government to win competition in international trade.

This step is considered inappropriate because it will create unhealthy competition that damages the essence of international trade. The steps taken should be based on the principle of fair business competition.

Characteristics of International Trade

• Using the agreed foreign currency.
• It has a broader scope and knows no national boundaries.
• Trade disputes will be resolved by international law.
• Have special quality standards that must be met, such as ISO 4000, ISO 9000, and others.
• Traded goods will be adjusted to natural conditions, tastes and preferences of the destination country.
• Generally, buyers and sellers do not meet face to face.
• Has an indirect distribution system.
• The level of competition is more stringent because it competes with various countries.
• Reach costs tend to be more expensive

That is a description of the characteristics of domestic trade and international trade. It can be concluded that domestic trade is the activity of trading goods and services within the territory of the Republic of Indonesia without involving foreign trade.

Meanwhile, international trade is trade activity based on a mutual agreement made by a country with other countries. Hopefully this article is useful for Sinaumed’s who read it!

• Type of Sole Proprietorship
• Type of Group Business
• Definition of Goods Market
• Definition of Request and Offer
• Definition of Money
• Definition of Inflation
• Definition of Banks
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic growth
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• Types of Business Entities

Characteristics of Developed and Developing Countries – In general, countries on this planet are divided into several groups based on the welfare of their inhabitants, namely developed countries, developing countries and underdeveloped countries. Actually, the distribution of these groups also depends on the per capita income earned by each country.

Although actually, according to the Statistics Division of the United Nations (UN), there is no official convention regarding the designation of a country that can be called “developed” and “developing”. However, when looking at the quality of the welfare of its population, the level of developed countries and developing countries is “true”.

Well, this time we will discuss the characteristics of developed countries and developing countries. Does Sinaumed’s know which countries are included in the group of developed countries? Surely some of you will answer the United States and Japan. Yep, that answer is correct.

Furthermore, for our country, Indonesia, is it included in which group of countries ? Is it a developed country or a developing country? The answer is that Indonesia is included in the ranks of developing countries.

If so, what are the characteristics of these developed and developing countries? Then, do developed countries and developing countries have the same problem?

So that Sinaumed’s understands this, let’s look at the following review!

Characteristics of Developed and Developing Countries

In simple terms, a developed country has a definition in the form of a country that has a high level of welfare or quality of life for its people. In analyzing whether a country is a developed country or a developing country, it is sufficient to look at the following indicators.

1. Population Growth

Population growth is the change in population in a country that occurs at any time. The increase or decrease in the number of people in a country is caused by several factors, such as birth and death rates.

In developed countries, the population growth rate is small or low, so the population is not too large. Therefore, the dependency ratio is also small, in line with the high quality and productivity of the population.

This is because in developed countries, they usually want a small number of children, around 1 or 2 children. The main reason why people in developed countries want a small number of children is because they can focus on educating their children. In fact, it is not uncommon for developed countries to think that having many children will hinder their careers.

Meanwhile, developing countries actually have a high population growth rate. In fact, the explosion in the teaching population is often not followed by the quality of the population, so of course it will cause various economic problems, such as poverty, unemployment, and high crime rates.

Developing countries are considered to still have difficulty reducing the crude birth rate, even to below 20.

2. High Per Capita Income

Per capita income is the average income earned by the entire population in a country. This per capita income can describe the economic situation of the country.

In developed countries, per capita income is of course relatively high. This high per capita income is due to several factors, for example the mastery of science and technology by the majority of the population and the management of high quality potential human resources.

Most of the developed countries no longer depend on the agricultural sector for their economic potential, but in the industrial, service and trade sectors. In addition, the existence of a growing variety of jobs means that the overall population in developed countries has a high average income.

In contrast to developing countries, the average income earned by the entire population is relatively low. This is because the majority of the population from developing countries still work in the agricultural sector which is done traditionally.

This condition causes people in developing countries to not be able to compete for work or even jobs in other sectors.

3. Low Poverty Rate

In line with the previous point, developed countries also have lower poverty rates and better social security. Developed countries seem to be able to provide various kinds of assistance to their “poor” population, such as health services and necessities of life.

Not only that, the employment opportunities obtained by residents in developed countries are also at a high level. This of course is able to reduce the unemployed population and also in line with the high per capita income of the country.

In contrast to developing countries, the level of poverty in these countries is actually high. There are many factors, one of which is the low level of income per capita.

In fact, developing countries also have high unemployment rates because of the low employment opportunities provided by the state for its residents.

4. High Life Expectancy

Still in line with some of the previous points, if per capita income is high, then the life expectancy of the population is also high. The average population in developed countries can reach the age of 60 years and over. This is due to good health services and economic level.

In contrast to developing countries, where life expectancy is low. This is due to poor health services and some residents are not aware of the importance of health.

5. High Education Level

The level of education in a country can be seen from the average length of schooling achieved by its residents. In developed countries, the level of education is high because the state is able to build adequate educational facilities with an almost 100% literacy rate.

Residents in developed countries also have a high awareness of the importance of education and mastery of science and technology. This can be seen from the study participation rate of the population.

Meanwhile, in developing countries the level of education is average or even low. This is because residents in developing countries, especially those in remote areas, do not think that school is important. In addition, the country’s ability to build educational facilities is also not comprehensive.

6. Livelihoods and Land Use

In developed countries, most of the population works in the electronics, machinery, and other industrial sectors. Well, it is from the industrial sector that is the main driver of the economy of developed countries.

Not only that, the wages obtained from these industrial sectors are also high, so that many residents are attracted to work in these industrial sectors. Meanwhile, in developing countries, the agricultural sector (especially those that are still traditional) has many enthusiasts. Even though there is also the electronics and machinery industry sector, it is located in urban areas. In rural areas, most of the population work as farmers.

7. High Health Level

The high health rate is also in line with life expectancy. The average population in developed countries realizes that health has an important meaning for life and the government always pays good attention to it.

The government is actively continuing to renew the development of both health facilities and infrastructure that are easily accessible to all levels of society.

Meanwhile in developing countries, usually the level of health is low. This is because the ability to build health facilities is not evenly distributed and the cost of accessing treatment is also expensive.

8. High Technological Advancement

Previously it was explained that in developed countries the livelihood is in the industrial sector. This is of course driven by technological advances. The average population in developed countries has been able to optimally utilize natural resources and technology, so they have also succeeded in finding some alternative energy.

In contrast to developing countries, technological progress is average. Even accessing the technology itself is sometimes only available in certain areas. Not only that, access to the internet and electricity often do not arrive or it spreads to remote areas.

9. Dependence on Export-Import Activities

For developed countries, usually the presence of natural resources is minimal or even does not have natural resources at all. Even so, they have technological capabilities that can produce processed products from natural resources. Of course, these processed products are of good quality and will be exported to other countries.

Meanwhile, developing countries usually have natural resources but have not been able to use them optimally. This makes developing countries cooperate with developed countries, but it is not uncommon for these natural resources to be exploited to the fullest by developed countries.

These developing countries are generally active in carrying out development in various fields, but are faced with capital and technological constraints. Thus causing developing countries to rely heavily on export-import activities.

No.	Indicator	Developed countries	Developing country
1.	Income per capita (reflects the level of prosperity and progress of the country)	Tall	Low
2.	Population Growth (the process of increasing and decreasing the population in a country caused by certain factors)	Low	Tall
3.	Poverty Rate (referring to the presence or absence of job opportunities and the number of unemployed)	Low	Tall
4.	Employment Opportunity	Various (in the industrial sector, machinery, electronics, technology, etc.)	Less diverse (mostly still in the agricultural sector with minimal technology)
5.	Life Expectancy Rate (depending on health services and a country’s economic level)	60 years and over	Average below 60 years
6.	Land Use	Used for the industrial, service, and trade sectors	Mostly for the agricultural sector (covering rice fields, plantations, ponds, and forests)
7.	Level of Education (referring to literacy rates and awareness that education is important)	Tall	Low
8.	Health Level (referring to health facilities and medical expenses)	Tall	Low
9.	Advancement and Use of Technology	Fast	A bit slow

Examples of Developed Countries and Developing Countries

No.	Developed countries	Developing country
1.	Japan	Indonesia
2.	France	Turkey
3.	United States of America	Bulgaria
4.	Dutch	Egypt
5.	Portugal	south Africa
6.	South Korea	Argentina
7.	Switzerland	Brazil
8.	Canada	Colombia
9.	New Zealand	peruvian
10.	Singapore	Brunei Darussalam
11.	German	North Korea
12.	Finland	Laos
13.	Greece	Nepal
14.	Australia	Philippines
15.	Denmark	Thailand

Problems of Developed Countries and Developing Countries

Even though the characteristics of developed and developing countries are very contrasting, this does not mean that developed countries do not have problems. Many problems are often encountered in developed countries.

So, here are the problems that often occur in developed and developing countries.

Developed Country Problems

1. Developed Country Investment Enters Developing Countries

In this case, it relates to the large number of entrepreneurs from developed countries who invest in developing countries. This is done because developing countries also have potential markets for products from abroad.

If these entrepreneurs from developed countries open companies in developing countries, of course they will generate significant profits. As a result, the amount of investment in developed countries will actually decrease.

2. Workers from Developing Countries Enter Developed Countries

Previously it was explained that developed countries have slow or low population growth, so that it will have an impact on the lack of a workforce for the country itself. This makes developed countries eventually “import” workers from developing countries.

Even though in developed countries, labor regulations have been running well, still, this inflow of labor can have a negative impact on the developed countries themselves.

3. Environmental Damage

In this case, many developed countries claim that developing countries are the cause of environmental damage in their countries. This claim may be true, because most developing countries do not yet have clear rules regarding environmental pollution.

However, it should also be noted that many companies from developed countries have entered developing countries to “dredge” their natural resources under the pretext of production needs. In fact, not infrequently also efforts to exploit natural resources in developing countries do not pay attention to environmental sustainability.

Developing Country Problems

The problems faced by developing countries are even more numerous and relate to the quality of life of their inhabitants. Well, here are the problems that exist in developing countries.

1. Poverty

The problem of poverty is of course experienced by developing countries, because their per capita income is very average or even low. Especially Indonesia, in fact the government has been trying to tackle poverty every year, but the results are the same.

The problem of poverty can actually cause other problems, for example increasing the unemployment rate to the level of crime that occurs among the community.

2. Unemployment

Well, this problem is the result of poverty, especially in the limited number of jobs. The problem of unemployment arises because of an imbalance between the number of labor force and the number of jobs available.

Actually, the problem of unemployment is common, especially in countries that are experiencing a transition period of changes in economic structure. Moreover, developing countries have rapid population growth and are not in line with the growth in employment opportunities.

3. Lack of Capital

The problem of lack of capital is also often experienced by developing countries, especially in the process of economic development. The development of the times and the modernization of the economy certainly requires large capital.

To overcome this shortage of capital, the government will usually attract investors, both from within and outside the country.

4. Inequality in Development Results

The next problem experienced by developing countries is the uneven distribution of development results. For example, in Indonesia, the economic system is more focused on big cities, especially on the island of Java. It is this overly centralized economic system that causes the potential of areas outside Java to be neglected.

5. Underdevelopment

The next problem is underdevelopment, which is related to the quality of human resources (HR). In addition, the problem of underdevelopment is also closely related to the low level of health services, the maintenance of public facilities, and community discipline.

So, that’s a review of the characteristics and problems of developed and developing countries . Even though our country is included in the category of a developing country, through its existing natural resources and human resources, it actually has the potential to become a developed country.

 

Characteristics of Deductive and Inductive Paragraphs – Everyone will always have ideas that often pop up, be it while working or imagining. Every creative idea that pops up in your head, if you don’t realize it or don’t put it into action, you will feel something is missing. Moreover, if it continues to be left unchecked, these creative ideas will disappear, so we have to look for new creative ideas again.

Therefore, when we already have creative ideas that arise in our brains, it is better to immediately pour them into any media. One medium that is very suitable for expressing creative ideas that often arise in our minds is writing media. This writing media can channel creative ideas into various forms, ranging from just a collection of words, to a collection of sentences which can then turn into a paragraph.

It is true, for someone who is not used to writing paragraphs it will be difficult, but as long as someone wants to continue learning to write paragraphs, paragraphs will be easy to complete. By completing a paragraph, a person can already express the creative ideas that are in his mind.

In writing, there will definitely be words, sentences, and paragraphs. The structure is a unit that cannot be separated. In other words, without words, sentences and paragraphs will not be formed properly.

Paragraphs can be said to be the key to every writing because with paragraphs, it will produce discourse which means that from words to paragraphs it has become a single unit which contains information. From this information, the reader can catch what the writer wants to convey through this writing medium.

There are actually many types of paragraphs, but the paragraphs that are often used by many people are deductive paragraphs and inductive paragraphs. These two types of paragraphs are often found in Indonesian lessons, especially when I was still in school.

This article will discuss more about the meaning of deductive and inductive paragraphs and the characteristics of deductive and inductive paragraphs. So, read this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Paragraph

In discussing deductive and inductive paragraphs, we need to know in advance the meaning of paragraphs. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a paragraph is a chapter in an essay (usually containing one main idea and writing begins with a new line).

Paragraphs that contain main ideas indicate that in one paragraph there can be one main thought. The main idea is also often known as the main idea. The main idea is an idea or idea that is the core of the discussion in the paragraph.

Therefore, when a writer has more than one or two or more main thoughts, he must make two or more paragraphs. This needs to be done so that the main thoughts to be conveyed can be accepted by the reader, so that the reader becomes comfortable when reading the text. So, before writing a paragraph, a writer should determine the number of main thoughts he wants to convey and convey.

Thus, the paragraphs in an article can be said to be quite important because they can determine the beginning and end of an article. In addition, the presence of paragraphs will make it easier for readers to understand the message or meaning in a piece of writing. In fact, a reader will easily connect one main thought with another.

Definition of Deductive Paragraph

According to Shalima (2018: 11) a deductive paragraph is a paragraph where the main sentence is at the beginning of the paragraph, followed by an explanatory sentence. So, when reading a paragraph in a written work, then finding the main thought or main idea at the beginning of the paragraph, then the paragraph is a type of deductive paragraph.

In addition, deductive paragraphs are also commonly referred to as paragraphs that explain general matters to specific matters. In other words, the writer will explain the main problem first and then explain some explanations related to the main idea.

So, when you want to write a deductive paragraph, you must determine the main idea or thought sentence first. By determining the sentence to be used, the main thoughts at the beginning of the paragraph can explain the contents of a paragraph.

Definition of Inductive Paragraph

According to Santoso (2019: 31) an inductive paragraph is a paragraph whose main idea is located at the end of the paragraph. From the understanding that has been expressed by Santoso in his book entitled Paragraph, Playing with Words to Style Sentences, it can be said that the writer will first provide facts and descriptions that are conical to the main thoughts or main ideas.

Thus, when you read a paragraph where the main idea sentence is at the end of the paragraph, then the paragraph is an inductive paragraph. This inductive paragraph will usually discuss specific matters first and then discuss general matters. Therefore, the main sentences in inductive paragraphs will usually discuss general matters or very broad matters.

So, you could say that the key to knowing whether a paragraph is deductive or not, you have to look at it from the main idea sentence. If, you read the main idea sentence is at the beginning of the paragraph, then the paragraph is included in the type of deductive paragraph. Meanwhile, when reading a paragraph, then the main idea sentence is at the end of the paragraph, then the paragraph is included in the type of inductive paragraph.

Characteristics of Deductive Paragraphs

In order to better understand deductive paragraphs, you need to know about the characteristics of deductive paragraphs. The following are the characteristics of deductive paragraphs.

1. The main idea or main sentence in a paragraph is at the beginning of the paragraph.

2. Supporting ideas or explanatory sentences are explanations or descriptions of the main sentence.

3. The main sentence contains a general statement.

4. Paragraphs have general – specific – specific – specific patterns.

Characteristics of Inductive Paragraphs

As with deductive paragraphs, inductive paragraphs also have characteristics. Below will be explained further about the characteristics of inductive paragraphs.

1. The main idea or main sentence of a paragraph is at the end of the paragraph.

2. Explanatory sentences which usually contain descriptions or facts are at the beginning of the paragraph.

3. The main sentence is the conclusion of all the ideas or sentences in a paragraph.

4. Paragraphs have special – specific – general patterns.

Difference between Deductive and Inductive Paragraphs

After discussing the characteristics of deductive and inductive paragraphs, in order for you to better understand the two types of paragraphs, you need to know the differences.

1. Place in the Main Sentence

Deductive paragraphs have the location of the main sentence or main idea which is located at the beginning of the paragraph. Meanwhile, in an inductive paragraph, the location of the main sentence or the main idea is located at the end of the sentence.

2. Sentence Patterns

Deductive paragraphs that are composed of several sentences have a general pattern – specific. Meanwhile, inductive paragraphs have a different pattern, namely sentences with a special pattern – general.

3. Contents of Main Sentences

Deductive paragraphs where the main sentence is located at the beginning of the paragraph, the sentence contains general statements. Meanwhile, an inductive paragraph whose main sentence is at the end of the paragraph, the sentence contains the conclusion of a discussion in the paragraph.

Examples of Deductive Paragraphs

In order to understand more deeply about deductive paragraphs, below will be given some examples of deductive paragraphs.

First Example

“General elections or better known as “Elections” which are held every five years are a democratic party for all Indonesian people. All Indonesian people are obliged to take part in elections and use their voting rights to choose the best leader. Society should not become a White Group (Golput) because that is not the best solution to solving problems that exist in Indonesia. By participating in the election, the Indonesian people have participated in the democratic party and can use their voting rights to elect the best leader who can provide benefits and prosperity for all Indonesian people and can solve the problems that are being faced. “

The first sentence in the deductive paragraph example above is the main sentence or the main idea of ​​a discussion about General Elections (Election). Through this first sentence, the author wants to inform that the General Election is a democratic party for all Indonesian people. The main sentence in the example of the first paragraph becomes the basis for paragraph development, resulting in sentences that can clarify the main sentence. Then, in the second sentence, third sentence, and so on, are explanatory sentences containing descriptions of how important it is to participate in the election democratic party.

Second Example

“Due to the Covid-19 pandemic which has not ended until now, students must carry out learning activities from home online or known as Distance Learning (PJJ). Students doing distance learning use the zoom application to communicate and fill in class attendance. In addition, there are also those who directly give assignments to their students who have been given time to collect assignments. Even though students cannot meet their teachers face to face or cannot do Face-to-Face Learning (PTM), students can still gain knowledge.

The first sentence of the second example of a deductive paragraph has the intention of students having to study from home online because the Covid-19 pandemic is not over. From the intent of the first sentence, the first sentence becomes the main sentence or the main idea of ​​the second paragraph example. Then, in the second sentence, third sentence, and fourth sentence are sentences that can clarify the main sentence. The second, third, and fourth sentences contain descriptions of distance learning.

Inductive Paragraph Example

If you are still confused about how to write an inductive paragraph, don’t worry. You can listen to some examples of inductive paragraphs as follows.

First Example

“When the New Order era began to exist in Indonesia, at that time the world of literature experienced a revival which can be seen from the many literary writers at that time. Whereas in those dark times, writers who criticized the government would be exiled or even punished. However, writers are not afraid and continue to write literary works in order to create justice for the entire Indonesian nation. The rise of the world of literature during the New Order era showed that there had been a lot of struggle poems and literary works with the theme of struggle so that people could live more prosperously. Thanks to the rise of literary works during the New Order era, it can be said that the world of literature is very strong and has a breaking element .”

In the example of the first inductive paragraph, the first part of the sentence is an explanatory sentence in which the author wants to inform the reader that during the New Order era many writers had emerged. Then, in the second and third sentences, the author wants to convey the facts that occurred during the New Order era, the fact is that writers who criticize the government through their literary works will be exiled and may also be punished.

The last part of the sentence in the example paragraph above shows that the writer wants to give the main idea of ​​a single paragraph that has been written. At the end of the paragraph, which is written in italics, I want to state that literary works have very strong elements and can break into various kinds of things that are not justified.

Second Example

“During the rainy season, residents in area B often experience flooding, which usually occurs when the rainy season arrives. Residents are not optimal in carrying out their activities and work because they are hampered by flooding. If the rain conditions do not stop, the flood water will also increase. The water that is increasing and never receding means that it is increasingly difficult for local residents to carry out activities. After further investigation, what causes flooding is a bad habit practiced by residents, namely throwing garbage into the river, so that the river flow becomes obstructed. So, it can be said that the main cause of flooding in area B is the amount of garbage that has accumulated in the river flow. ”

In the example of the second inductive paragraph, the first sentence written by the author contains an explanation that in region B the residents often experience flooding when the rainy season arrives, so they are no stranger to flooding. Then in the second, third, and fourth sentences contain explanations about that flood conditions can disrupt residents’ activities, especially activities related to work.

In the sixth paragraph or the last paragraph, the author gives a sentence whose contents are the main ideas from the example paragraph above. The main idea is that the main cause of flooding in area B is that many residents throw garbage in the river, so that the flow of the river becomes obstructed.

Conclusion

From the discussion about the meaning of deductive and inductive paragraphs to the characteristics of deductive and inductive paragraphs, it can be concluded that a deductive paragraph is a paragraph whose main thoughts are at the beginning of the paragraph. While inductive paragraphs are paragraphs whose main thoughts are at the end of the sentence. So, when there are Indonesian questions about deductive and inductive paragraphs, you can distinguish them well.

To make it easier for you to write paragraphs and produce an article easily, you need to get used to reading examples of paragraphs. Apart from that, you also need to start training yourself to write paragraphs so that when you can make paragraph writing more interesting to read, so that readers will find it easy to understand each of the main thoughts.

Source: From various sources

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of Crocodiles – Scientifically, all crocodiles are basically part of the type of animal from the Crocodylidae tribe, including the sepit crocodile or known by the Latin name Tomistoma schlegelii. The characteristics of a crocodile or as a type of reptile that has a large body size is that it can live in two different realms, namely water and land.

The name Crocodile or the term Crocodile itself was first popularized by traditional people who live and live on the banks of the Nile, Egypt. Crocodile is known to be an elaboration of the phrase “kroko” which means gravel and “deilos” which means worm. The ancient Egyptians gave the nickname “stone worm” to the crocodile we know today.

Apart from some of the characteristics of crocodiles above, there are still many characteristics of crocodiles that are not known by many people. So, in this article, sinaumedia.com has managed to summarize the characteristics of crocodiles from various sources. Not only that, an explanation will also be presented regarding the classification of several types of food from crocodiles which are interesting to know.

A. Special Characteristics of Crocodiles

Archaeological researchers revealed that initially the crocodile or in English it was called Crocodile belonged to a type of animal that had lived since the time of the dinosaurs. As previously stated, basically most of the crocodile’s habitat is spent in the water. However, one of the most beautiful animals on earth can still live even if it goes ashore.

Based on what is written in Jumanta’s Smart Animal Book, crocodiles have several special characteristics that distinguish them from other reptile-type animals. The following is an explanation regarding the special characteristics possessed by crocodiles, including:

1. Most crocodiles have a body length of about 5-7 meters and weigh up to more than 1,200 kilograms. Even so, every crocodile that has just hatched from an egg is known to only have a body length of about 20 cm.

2. Crocodiles have long and strong tails. This long and strong tail can make crocodiles swim very fast, one of which is to chase their prey.

3. Crocodiles have a nose equipped with a valve. This valve can automatically be closed when the crocodile starts swimming or diving in the water.

4. Crocodiles have strong jaws, sharp canines, and long snouts. This body structure will greatly assist crocodiles in catching and tearing prey flesh when looking for food.

5. Crocodiles have up to 30-40 teeth in each jaw. The teeth of this crocodile can also be connected when it closes its mouth.

6. Crocodiles have upper body skin covered with rough and hard sides. This is proof that crocodiles can be said to be very tough animals. The reason is, the scales that are owned by crocodiles have the hardness equivalent to stone.

7. The largest species of crocodile that has been found in the world today is the estuarine crocodile. Estuarine crocodiles usually live in Southeast Asia to Northern Australia.

B. General Characteristics of Crocodiles.

After learning that one of the special characteristics of a crocodile is having an upper skin that is as tough as a rock, in this section we will discuss various characteristics of crocodiles in general based on the book RPAL Plus SD Classes 3, 4, 5, & 6 by Dhiyaulhaq. The characteristics of crocodiles in general include the following:

1. Cold-blooded animals

The first characteristic of crocodiles is that they are known as cold-blooded animals. This fact is true, crocodiles can be said to be animals with a type of poikilothermic or cold-blooded. Not only that, several parties agree that crocodiles are considered one of the cold-blooded and very strong reptiles.

Crocodiles are known to be animals that have the ability to maintain a stable body temperature. In addition, these animals are also able to make adjustments to the various environments around them.

2. Carnivorous animals

The second characteristic of crocodiles is that they are carnivorous animals. Carnivorous animals themselves can be understood as a type of meat-eating animal. One of the reasons crocodiles are included in the carnivorous animal species is because of the crocodile’s behavior which can be categorized as a wild animal.

As carnivorous animals, several types of food for crocodiles include birds, mammals, and even various types of reptiles that are around where they live.

3. Breed by laying eggs

The third characteristic of crocodiles is animals that reproduce by laying eggs. In breeding, this type of reptile usually prepares a nest to lay eggs first. After that, only the female crocodile will release her eggs in the nest.

Crocodile nests for self-laying are usually up to 20 feet deep. The reason crocodiles make nests that deep is because a large number of eggs are released. In addition, the nest is also made to prevent theft from other predators. Even though it comes out quite a lot, only a few crocodile eggs will survive to successfully hatch.

Some researchers revealed that of the many eggs released by female crocodiles, only about 20 percent of the total number of crocodile eggs will hatch. This is caused by the temperature factor that occurs in the environment. Towards hatching, crocodile eggs require warm temperatures. However, if the temperature around the crocodile egg nest is too cold, hatching can not be optimal.

4. Breathe using the lungs

The fourth characteristic of crocodiles is the respiratory system that uses the lungs. Although the crocodile’s habitat is mostly spent in water, crocodiles do not breathe using gills. Crocodile is an animal that breathes using lungs like other land creatures.

In addition, animals with hard skin have the ability to breathe underwater for up to two hours. This is basically caused by the structure of the crocodile’s body which has the position of the roof of the mouth which is located on the border between the throat and the esophagus. Not surprisingly, when crocodiles swim with their mouths open, water will not enter their mouths and will not be swallowed either.

5. Has three eyelids

The fifth feature of the crocodile is that it has three eyelids. This feature can be said to be one of the uniqueness that only crocodiles have. This is because the first two layers of the eyelids have the function of seeing when the crocodile is rising to land. Meanwhile, the third layer of petals will be used when the crocodile is going down or entering the water.

C. Classification of Crocodiles

After knowing the various special features and general characteristics of crocodiles, in this section we will learn about the classification of this type of wild reptile. Based on the Crocodile Secrets book published by Elex Media Komputindo, the following is a classification of crocodiles that you need to know, including:

1. Kingdom: Animalia.

2. Phylum: Chordata.

3. Class: Sauropsid.

4.Order: Crocodilia.

5. Family: Crocodylidae.

6. Genera: Mecistops, Crocodylus, and Osteolaemus.

D. Types of Crocodiles

According to animal scientists, crocodiles have dozens of species and have spread all over the world. So, here are some of the most popular and easiest types of crocodiles to find, including:

1. Nile Crocodile

Nile crocodile or crocodile with the Latin name Crocodylus niloticus is a type of crocodile that spends most of its life in the African region. However, not for the Sahara region and parts of Madagascar. The Nile Crocodile itself can be regarded as one of the most dangerous types of crocodiles in the world.

According to data, the Nile Crocodile has committed more than 300 attacks on humans almost every year. Therefore, you need to be careful when you are in African waters. These crocodiles can be found in several lakes and fresh or brackish waters. In addition, the Nile Crocodile also has a fairly large body size, which is up to about 5-6 meters.

2. Estuarine Crocodile

Estuarine crocodile or known by the Latin name Crocodylus porosus can be said to be a type of crocodile that has the largest size in the world. Estuarine crocodiles are known to have lengths of up to 6 meters or 5 to 7 meters and can weigh up to 1000 kilograms.

Estuarine crocodiles themselves can be found in the East India region, Southeast Asia, one of which is Indonesia to Northern Australia. The habitat of the estuarine crocodile is in the border area between river water and sea water. Some people have differences in calling this species based on the environment. Some call the estuarine crocodile a saltwater crocodile. However, there are also those who call this crocodile a sea crocodile.

Estuarine crocodiles themselves are also included in the type of crocodile which is very ferocious and savage. This type of reptile is very easily disturbed if another animal enters its territory. Based on data obtained by the IUCN in 2000 and 2007, estuarine crocodiles have carried out attacks on 30 people.

3. Irian Crocodile

Irian crocodile is a type of crocodile that is quite popular for the people of Indonesia. As the name implies, this type of wild reptile is quite easy to find in several parts of Indonesia, such as the islands of Irian, Sumatra and Kalimantan. The Irian crocodile has characteristics as a swamp guardian animal and is spread in the shallow waters of the Irian area. Some researchers claim to have found crocodiles with Irian characteristics swimming in saltwater and estuaries.

The Irian crocodile itself has a smaller body size than the estuarine crocodile. Until now, the Irian crocodile that residents have seen is only about 3 meters long. However, local residents admit that the Irian crocodile is larger than that size.

4. Siamese Crocodile

The Siamese crocodile is the crocodile that has the most numbers on the Asian continent. The habitat of the Siamese crocodile itself is spread from Malaysia, Cambodia, and also includes Indonesia. For people who live on the island of Java, the Siamese crocodile is known as the frog crocodile. This is because the skin of the frog crocodile has a texture that is almost the same as some other amphibians.

5. Borneo Crocodile

The Bornean crocodile is a type of crocodile that is the pride of the Indonesian people. This is because the sentence crocodile on several occasions was involved in making international scale documentaries. In addition to the mythical story that is owned by the Bornean crocodile, this crocodile is also famous for its relatively large size.

Almost the same as the estuarine crocodile, the Bornean crocodile also has a very ferocious nature. At one time, the Bornean crocodile attacked people who were active in the river. In addition, the Bornean crocodile has also been able to overturn fishing boats several times.

6. American alligator

The American Alligator or Alligator mississippiensis is a type of crocodile native to the Gulf Coast region of the United States. This type of crocodile is often found in fresh water areas. Even though it is considered dangerous, the size of this crocodile is not like crocodiles in general. This American alligator only has a length of about 4 meters to 4.5 meters.

7. Crocodile gharial

The gharial crocodile or Gavialis gangeticus is a type of crocodile that lives and has power in many rivers from northern India to Nepal. The gharial crocodile itself has characteristics that can be seen from its long, very slender jaws and sharp teeth. Once upon a time, a gharial crocodile ate a floating corpse during a funeral ceremony in the Ganges River, India.

5. American alligator

As the name suggests, the American crocodile, which has the Latin name Crocodylus acutus, has a habitat in American waters. This type of crocodile is quite easy to find in several regions, such as southern Florida, southern Mexico, the Caribbean islands, and Central America and northern South America.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of Command Sentences and Examples of Command Sentences – In the life that we live every day, we cannot be separated from the name of communicating with other people, why is that? This is because by communicating we will be closer to other people. Therefore, the ability to communicate is very important and necessary for everyone to have because good communication will be beneficial in the life we ​​live. To get used to communicating well with others, we need to know sentences.

At this time, many people must have started to know about sentences. Yes, it is true that a sentence is collected from various types and forms of words. This sentence is very useful in communication activities because the use of the right sentence will result in good communication. If communication is well established, the relationship between individuals and other individuals or individuals and groups will run harmoniously. Therefore, we should know and study sentences in order to maintain the quality of communication.

Basically, the sentence itself has several types and usually each type of sentence is distinguished by intonation or tone when speaking with the interlocutor. Therefore, intonation or tone of speech needs to be considered properly so that when communicating there are no misunderstandings. The types of sentences can indeed be distinguished through the tone of speech when communicating with the interlocutor, but in terms of writing, the types of sentences are distinguished by the punctuation marks which are usually given at the end of the sentence. So, it can be said that every punctuation mark and intonation or tone of speech really determines what type of sentence is being used.

The sentence itself is usually used according to the situation or situation that is happening, either the situation that is happening directly or the situation that occurs in writing, such as writing paragraphs, stories, and so on. In terms of writing, especially in a story, sentence writing plays an important role in building the atmosphere of the story, so story writers should be proficient in determining the type of sentence to write. The more proficient in determining the type of sentence to be written, the more interesting the story will be, so that more and more people will read it.

Basically, the types of sentences that are often known by many are imperative sentences, interrogative sentences, and declarative sentences. Well, in this article, we will discuss imperative sentences. Command sentences are usually used to order, give directions, and so on. The command sentence itself is a sentence that can be seen through punctuation and intonation when speaking.

Thus, it should be for us to get used to using imperative sentences, both in terms of writing or when communicating with other people directly. So, to find out more about imperative sentences, you can see the review of imperative sentences below. So, happy reading.

Definition of Command Sentence

The command sentence itself, if interpreted in simple terms, is a sentence which contains the meaning of commanding or giving orders. Therefore, when someone is saying an order sentence (judging from the tone of voice), then the person who is given the order must do something similar to what was ordered by the giver of the order.

Command sentences that we usually use, both in terms of writing or in terms of communicating directly are often referred to as imperative sentences. Although imperative sentences or imperative sentences are used more often in a high tone of voice, some people use imperative sentences in a low or subtle tone of voice.

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), imperative sentences are sentences that contain the intonation and meaning of commands or prohibitions. In addition, the meaning of the imperative in KBBI is a form of command for a sentence or verb which states a prohibition or obligation to carry out an action. Because imperative sentences and imperative sentences have the same meaning or meaning, imperative sentences can also be called imperative sentences.

The use of imperative sentences or imperative sentences used in direct communication is different from the use of imperative sentences used or written in a text, such as paragraphs, stories, and so on. Command sentences written through text, at the end of the sentence are marked with an exclamation point (!).

However, along with the development of an increasingly modern era, the use of sentences is not only used orally or in written form, but also used via short messages or chat . Command sentences in the form of short messages are usually used via cellphones . So, have you used command sentences in short messages?

Thus it can be said that the punctuation used when writing imperative sentences is an exclamation point (!). Meanwhile, applying or using command sentences when communicating is usually marked by a slightly high intonation or tone of voice and sometimes a low tone of speech.

Characteristics of Command Sentences

After discussing the meaning of imperative sentences, this time what we will discuss is the characteristics of imperative sentences. The introduction of the characteristics of imperative sentences is expected to make it easier for readers to understand imperative sentences. Following are the characteristics of imperative sentences.

1. Tone of Speech to be Conveyed

The tone or speech intonation used is one of the characteristics that someone is saying a command sentence. The use of tone or intonation is usually done when someone is communicating with other people, such as in the office, at home, at school, and so on. Therefore, we must be good at paying attention to someone’s tone when communicating so that misunderstandings do not occur.

In addition, when we want to use imperative sentences or give orders we must also be able to use the right intonation. In this case, the intonation of the command sentence when it is spoken will go up at the beginning and the intonation will go down at the end of the sentence. So, everyone should understand how to hear imperative sentences and how to speak using imperative sentences so that there are no misunderstandings.

2. Using inversion or PS sentence structure

The next feature of command sentences is using inversion or sentence structure Predicate (P) – Subject (S). Although imperative sentences more often use the P – S sentence pattern, some imperative sentences do not use such a sentence pattern. The use of command sentence patterns like this usually only occurs when writing something or in the world of writing.

Only some people use imperative sentences or give orders using inverse sentence structures or P – S. Even though they don’t use the P – S sentence pattern, an order can still be conveyed and received properly.

3. Using affixes –lah or –kan

The third feature of imperative sentences is the use of –lah or –kan affixes . The affix –lah or –kan is not only used in writing, but is also used by many people when giving orders using command sentences orally. However, some people are used to using command sentences orally without using the affixes -lah or -kan , but the commands conveyed can be well received by the recipient of the order.

4. Using Command Words

It’s called an imperative sentence, so it’s normal to use a command word. This command word has become a common thing to use in command sentences, be it verbally or in text or writing. Command words that are commonly used when using imperative sentences, such as please, please, don’t, immediately, and so on. As with the use of the affixes –lah or –kan , not everyone uses imperative words, either in writing imperative sentences or in pronouncing imperative sentences.

5. Using Exclamation Marks (!) At the End of Sentences

For this one feature only occurs in text and does not occur in pronunciation. This is because the characteristic of the last command sentence is to use an exclamation point (!) at the end of the sentence. We often find the use of exclamation marks (!) in a story or paragraph in several questions. Having an exclamation point (!) at the end of a sentence means that the sentence is an imperative sentence. However, along with the times and technology, usually the use of an exclamation mark (!) used in short messages means that you are angry about something.

Those are the characteristics of the imperative sentence. Even though these characteristics are not always used, an imperative sentence can still occur. In addition, the orders given can still be conveyed, so that the recipient of the order can do something that was ordered optimally.

Command Prompt Function

The command sentence that we know has several functions that you need to know. By knowing the functions of imperative sentences, we can use imperative sentences according to where and to whom we will use imperative sentences. The function of the imperative sentence is as follows.

1. To Give Command

The function of the first command sentence is used to give commands. Usually in this function, command sentences are often used in the military world or during wars where the leader will give commands that are in accordance with the strategy designed. With the existence of a commando order, the soldier who is given an order must do something according to what has been ordered. The imperative function of giving commands has several examples, among them.

a. Immediately go to the west and we attack the enemy!

b. Stay in each position!

c. Get ready to shoot!

2. To Give Orders

The second function of the command sentence is to give orders. If, the first function of the command sentence (giving orders) is commonly used in the military world, then it is different from the second function (giving orders) which is generally used at school, at home, even in the office. If, at a glance, the functions of command sentences (giving commands) and (giving orders) are almost the same, the difference is only where they are used and who uses them. Here are some examples of command sentence functions to give orders.

a. Please, don’t make noise!

b. Immediately do the task that I have given!

c. Don’t forget to do your homework at home!

3. To Deliver Claims

The third function of imperative or imperative sentences is to make demands. The function of this command sentence is usually used to demand something. Therefore, we often see the function of this command sentence in the legal world where the judge will give demands according to the results of the trial. In addition, an imperative sentence that functions to give demands can also occur to debt collectors who are collecting debts. Examples of imperative sentence functions to make demands, namely:

a. Charges given for 4 years in prison!

b. Pay off your debts today!

4. To Give Ban

The function of the fourth imperative sentence is to give a prohibition. In general, we must have been forbidden by our parents to do some things that could endanger ourselves. When parents forbid us to do things that are harmful, then the imperative sentence appears. However, the function of command or imperative sentences used to give prohibitions can also occur in the school environment. Following are some of the functions of command sentences to give prohibitions.

a. Don’t, take fruit in that house!

b. Don’t, be a lazy boy!

c. Don’t stay up late!

5. To Give an Invitation

The function of the fifth imperative sentence is to give an invitation. In some ways, an invitation is an order that must be carried out. Usually a command sentence that functions to give an invitation for the common good. In short, something that is ordered must be done so as not to harm other people, so that fellow human beings do not have misunderstandings.

a. Come on, let’s obey PPKM from the government!

b. Immediately enjoy the dishes we have served!

c. Come on, don’t be a lazy person!

6. To Give Omission

The sixth function of the imperative sentence is to give omission. The function of this sentence is usually used for someone who gives orders to other people in the form of things that let. Below are given some examples of the function of imperative sentences to give omission.

a. Let him calm himself down!

b. Let them express themselves as they please!

Command Sentence Types

After discussing the meaning of imperative sentences, to the functions of imperative sentences, it feels incomplete, if you don’t discuss the types of imperative sentences. Below will be explained several types of command sentences along with examples.

1. Ordinary Command Sentences

An ordinary command sentence is a command sentence whose contents are in the form of a command that is directly spoken. Therefore, we often find this command sentence in everyday conversation.

a. Go to school soon!

b. Make the bed before taking a shower!

c. I am your duty at 10.00!

d. Do your homework, now!

2. Invitation Command Sentences

An imperative sentence is an imperative sentence that contains an invitation to someone with the aim of doing something.

a. Come on, accompany mom shopping at the market!

b. Come on, don’t forget to wear a mask!

c. Let’s live a peaceful life!

3. Prohibition Command Sentence

A prohibitive imperative sentence is a commanding sentence whose contents are in the form of a prohibition to do something.

a. Don’t forget to do your homework!

b. Never, ever steal!

c. Don’t hate other people!

d. Don’t throw trash in the river!

4. Satire Command Sentence

A satire command sentence is a command sentence which contains an element of satire at someone.

a. Ouch, the pencil fell very far (meant to ask to be picked up)

b. This room feels hot (means the air conditioner is immediately turned on)

5. Command Sentences Welcome

Command sentences to invite are prohibitive sentences that contain elements of asking.

a. Please fill the seats in the front

b. Please queue according to the serial number

6. Suggestion Command Sentences

Suggestion imperative sentence is a commanding sentence that contains suggestions that will be given to someone.

a. Better, do your PR soon!

b. You should have stood in line beforehand!

c. Supposedly, the shoes used are black

7. Sentence Command Information

Information imperative sentence is a command sentence whose contents are in the form of information.

a. Wear a helmet when driving!

b. Be a good boy!

8. Sentence Command Request

Request sentence is a command sentence that contains a request to someone to do something.

a. Please give this cake to him!

b. Please obey the existing traffic signs!

c. Please do the assignments that have been given!

Conclusion

This imperative sentence is often referred to as an imperative sentence. Its function is to give orders to other people so that they can do something that is ordered. The giver of the order must understand the procedures before giving an order so that the command given can be carried out optimally. Meanwhile, the use of command sentences in writing or text will usually be marked with an exclamation point (!) at the end of the sentence.

Source: From various sources

Characteristics of Comics – Every comic has its own characteristics, comics are actually a result of a combination of art and literature. That is what often makes comics referred to as a pictorial literary work that contains both words and pictures. Comics are often found on various platforms such as newspapers, magazines, social media, to book form.

So, to differentiate comics from other works of art, in the following we will discuss the characteristics of comics and their explanations. However, before that, we first discuss an explanation of the meaning of comics.

A. What is Comic?

As explained in the introduction above, in the book Drawing Tips for Comics written by Setiawan G Sasongko, comic is a word that comes from Greek, namely comic. Komikos itself can be intended as a joke or joy. Comics originally had comedic characteristics and were intended as entertainment.

This opinion is also the same as that of the Big Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), KBBI states that comics are pictorial stories that are easy to digest and funny or entertaining. Its easy-to-understand and funny nature makes comics very easy to develop from time to time.

In today’s modern era, comics are transformed into a work of art that has many enthusiasts. This can be proven by the many comics that have been recorded and published up to hundreds of episodes as well as the abundance of various applications that provide comics. Comics are the right means of entertainment because they make it easier for readers to listen to a story while entertaining readers with the pictures and words in it.

Apart from having an entertainment function, comics have recently penetrated various platforms with various purposes. Not infrequently there are also many comics that discuss serious topics such as politics, law, to social society. Comics are also often used as a form of satirical messages to certain parties. However, many also turn to comics as a fun learning medium.

Based on the comic book entitled From Wayang Beber to Digital Comics by Indiria Maharsi, a comic is a collection of images or symbols that have a certain story sequence. According to him, the form of comics is made like that because it has the aim of providing information and satisfying the aesthetic impression of readers.

Comic artists or comic-making artists can express image after image by using all available space or media to form a certain storyline. A successful comic artist is usually someone who has two skills at once in order to be able to combine drawing and composing a storyline.

B. Characteristics of Comics

So, after understanding the meaning of comics, here is an explanation of the characteristics of Ricky W. Putra and comics

Ricky W. Putra revealed that in his work entitled Introduction to Visual Communication Design in Applications which was published in 2020, comics have five main characteristics, which include:

1. Is Proportional

First, one of the main characteristics of comics is that they are proportional. The proportional nature means that comics can evoke feelings or emotional feelings from readers. This characteristic will make the reader enter into the story and feel involved as one of the comic characters being read.

2. There is a Conversational Language

Second, one of the characteristics of later comics is the existence of a conversational language. As a work of art that has a storyline, comics very often use conversation to strengthen the story as well as a way to make it easier for the reader to understand the picture. In addition, comics also use everyday conversational language more often so that it is very easy for readers to understand.

3. Appears Heroic Attitude

Third, one of the characteristics of comics is the appearance of heroism from one of the main characters or characters. That is what often evokes the feeling or attitude of being a hero from his readers.

4. Character Depiction

Fourth, one of the characteristics of comics is the depiction of characters. Most of the characters used in comics have simple characters. This easy and simple depiction of character has the goal of making it easier for the reader to understand the character and his character.

5. Contains Humor

Finally, containing humor is one of the main characteristics of comics. As one of the works of art that has a lot of fans, comics are loved because they contain a lot of humor. That is what keeps many readers entertained and enjoys doing comic reading activities.

Apart from the opinions above, according to Viki.si, comics also have six characteristics. The following are characteristics of comics that need attention, namely:

C. Types of Comics

After understanding the definition and characteristics or characteristics of comics, the following are types based on the form of comics, namely:

1. Comic Strips

Comic strips or commonly called comic strips are a type of comic that only consists of several panels of an image. However, the comic strip still expresses the idea of ​​the contents and storyline as a whole. Comic strips are easy to find in various children’s newspapers or magazines such as Bobo Magazine or Kompas Daily.

Comic strips are made not with a lot of pictures, but only with a few pictures. This causes this type of comic not to convey ideas or messages too much. Comic strips focus more on one issue, for example a response to an event or issues that are currently being discussed by the public.

2. Comic Book

One of the most popular types of comics is comic books. As the name implies, comic book is a type of comic made in the form of a book. In addition, one comic book only contains one complete story.

Comic books are generally published in the form of book series, in one comic book there may be tens to hundreds of series and some are not finished yet. There are comics that feature continuous stories, but some are only for a few series.

3. Online Comics

Online comics can be said to be the comics most often read by people in today’s digital era. The internet has made changes to the comic ecosystem, where previously comics could only be read by buying the comic book. However, now many online comics are scattered on the internet that can be read. The cost is cheap and concise, making people start to move from reading comic books to comics online.

The great interest of online comic readers has finally made even talented comic artists dive into developing themselves to draw online comics. Several platforms for reading comics online have also emerged, such as the Webtoon Line. This webtoon from Line is one of the most popular comic reading platforms today. This comic application from South Korea contains hundreds of comics every day, and it is even noted that there are many comic artists from various countries in it, such as South Korea, Japan, Thailand, to Indonesia.

D. Comic Genre And Examples

After understanding the meaning, characteristics, and types based on the form of the comic. Next, we will discuss the types of comics based on the genre of comics. Some of them are non-fiction comics, science fiction comics, superhero comics, and mystery comics. So, here are four types of comics based on their genre, including:

1. Non-Fiction Comics

One of the types of comics that has been produced the most is non-fiction comics. This type of comic is actually almost the same as other non-fiction books, it’s just that non-fiction comics use pictures to tell the story.

In non-fiction comics also contain stories about life experiences or events in everyday life that originate from true stories. Even so, this comic with a non-fiction genre is not similar to the storytelling style found in biographical books which are very detailed and complete. Non-fiction comics can usually be much deeper and more memorable, because there are images as well as text that make it easier for the reader to get involved in the story.

Some examples of comic titles with non-fiction genres are The Complete Persepolis, Fun Home, Maus: A Survivor’s Tale, and so on.

2. Science Fiction Comics

Science fiction comics are comics that have a genre about the future or use techniques to build a future world. Stories that are built in science fiction comics mostly emphasize sophisticated technological advances, time travel, to exploration between galaxies or space and its aliens.

Not only that, the issues raised in comics with the science fiction genre are about the future of mankind. Issues about the future most often cover two things, namely about the future of the human world which is highly developed and getting better, or even the future of the human world which collapses and is then threatened with extinction.

Several comic titles with the sci-fi genre that are very popular and good can be easily found in many places. Some sci-fi comic titles, such as Paper Girls, Saga, The Incal, and so on.

3. Comic Superhero

Furthermore, one type of comic that has the highest sales in the market is a comic with the superhero genre. The reason for this type of comic with the superhero genre is so much in demand by readers is that the visuals are very attractive. Superhero comics almost certainly have a major strength or weapon in a heroic story and very nicely illustrated images. So, it’s no wonder that many people really like comics of this genre.

It is a common thing that the majority of people always want to be a hero who eradicates all evil. Characters presented in comics with the superhero genre can almost always make readers want to be a hero. Superhero comics present superhumans who can fly, run at the speed of light, to humans who can shoot spider webs.

In superhero comics, it is described that everyone wants to be a superhero to fight bad people and save the city. The plot is the most widely used type of storyline in superhero genre comics. Superhero comic titles are very well known and easy to find, including Superman, Flash, Spiderman, Batman, and so on

4. Mystery Comics

Lastly, one type of comic that is familiar and has quite a lot of fans is the mystery genre comic. Comics of this genre almost always succeed in making readers interested and very curious. That’s because the characters and dialogues used in it will make the reader always curious to solve real questions in the story. When reading comics with this mystery genre, readers will also be involved in interpreting and trying to solve the crimes or irregularities presented in the story.

There are many mystery genre comic titles that can be easily found on the market, such as Blacksad, The Fade Out, My Favorite Thing Is Monsters, and many more. The three mystery comic titles are also required reading for fans of stories with the mystery genre.

E. Examples of Indonesian Comics

After knowing the meaning, characteristics, and types based on the form and genre of comics. Next, examples of comics that have been made in Indonesia will be discussed. As for some of them, namely comics about legends such as The Blind from the Ghost Cave, Mahabarat to stories of superheroes from Indonesia such as Gundala, and so on. So, here are five examples of original Indonesian comics that were very popular in their time, including:

1. Mahabharata Comics

Mahabharata comics are comics that tell the greatest stories from ancient India. The comic was created by one of the legendary artists from Indonesia, namely RA Kosasih. Broadly speaking, this Mahabharata comic tells a story involving the Five Pandavas against the Kauravas to fight over the throne of Hastinapura. This comic has succeeded in turning wayang stories into a comic book that is very friendly for children to adults to read.

2. Comic The Blind from the Ghost Cave

The comic Si Buta dari Gua Hantu is the work of one of the famous comic artists from Indonesia, namely Ganeh TH. This comic tells the story of an Indonesian fighter who managed to make his readers amazed by his actions. At the end of 1970, the comic Si Buta dari Gua Hantu was adapted to the screen to become an action film with the same title.

3. Comic Benny & Mice

Benny and Mice comics originally had the form of comic strips or comic strips. The name of the Benny & Mice comic is the name of the two comic creators, namely Benny Rachmadi and Muhammad “Mice” Misrad.

Kompas Daily Newspaper is a newspaper that publishes Benny and Mice comics every week. The comic Benny and Mice is a comic that tells the condition of Jakarta as a metropolitan city.

4. Comic Gundala

Gundala comics are comics with the original Indonesian superhero genre. This comic is one of the works of a comic artist named Hasmi or better known as Harya Suraminata. The Gundala character himself first appeared in the Gundala Putra Lightning comic. The name Gundala is a word taken from the Javanese language, namely Gundolo which means lightning.

5. Comic Put On

Finally, the Put On comic by Kho Wang Gie is one of the oldest comics in the history of the Indonesian nation. The comic that was first released in the Sin Po newspaper in 1931 is a comic made during the Dutch colonial era. This Put On comic is published twice a week, namely on Friday and Saturday. The language used in this comic is still Malay. This legendary comic belongs to the comic strip genre of humor or comedy.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of Beams – The existence of objects around us indirectly describes the shape of the geometric shape. Yep , build a room that is included in the material in mathematics. Does Sinaumed’s still remember the material?

For example, the shape of a block shape is like a wardrobe that we often use to store our clothes, be it uniforms or casual clothes.

Try Sinaumed’s to remember, what are the spatial shapes ? Are there only blocks?

Of course not. There are many spatial structures, namely cubes, blocks, tubes, prisms, and so on.

Then, does Sinaumed’s know about the characteristics of a rectangular cuboid? What’s the difference between a block shape and other shapes?

In order for Sinaumed’s to know the characteristics of a rectangular cuboid, let’s look at the following explanation!

Characteristics of Building Block Space

The beam is a geometric shape that is almost the same as a cube, but the beam has longer edges. Well, here are the characteristics of the beam!

1. Has 6 sides

The side of a beam becomes the boundary between the beam and three pairs of sides that have the same shape and size when facing each other.

A block must have 6 square or rectangular sides. These sides are on the left and right, up and down, and front and back.

Based on the example of the beam image, the 6 sides are:

• Left side and right side = ADHE = BCGF
• Base (bottom) and top = ABCD = EFGH
• Front side and back side = ABFE = DCGH

2. Has 12 ribs

The rib is the line that intersects the two sides of the beam. The ribs on this beam must be parallel and have the same length. If you notice, the ribs are like a building block.

A beam has 12 ribs, consisting of 4 long, 4 wide, and 4 high. If you pay attention to the example of the previous beam image, then the 12 ribs are:

• 4 long ribs = AB = DC = EF = HG
• 4 wide ribs = AD = BC = EH = FG
• 4 high ribs = AE = BF = CG = DH

 3. It has 12 diagonal fields

A plane diagonal can also be called a side diagonal, namely a line segment that connects two opposite corner points on each plane or side of the beam.

Previously, it was explained that the beam has 6 sides, therefore the diagonals of the fields total 12. If you pay attention to the example of the image of the beam, the 12 diagonals of the fields are:

• Diagonals AC = EG
• Diagonals BD = FH
• Diagonals AH = BG
• Diagonals CF = DE
• Diagonals AF = DG
• Diagonals BE = CH

4. Has 8 corner points

The corner points on each beam are 8 pieces. The corner points are formed by the meeting of every 3 ribs of the beam.

If you pay attention to the example of the previous beam image, then the 8 corner points are points A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H.

5. It has 4 diagonal spaces

The space diagonal is a line that connects two corner points facing each other in one space. If you pay attention again to the example of the beam image, then the 4 diagonals of the space are:

• AG line segment
• HB line segment
• DF line segment
• CE line segment

6. Has 6 diagonal fields

The diagonal field is different from the field diagonal previously described, Sinaumed’s…

A diagonal plane is a plane bounded by two edges and two diagonals. Well, on a beam, there are 6 diagonal fields.

If you pay attention to the example of a beam image, the 6 diagonal fields are:

• ACGE = BDHF diagonal plane
• ABGH = DCFE diagonal plane
• Diagonal plane BCHE = ADGF

7. It has both surface area and volume

As with other geometric figures, a block also has a surface area and volume. Volume is related to how wide the room is in a geometric shape.

To determine the surface area and volume of a cuboid, it can be found using a certain formula. The formula for calculating the surface area of ​​a beam is:

2 x (pl + lt + pt)

p = length of the beam

l = beam width

t = height of the beam

Meanwhile, to determine the volume contained in a beam, it also has a certain formula, namely:

V = pxlxt

p = length of the beam

l = beam width

t = height of the beam

Example questions and discussion

1. A cuboid has a length of 12 cm, a width of 7 cm and a height of 5 cm. What is the surface area of ​​the block?

Answer:

L = 2 x (pl + lt + pt)

L = 2 x (12.7 + 7.5 + 12.5)

L = 2 x (84 + 35 + 60)

L = 2 x 179

L = 358 cm²

1. A cuboid has a length of 12 cm, a width of 7 cm and a height of 5 cm. What is the volume of the block?

Answer:

V = pxlxt

V = 12 x 7 x 5

V = 420 cm²

Well, that’s the characteristics of building blocks. Does Sinaumed’s already understand the geometric shapes of blocks and the formulas for calculating the area and volume of space? In order for Sinaumed’s to better understand the formula, you can do this by practicing calculating the area and volume of a block in the problem practice book.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Characteristics of Animals and Their Habitats – Talking about animals, we must be reminded of the surrounding environment and even the place where we have taken shelter so far as a whole, the Earth. Since ancient times, we have lived side by side with various creatures on this planet. Fundamentally, living things on Earth are grouped into three, namely humans, plants, and animals.

If you look back a few years, environmental issues are not something new. Humans are often the reason for the extinction of other species on our beloved blue planet. In order to get closer and not at odds with other living things that are our friends, we need to understand their species, right?

Animals, companions and friends

Quoting Wonderopolis , it is estimated that there are around 8.7 million species on Earth. Scientists who estimate this number are sure, 1-2 million species of which are animals! From that big number, how deep do we know them? Not many.

This is because the same study estimates that 86 percent of all land species and 91 percent of all marine species have yet to be discovered or described. In fact, the numbers above are still quite shallow compared to when we include insect species as well.

For example, scientists estimate that there are more than 10,000 trillion ants living at any one time. Based on those numbers, some scientists estimate the total insect population to be as high as 10 trillion, which is 10 billion billion! That number has led at least one expert to estimate the total animal population on Earth to be around 20 trillion, or 20 billion billion!

However, you don’t have to think too far about how many insects there are altogether. As a small example, try to glance at the lives of our neighbors. Some of them must have kept animals, or at least had kept them. In this world, there are dozens of animals that are suitable as human companions in life, right?

Estimate how close we are to them, for example cats. Apart from domestic cats, we must understand that the cat population itself is already very large. So, isn’t it a wrong step, right, if we try to understand the characteristics of other species well and treat them accordingly?

Characteristics of Animals and their Habitat

Does Sinaumed’s know about the kingdom of animals? Of course, the various types of animals have their own “kingdom”, more precisely, the “biological kingdom” that fundamentally distinguishes their types. Even more interesting, this kingdom will still be divided into more than 30 groups or phyla!

Very broadly, the characteristics of animals are divided into two, namely vertebrates and invertebrates. Each means that some animals have backbones and some don’t.

In vertebrates, animals are further classified into five classes, namely amphibians, birds, fish, reptiles and mammals. All five are included in the phylum chordata. Meanwhile, most invertebrate animals are in the arthropod phylum.

1. Vertebrate Animals

Sinaumed’s , now we will get acquainted with animals with vertebrates, take a look at their characteristics, and see their habitat. Let’s see together!

a. Amphibian Animals

For starters, let’s start with the class of amphibians. This is the class to which the toad and its friends are assigned. In general, they require a moist or watery environment to form a habitat and survive there.

The following are the characteristics of amphibians:

• Cold-blooded.
• Absorb water and breathe through their thin skin.
• Have at least one special skin gland that is used for the defense system.
• Most of them have a life cycle of egg, larva, then adult.

We can meet the appearance of amphibian animals around the world. Here are examples:

• Frog
• Newt
• Salamanders
• Frog

Amphibian Habitat

Adult amphibians can live both in water and on land. In the larval stage, they can only live in water. However, in the adult stage, amphibians spend most of their lives on land, usually in moist habitats such as forests.

More than 75 percent of all the world’s species of frogs and frogs live in tropical rainforests. Several species can be found in water at almost any time of the year. Some of them even like to live in drier prairies and deserts.

Because of their special skin, amphibian species need very specific living conditions. Too much sun can damage their cells, while too much wind can dry out their skin and dehydrate them. For this reason, amphibian habitats are very vulnerable to being disturbed or contaminated with chemicals such as weed killers.

b. Birds

As we know, birds can generally fly. Furthermore, birds are a type of warm-blooded vertebrate. Then what again?

Its class of birds, Aves, is just one class of the larger Kingdom Animalia . Birds have several characteristics that are similar to other classes, namely reptiles. However, they also have some unique features. Let’s take a look at their main features:

• Endothermic: they can maintain a constant body temperature independently of themselves, independent of external factors. Alias, they certainly will not get a fever easily.
• They are bipedal: move on two hind limbs or feet when on the ground.
• Its upper limbs had evolved into special structures, namely wings which made it possible to fly.
• Most of their bodies are spindle-shaped, these muscles are a special feature that makes them more comfortable and effective in flight.
• The bird’s bones are hollow inside, to reduce the overall weight of the body.
• The fur is colorful and covers the whole body except for the legs which are covered with scales.
• Has a beak instead of a mouth with teeth.
• The heart has four chambers. In this way, oxygen-rich and oxygen-poor blood is properly divided. This helps maintain a constant temperature.
• The nervous system is complex and the brain is well developed. Many birds are known to be very easy to teach and intelligent.
• Their eggs develop outside the body, but are still under the care of their parents: two or one.

After the characteristics, here are examples of bird class animals. We will find it easy because they are famous animals!

• Albatross
• Chicken
• hummingbird
• Hawk
• Flamingo
• Ostrich
• Owl
• Parrot
• Penguin
• Dove

Bird Habitat

Although there is considerable overlap in the diets provided by different habitats (e.g. insect diets), some habitats are rich in certain food sources.

Here are examples of bird habitats that Sinaumed’s needs to know about!

1. Meadow
2. Jungle or rainforest
3. Wetlands
4. coast

3. Fish

As far as is known, fish are the oldest known vertebrates. They have existed since ancient times, when other types of animals had not fully evolved into what they are today. Here are the characteristics:

• Including ectothermic or cold-blooded, they depend on the environment to regulate body temperature.
• Fish have fins.
• Most of the fish have a body covered in scales and breathe through gills, although not all.
• Certainly, living underwater.

Currently, there are more than 300 thousand species of fish that live. This figure is more than all other vertebrate groups combined! What types are examples?

• Eel
• Hagfish
• Lamprey
• Small fish
• Salmon
• Seahorses
• Shark

Fish Habitats

Fresh water, sea or brackish water is the habitat for vertebrate fish. Some species can tolerate environments with a higher salinity than the general seawater salinity. In fact, some species of gobies can tolerate salinity levels as high as 60 ppt.

Fish live in almost all aquatic habitats. Different fish species are adapted for different habitats: rocky shores, coral reefs, kelp forests, rivers and streams, lakes and ponds, under sea ice, deep sea, and other fresh, salt, and brackish water environments.

In general, fish also rely on oxygen dissolved in water for respiration.

4. Mammals

Mammals are naturally warm-blooded animals whose bodies are covered with hairy hair. This allows them to live anywhere from the cold arctic regions to tropical forests.

In general, they have the same main features even though they are of different types, such as monotremes, marsupials, or placentas. Here are some features:

• Provide nutrition in the form of milk to their children.
• Its body is covered with a coat of blubber (like that of a dolphin), fur (lions, cats, dogs, and so on), spines (hedgehogs), and scales that overlap with fur (pangolins).
• Give birth after the child grows in the womb. This applies except for the monotreme species which lay eggs.

As far as we know, there are currently more than 5,500 species of mammals in the world. Here are some examples of them:

• Aardvarks
• Bat
• Elephant
• hamsters
• Rabbit
• Rhinoceros
• Pope

Mammal Habitats

Mammals live in many different habitats, including deserts, arctic, oceans, forests, mountains, tundra, grasslands, and savannas. Mammals are also common compared to reptiles and amphibians. If we go to almost any part of the world, we will find evidence of mammal activity. But, it may not be the type of mammal we are used to.

From the tropics and deserts to the temperate zones and polar regions, every type of climate has a diverse ecology of mammal species. In that climate, you can see a wide variety of adaptations and behaviors that further separate these animals.

One of the reasons mammals are so successful in all habitats is because they have diversified so much over thousands of years. One example is how mammals evolved to become marine, aquatic, or semi-aquatic compared to land mammals.

5. Reptiles

Currently, not all reptiles live on land. Even so, this one species is widely considered to be the first vertebrate to live entirely on land. Sinaumed’s , let’s look at the characteristics of this reptile!

• Cold-blooded reptiles, they cannot regulate their own body temperature like mammals. This is the main reason we often see them in warm or hot places.
• Have rough scales or horns. It is made of alpha and beta-keratin from the epidermal layer, in contrast to mammals. Therefore, their skin is actually thinner than we think.
• Lay eggs. Some species of snakes and lizards give birth to live young (e.g., Eurasian newt), but most reptiles are oviparous, meaning they produce eggs (e.g. crocodiles and turtles).
• Have one or two well-developed lungs.
• In order to find their prey, some reptiles use coatings on living things to absorb airborne chemicals, such as snakes and lizards.
• They have two different food orientations, namely carnivores and herbivores. Examples of carnivorous reptiles are snakes and lizards, while herbivores are turtles.
• All reptiles molt. The cycle varies depending on the type.
• They have four legs or are descended from four-legged animals.

Reptiles come in various sizes, from small to large. Sinaumed’s , do you often encounter examples of the reptiles below?

• Crocodile
• Gecko
• Lizard
• Turtle
• Snake
• Turtle

Reptile Habitat

Reptiles depend on conditions that allow them to maintain body temperature, they must be able to bask and avoid temperature extremes. So, they will need access to direct sunlight, protection from wind and excessive heat, a sizable population of prey species, as well as cover to escape predators.

They will also need suitable breeding sites for the species to lay eggs and space for suitable hibernation, Sinaumed’s .

On the other hand, there are various things that reptiles often avoid to make a place to live, aka their habitat. Examples include uniform habitats and a lack of trees and shrubs. They need the trail as a place to lay their eggs and a place that is “a bit messy”.

That is, reptiles actually like places that look unused and natural, such as soil that is not too perfect and uneven. This would be the perfect home for the reptiles. They also need habitats that naturally provide avenues for movement, but not too tidy.

Not only in large habitats, reptiles can also live in relatively small areas, for example gardens, school yards, and other possible places. Even locations near villages can become reptile habitats if conditions are right enough to encourage colonies and maintain their populations.

Suitable Animals to Keep

Getting to know more closely about the animals around us is certainly fun, right? Among us, there are even many people who really love certain animals and raise them to be friends at home. Keepers usually have a gentle nature that can take good care of their pets.

After all, raising animals also has many benefits: We can learn to be responsible, to be more caring and considerate, to reduce anxiety. In fact, we often see people who take care of animals that were abandoned. Of course this is a good attitude that many like.

Most people’s pets are indeed mammals. However, there are also other species that can be kept. These pets are included in this list:

1. Dog
2. Cat
3. Rabbit
4. Fish
5. Bird
6. Lizard
7. Snake
8. hamsters

Conclusion

When we go to school, we generally get biology lessons. Lessons about the characteristics of animals and other living things are included in biology, and not infrequently we all like it. This is because other living things at first look unique in the eyes of those of us who are just getting to know them. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia is committed to providing quality books. Come on, be more diligent in reading books with us, greetings literacy!

Book & Article Recommendations:

Author: Sevilla Nouval Evanda

Also Read!

• How Do Fish Sleep?
• 10 Nocturnal Animals That Are Active at Night
• Definition and Examples of Omnivorous Animals
• Classification and Examples of Insects
• Definition of Hibernation and Examples of Animals
• Definition of Carnivorous Animals
• Recommended Names for Pets
• Tips for Caring for Hamsters
• Understanding Panda Language and Examples

Characteristics of advertising language – According to Rhenald Khasali, advertising is a message that provides products and services to the public by media brokers. Advertisements can be classified into family ads, commercial ads, announcement ads, classified ads, community ads.

Advertising also has several functions as follows:

• Information (new products, services, product characteristics, or cash information such as published services).
• As a lure (enticing consumers to buy the products offered)
• As a reminder, (to remind consumers to always use the product being promoted.)

There is also the use of language to consider when creating ads. Certain properties and rules are required for the advertising language that you create to be effective and on target.

Features of Advertising Language

Advertisements have characteristics in the use of language so that the intended target is suitable and can be achieved. The following are characteristics of advertising language that you need to know.

1. Using Slogans

Slogans are catchy, catchy and easy to remember words or phrases. Slogans usually consist of 4-5 words that are easy to remember and catchy. This is done so that those who are exposed to the ad can receive the intended message.

2. Using Persuasive Sentences

Persuasive sentences are statements that aim to convince readers, listeners, and viewers to implement or accept the ideas of advertising supporters.
An example of a convincing sentence on a product display is “If you don’t have current installations, when will? The promo will end tomorrow, you know!”

4. Language that is short, solid, and clear

A good advertisement should convey a short and meaningful message. Also, the content of the message you convey must be clear in order to resonate with the intended audience.

The language you use must also be interesting and suggestive, but it must be factual. Remember to use words that have a positive meaning to build trust in the intended audience.

Characteristics of Advertising Language Based on Advertising History

At that time, advertising had a very simple form because it was born naturally, some were intertwined in everyday forms in a society that was still very backward in terms of science and technology.

In addition, their language also determined both the advertising model and media methods at the time.

Advertisements from 4000 BC

Egyptians used papyrus to make sales messages and posters. Commercial messages and political campaign posters have been found in the ruins of ancient Pompeii and Arabia. Lost and found papyrus advertisements were very common in ancient Greece and ancient Rome.

Commercial murals or rock paintings are another manifestation of this ancient form of advertising, which is present today in many parts of Asia, Africa and South America. The tradition of mural painting originates from Indian rock art dating back to 4000 BC.

History teaches us that outdoor advertising and billboards are the oldest forms of advertising.

As medieval cities began to grow, signs indicate that nowadays shoemakers, millers, tailors or blacksmiths used related images for their trade. For example, boots, clothes, hats, watches, diamonds, horseshoes, candles or even sacks of flour to be sold in town squares.

At the back of the cart and the owner uses a loud voice to announce their presence for the convenience of the customer.

Advertising in the 17th Century

At that time education became an important need. Print advertising was originally used primarily to promote books and newspapers. The success of this form of advertising in this era eventually led to the development of mail order advertising.

Advertising in the 18th and 19th Centuries

The French newspaper La Presse is a newspaper that creates paid advertising programs on its pages to reduce prices, expand audience and increase business profits.

Around 1840, Volney B. Palmer formed the modern advertising agency in Philadelphia and purchased large amounts of space in various newspapers at a discount, then resold it at a higher price to advertising space brokers.

Things changed in the late 19th century when the advertising agency NW Ayer and Son was founded. Ayer and Kids was asked to plan, create and execute a complete advertising campaign for its clients.

By 1900, advertising agency had become the focal point of creative planning and advertising had become well established as a profession.

Around the same time, in France, Charles Louis Havas extended his press agent services to advertising agencies, making him the first French company to arrange advertisements. At first, the agent was a broker of newspaper ad space.

NW Ayer and Son is a leading provider of advertising content services. In 1895 advertisements appeared for weight loss products.

At the turn of the century, there were several career options for women in business, but advertising was one of the hot ones. Because women are responsible for most of the purchases for their domestic needs. Advertisers and agencies have recognized the value of understanding women, and advertising continues to evolve, especially from a creative standpoint.

In fact, the first American ad to use semi-sexual activity was made by a woman for a soap product. Though tame by today’s standards, this ad features a pair with the language, “ Your skin loves to be touched .”

Advertising in the Early 1920’s

In the early 1920s the first radio stations were founded by radio equipment manufacturers and retailers who offered programs to sell more stations to consumers. Over time, many non-profit organizations followed suit by establishing their own radio stations, including clubs and societies.

Each individual radio program is usually sponsored by a single entrepreneur in exchange for his company initials at the beginning and end of the instructions set by the sponsor.

They can make more money selling sponsorship rights for a small time allotment to multiple companies through their radio show, than selling sponsorship rights to one company per show.

A fierce battle ensued between those who sought to commercialize radio and those who claimed that radio spectrum should be considered as part of non-commercial uses for the benefit of society.

Advertising in the Early 1950s

In 1950 the DuMont Television network began running modern programs selling fast ads to the public. In the past, DuMont has struggled to find sponsors for many of its shows and compensated by selling small amounts of advertising time to several companies.

This eventually became the norm for the commercial television industry in the United States, but is still common on single-sponsored programs, such as United States Steel Jam. In some cases, the sponsor has substantial control over the event’s content, until someone from an advertising agency writes the program.

Advertising in the Late 1980s

This era saw the introduction of cable television, especially MTV. Pioneering the concept of music videos, MTV ushered in a new type of advertising by matching consumers to advertising messages. As cable and satellite TV became more common, niche channels emerged, including ad-only channels such as QVC, HSN, and ShopTV Canada.

Internet marketing opened up new opportunities for advertisers and contributed to the “dotcom boom” of the 1990s. The entire company is run solely on advertising revenue and offers everything from coupons to free internet access.

At the turn of the 21st century, many websites, including the Google search engine, transformed online advertising by emphasizing contextual, non-intrusive ads designed to assist users rather than overwhelm them. This has led to a number of similar efforts, increasing the trend towards interactive advertising.

Despite major changes in media, the share of advertising spending in GDP has barely changed. For example, in the United States in 1925, the main advertising media were newspapers, magazines, streetcar signs and outdoor signs.

By 1998, television and radio had become important advertising media. However, the percentage of GDP spent on advertising slightly decreased by around 2.4%.
A recent advertising innovation is “guerrilla marketing,” including holding meetings in public places, distributing products such as cars with branded messages, and interactive ads that allow viewers to respond to become part of the advertising message.

Guerrilla advertising is becoming increasingly popular in many companies. This type of advertising is unpredictable and innovative, and consumers will buy products as well as ideas.

This reflects the growing trend toward interactive “embedded” advertising, including product placement, consumer conversations via text messages, and innovations leveraging social networking services such as Facebook.

Advertising After the Invention of the Printing Machine

When Guttenberg invented the printing system in 1450 and several weekly newspapers appeared, advertising became increasingly used for commercial purposes. During this time, magazines, posters, pamphlets, etc. were created, and advertising flourished. However, the development of advertising since then has a very difficult history.

Print advertising first appeared in England in 1472 in the form of a poster promoting the publication of a church prayer book.

Modern Advertising

After several long phases, advertising is now starting to develop and develop very rapidly. Media is also increasingly diverse and not limited to traditional and classic media. The methods used also vary.

Advertising requires not only the ability of people to form words, but also many people with various levels of expertise and proficiency in the field of knowledge.

The world of modern advertising is expanding beyond America and Europe. Development is also taking place in various other parts of the world. The progress of the advertising industry is also heavily influenced by printing technology, especially color printing performance.

In addition, the ad includes famous movie stars. This builds an image in the community that these stars are using the product as advertised. Apparently, identification technology is starting to be used in the advertising world.

Various Types of Ads

After knowing the history of advertising development and advertising language, we can now see the types of ads that can be categorized based on content, media, and purpose as follows.

Types of Ads Based on Content

1. Public Advertising

These ads are usually served by an agency or agency. Contains information to interact with and educate the general public on specific topics and issues.

Example: election ads, healthy living ads, family planning ads, etc.

2. Notice or Promotion Notice

These advertisements are intended to appeal only to certain individuals. The content is about event notifications, sad news, and more.

3. Request Ads

Demand ads are often thought of as job ads. This is because these ads contain advertisers offering and inviting people to work with them.

4. Promotional Offers (Commerce)

The advertisements that you often encounter are offer advertisements or commercial advertisements. Bid advertisements are a type of advertisement that displays offers of goods or services to the general public. Example: Ads for food, drinks, clothing, electronic products, etc.

Types of Ads Based on Media

1. Print Media Advertising

Print ads are advertisements made by printing. Print advertisements are widely available in newspapers, leaflets, magazines, newspapers, billboards, posters, stickers, and others. For print ads, there are limitations depending on where the ad is placed.

2. Electronic Advertising

This advertisement uses electronic media to display and display advertisements. There are many electronic advertisements such as TV commercials, radio advertisements, film advertisements, social media advertisements and others.

Types of Ads Based on Target

1. Commercial Advertising (Business)

This commercial advertisement is placed with the aim of seeking economic profit because the main advertisement is to increase sales. Commercial advertising consists of three parts: Consumer advertising is a type of advertising shown directly to consumers.

Business advertising is a type of advertisement shown to individual managers, agencies or coordinators, who sell products or services to consumers.

Professional advertising is a type of business advertisement that is shown to professional business people who can properly manage the advertisements sent to them.

2. Non-profit Advertising

For-profit advertising is not focused on material or economic gain. Non-profit advertising is actually intended to achieve social benefits.

That is, people gain additional insight and self-awareness and change their behavior and attitudes towards the issues presented in the ad.

This is a review of the characteristics of advertising language . Sinaumed’s can get books related to advertisements at sinaumedia.com. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products for Sinaumed’s.

Author: Arizal Muhammad Valevi

Also read:

Features, Objectives and Examples of Innovation – Innovation has become a serious debate in many fields these days, because society can develop better than before with innovative thoughts and results. There are many forms of innovation and examples of innovation in our daily lives.

But what is certain is that this innovation cannot be separated from the efficiency of using minimal time and maximum results. Indeed, the discovery model, unprecedented in social situations, has affected the provision of solutions differently than in previous situations.

We know that every generation has its own uniqueness to create something new. Each generation can create their own “breakthrough” that can surprise other generations. Not only a new breakthrough, but many people can take advantage of it. For example, young millennials create new slang vocabulary, and someone then turns that vocabulary into an innovative object.

There are many types of innovation and examples of innovation in our lives, and there are also benefits that innovation can bring to human life. So what exactly can we do with innovation and examples of innovation? Here is the full explanation:

Definition of Innovation

Innovation is also closely related to product innovation. Product innovation includes several elements such as new technologies, new services and solutions, new experiences, new processes and methods, highly valuable results, new models and designs, social articles or products that are common to many people. This is a new creation.

Innovation is an effort to update existing resources and become an update from previous resources. These resources can affect nature, energy, the economy, jobs, use of technology and much more. Innovation is the process of updating various resources to make them more useful for humans. Today, innovation is driven by the use of technology, which makes it easier to create new products.

Innovation is closely related to cultural renewal, especially in the areas of technology and economic use. The innovation process is closely related to new discoveries, both in the form of technology and in the form of inventions. Discoveries can be interpreted as the discovery of new elements found by individuals or groups, for example in the form of tools or ideas.

This invention can be interpreted as an invention that is recognized by the community, as well as the application of the invention. This innovation itself is synonymous with young people. Because the young soul still has a lot of energy and thoughts. In this way, many new and unique things are born from young people. Currently, these young people are known as the millennial generation. According to some experts, the definition of innovation is as follows:

1. According to Nurdin (2016)

The definition of innovation is novelty that introduces and is implemented by new practices or processes (whether goods or services), or the result of adoption by other organizations.

2. According to Sa’ud (2014)

Innovation is a group of people with creative choices, placement, sourcing new materials, and using unique methods to improve the results of their previous goals.

3. According to Kuniyoshi Urabe

Innovation is defined as a long and cumulative process, not a one-time phenomenon. This includes the decision-making process of organizational members, from brainstorming and brainstorming to marketing goals.

4. According to Van de Ven, Andrew H

Innovation is the development and implementation of new ideas carried out by someone in a certain period of time which involves certain transactional activities in an organization.

5. According to Steven Robbins

Innovation is a new idea or ideas implemented to launch and update an existing product, process or service.

6. According to Everett M. Rogers

The concept of innovation is an idea, a motorcycle taxi, an idea and practice based on something new, and is accepted as something new both by individuals and groups who are applied or adopted.

Features of Innovation

1. New

The first characteristic of innovation is novelty. Everything that comes from this innovation never existed or was done. This new concept was born from a strong idea to maximize the utilization of available natural resources without reducing their function or role. New innovation also means that the idea is pure and has not been used by anyone. It already exists, but that means it will be adopted because it’s a good solution.

2. Planning

Plan innovation according to the desired conditions. This is important because it will affect the future. Deliberately, innovation is carried out with a thorough, clear and planned process and preparation so that there is no rush in the process. Of course, anything can be disappointing if you don’t plan for it.

3. Typical

The third characteristic of innovation is distinctiveness or uniqueness. As something new, innovation has its own characteristics. Even the adoption must have a unique personality. With applications in new locations, innovation creates its own uniqueness, even if it starts with adoption.

4. Have Clear Goals

The hallmark of innovation is the existence of clear goals. There are certain objects that need to be researched and developed based on clear findings. In this way, the direction and goals of the innovation are clarified in advance. Without clear objectives, innovation can be misdirected and poorly implemented.

Innovation Goals

1. Save time

Innovation makes it easier to manage time. Innovation aims to enable people to use their time more effectively and efficiently. For example, cookware makers have successfully developed ovens and toasters that can cook food in less than 10 minutes. Sinaumed’s may take 30 minutes to do this. Thus, we can use my time very effectively.

2. Increase Productivity

Innovation aims to increase productivity. By implementing innovation, we can do a lot of things and produce results in a short time. For example, if Sinaumed’s has a copier, there is no need to copy notes onto a sheet of paper, just load them into the copier and make multiple copies.

3. Increase Efficiency

Of course, innovation also helps us work more efficiently. High efficiency enhances the performance we produce, but without undue cost or expense.

4. Repairing and Enhancing the Quality of Products or Services

Business keeps changing from time to time. In this case, innovation aims to help society continuously adjust the quality of its products and services to meet the needs of the times.

5. Convenience Creation

Innovation aims to make things easier for customers. For example, not having to line up in front of the Immigration Office early in the morning to get a passport, but with innovation, the general public can fill out forms via the internet quickly and easily.

6. Meet Customer Needs

Human needs are unlimited, but innovation helps us slowly but surely meet human needs. For example, experts are trying to find effective anti-cancer drugs for cancer patients today. If customers have had satisfactory or excellent service experiences with our products or services, they are more likely to remain loyal to our business. Innovation makes it easy to create an enjoyable customer experience through technological developments.

7. Reduce Risk

Innovation also aims to mitigate business risks that were often exposed in the past. For example, the risk of frequent collisions when parking a car. Innovation helps develop parking warnings that help avoid accidents and other risks in parking lots.

8. Accelerating Individual and Employee Performance

Innovation should also help accelerate the performance of our day-to-day operations. Innovation allows us to get work done faster.

9. Develop Knowledge

The more innovation that occurs, the more our knowledge will increase. For example, learning a foreign language could have been difficult in the past. But technological development innovations have helped us learn online.

10. Our Business Is Becoming More Competitive

With the help of innovation, it is undeniable that our business will be more competitive and extraordinary.

11. Ensure Future Life Sustainability

Innovation enables people living today to work hard to ensure the survival of their children and grandchildren in the future. Innovation, for example, helps researchers find alternative fuels that they can use in the future.

12. Improving the Quality of Life

The ultimate and important goal of innovation is to improve our lives, such as creating an eco-friendly city map where people and nature are more balanced in the future.

Types of Innovation and Examples of Innovation

1. Products

This product is an important sector found in economic institutional research. This product helps meet the needs of both primary and secondary communities. For example, a real example of this product is using water instead of gasoline.

2. Education

In terms of educational innovation, this can be seen in the introduction of an anti-corruption curriculum in schools. This curriculum did not exist in the early days of Indonesian independence. That’s because of the serious problem of high levels of corruption. The KPK, in collaboration with the Ministry of Education and Culture, has finally developed a curriculum for eradicating corruption in schools.

3. Public Service

Regarding innovation, it can be seen in public services that used to be manual, now they can be online. This online implementation is designed not only to balance forms of social change in society with the emergence of new technologies, but also to reduce bureaucracy like a ghost that is frightening to the general public.

4. Entrepreneurship

It is the entrepreneurial segment that can benefit from this innovation and with this step the state and society directly reduce the impact of unemployment. One of the entrepreneurial products that has just been considered is the establishment of Markobar owned by Jokowi’s son.

Marco Bar is a Murtabak that used to be considered cheap paper, and has no potential value. According to businessmen like Jokowi’s son, there is news that Markobar can now spread its wings in various parts of Indonesia and will be launched in Southeast Asian countries.

5. Technology

To do detailed research from an innovation perspective, focus on technology, particularly social media. At the beginning of Indonesian independence, social media was not as fast as it is today, but globalization and advanced inventions have made social media such as Facebook, bloggers, websites, Twitter and Instagram a place for social communication and interaction.

6. Culture

What can be taken is the nature of the culture and the cultural values ​​associated with the life of the Indonesian people at that time it was interesting to study in other countries. For example, cultural festivals and batik festivals are held to introduce Indonesian culture.

7. Transportation

Social movements must be challenged to face life hard, and strategic steps want to find forms of innovation that continue to occur. This is related to transportation, for example with online motorcycle taxi applications such as Gojek.

Gojek is actually part of an innovation that connects online motorcycle taxi drivers with people in need. Of course, to take advantage of this system, any city can easily receive services and avoid high costs. On the other hand, ojek drivers don’t have to wait long in one area because the links are interconnected.

8. Fundraising

Crowdfunding can be seen as one of the innovations in the social field by making funds open to the public directly. This is the case, for example, if we are members of a non-profit organization. This organization works to save abandoned stray cats.

The good intention of caring for abandoned cats costs a lot, so we can open donations on digital donation platforms such as Kitabisa and NUCare. Part of online financing is actually a strategic innovation.

9. Governance

Certain ideas, ideas and objects that exist in the social system of government are also closely related to innovation. This can be in the form of efforts to solve problems that arise. Finding innovative ideas in government is not always accepted by society, which ultimately requires an important and long process. For example, when making a NPWP online or updating a SIM online. Saves time and does not interfere with bureaucracy.

10. Health

The medical field for innovation and new discoveries in society, such as government programs dealing with the problem of the corona virus outbreak. Therefore, in order to recognize someone’s journey, they will immediately open the Care for Protect application so that they can immediately track any signs of Covid.

Benefits of Innovation in the Business World

1. Provide Solutions To Solve Problems

One of the benefits of innovation is the ability to solve problems. You can replace the old one with the problem with the new one. The existence of new ideas and ideas helps to solve existing problems better. Especially if there are old products that can no longer be sold due to product problems, innovations must be created to stimulate public interest in these products in the market.

2. Increase Productivity

Coming up with new ideas and innovations means people are taking the time to use their extraordinary minds. When one is experimenting or researching, not only thoughts but also innovations grow. Through innovation, it means that the person has also spent time working and remains productive at work. Many can do it, including bosses, employees, students, teachers, and more.

3. Increase Toughness

Innovative people tend to use their intelligence. In short, it’s hard because people have to adapt to new problems and find solutions to these problems in order to innovate.

4. Can Make Something Unique

Innovation can create and even make something unique and valuable. Innovative people, among others, are classified as quality people. In addition, the successful implementation of the innovations that he has developed means that he can create something new that is different from what already exists.

• Inventor of Google, the World’s Largest Search Engine
• Inventor of Electricity and the History of the Discovery of Electricity
• Train Inventor You Need To Know
• Inventor of Radio: History and Biography of Guglielmo Marconi
• Inventor of Morse Code, Who Is He?
• Gap Year: Perspectives, Benefits, Pluses and Minuses, and Tips

So, that’s an explanation of what innovation is and examples of innovation. Is Sinaumed’s interested in innovating? To do this, you need a lot of references and understanding. You can visit sinaumedia’s book collection about various types of innovation and types of innovation at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following book recommendations: Happy learning. #Friends Without Limits.

Characteristics, Elements and Forms of Social Structure – In living life in society, every human being must have their own roles and status. Differences in roles and status in humans indicate that there is a social structure in them.

In society, these statuses and roles are very important because they can form a system that can create harmony and order. If humans can carry out their respective roles and statuses, it will create harmony and order in society.

For some people, they really want to create a good social structure, but they don’t know about the basics of social structure. Therefore, people’s understanding of social structure needs to be improved. One way is to know what social structure is, the characteristics of social structure, elements of social structure, forms of social structure, and examples of social structure itself.

A. Definition of Social Structure

Meanwhile, in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) “social structure” has the meaning of the concept of the formulation of the principle of inter-individual relations in community life which is a guide for individual behavior.

Basically, the social structure is very diverse. This is because society is a heterogeneous group of people. Thus, every human group, lives guided by certain values ​​and norms and upholds the members of the group.

1. Social Status

In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is a person’s position in society that is related to and determined by other people. In simple terms, social status can be interpreted as a person’s position in a community group. The level of social status possessed by a person is influenced by the position of that person, such as the social status of students and teachers, the social status of the head of the RT and head of the RW.

Not infrequently there are some who have more than one social status. In sociology, social status can be categorized into three categories. The following are three categories of social status.

a. Natural social status ( ascribed status )

Natural social status is a social status that is owned by a person from birth regardless of one’s talent or character and to get this social status does not require effort. Examples of this social status are gender, lineage, gender, nobility status, and others.

b. Achieved social status

The social status achieved is the social status that is obtained by doing business or working hard to get it. Examples of this social status are being a Civil Servant (PNS), being a doctor, TNI, and many more.

c. Given social status ( assigned status )

The social status given is the social status that is pinned or given to someone thanks to the services or achievements that have been made. Examples of this social status are awarding honoris causa titles , awarding honorary titles to Indonesian freedom fighters, awarding medals to winning athletes, and many more.

2. Social Role

Social roles are the obligations that everyone has for their social status. In other words, someone who has obtained social status must carry out their respective social roles. For example, a doctor has a different social role than a teacher.

Basically, status and social roles cannot be separated from one another. That is because a person will not have a social role if he does not have a social status.

Broadly speaking there are three issues related to social roles. Here are some problems of social roles.

a. Social roles are governed by norms

The problem of this social role is a problem that arises when an individual carries out his social role, at the same time he must obey the norms or rules in that social status. An example of this problem is someone who serves as a teacher, he must maintain behavior that is in accordance with applicable norms and regulations.

b. The social role that must be carried out because of the demands of society

The problem of this social role is a problem that occurs when someone who has social status must carry out his role in accordance with the expectations of society. An example of this problem is a student who has entered school must get good grades to be considered a smart student.

c. Social roles are an important part of the social structure

The social role is an important part of the social structure because with a social role, a person will undergo a social structure well. An example of this problem is someone who has a position as a teacher will carry out his role or duties in educating his students.

B. Characteristics of Social Structure

In general, every society is divided into three groups, namely simple society, middle society, and modern society. Therefore, the characteristics of the social structure in each community group are also different. The following are the characteristics of social structure in each community group.

1. The characteristics of the social structure of a simple society

• Having a social group based on hereditary traditions
• Having social group ties based on local customs or traditions
• Having belief in things beyond reason or supernatural powers
• Still maintaining the values ​​of kinship and gotong royong
• Has an unwritten law that still applies

Broadly speaking, this simple community group is a group that still adheres to the values ​​and norms instilled or taught since childhood. Usually simple people live in a place that is rarely visited by other people who are not their group.

2. The characteristics of the social structure of middle society

• Began to accept a new culture that comes from outside the group
• Began to accept the social changes that occur
• Having a family relationship that is not as tight as a simple society
• Written law begins to coexist with unwritten law

After knowing the characteristics of middle society groups, it can be said that social roles and status in these community groups are still influenced by the values ​​of rationality. Usually these people live somewhere on the outskirts of the city.

3. The characteristics of the social structure of modern society

• Have the nature of openness to culture and new things
• Every social relationship will always be influenced by the knowledge and technology possessed by a person
• Someone who has expertise and knowledge will be more appreciated.
• Belief in supernatural things has begun to be abandoned

In general, modern society groups more often see someone and something with science and technology. The values ​​of rationality in modern society are highly respected. Usually these modern people live in the middle of the city and every day is always filled with busyness.

After knowing the characteristics of social structure based on community groups, then the characteristics of social structure in general. According to Elly M. Setiadi, there are four general characteristics of social structure.

• Social structure is a system that regulates various forms of relationships that occur between individuals in society. Thus, the social structure is part of the regulation of behavior and patterns of public relations

• Social structure has an abstract nature. This means that the social structure cannot be seen clearly, only members of the group are able to see the social structure.

• The social structure will always develop and change along with the times

• Social structure is divided into vertical and horizontal dimensions. The vertical dimension is the level of social status of the community. While the horizontal dimension, the whole society is divided into social groups that have the same values.

C. Elements of Social Structure

1. Social groups

The element of a social group has a meaning, namely a unit which consists of several people. Each social group has a behavior that they have agreed with the aim of maintaining the unity of its members. If the role of each individual is carried out well then social groups can be maintained properly too.

2. Social institutions

The element of social institutions has a meaning, namely a set of norms and rules to maintain the rules of conduct or patterns of community behavior. With social institutions, people will not be careless in doing things.

3. Rules or social norms

Elements of social rules or norms have a meaning, namely a guideline or guide used by the community in carrying out social interactions in their environment.

4. Social stratification

The element of social stratification has a meaning, namely the grouping of people based on stratified social classes. This social stratification system is closely related to the formation of class and social status in society.

The definition of social status is the position or rank of a person in a community group which is closely related to certain rights and obligations.

5. Culture 

The cultural element means all the knowledge possessed by humans as social beings that are used to study and understand their environment and experiences.

While social class has a meaning ( social class ) has the meaning of grouping people based on certain levels or criteria, such as politics, economics, heredity, and education.

D. Forms of Social Structure

1. The form of social structure based on its nature

Based on its nature, the form of social structure is divided into three, namely rigid social structure, flexible social structure, formal social structure, and informal social structure.

a. Rigid social structure

Rigid social structure is a form of social structure that cannot be changed or people experience difficulties when they want to transfer status or position.

b. Flexible social structure

Flexible social structure is a form of social structure whose patterns and arrangements are more dynamic. In general, this social structure is owned by an open society.

c. formal social structure

The formal social structure is a social structure that is official and recognized by the authorities based on applicable law.

d. Informal social structure

Formal social structure is a social structure that has a function in society, but there is no legal provision.

2. Forms of social structure based on communication patterns

Based on the pattern of communication, the form of social structure is divided into two, namely open social structure and closed social structure.

a. Open social structure

An open social structure is a social structure characterized by smooth communication at all social levels. Smooth communication occurs because each individual is aware of the equal rights and obligations in embracing that position.

b. Closed social structure

A closed social structure is a social structure characterized by a lack of smooth communication at the social level. This lack of communication is caused by every status and social role of a person tends to be static or fixed.

3. The form of social structure based on the identity of community membership

The form of social structure based on the identity of community membership is divided into two, namely homogeneous social structure and heterogeneous social structure.

a. Homogeneous social structure 

Homogeneous social structure is a social structure in which members of the social group have the same background. For example, similarities in religion, race, ethnicity, and nation.

b. Heterogeneous social structure

Heterogeneous social structure is a social structure in which group members have diverse backgrounds. For example, there are differences in ethnicity, race, religion, and nation.

4. Forms of social structure based on social inequality

Based on social inequality, the form of social structure is divided into two, namely social differentiation and social stratification.

a. Social differentiation

Social differentiation is individual or group differences within a community group that does not show a level. Forms of social differentiation, such as gender differences, ethnic differences, religious differences, and racial differences.

b. Social stratification

Social stratification is a level that exists in a community group. Forms of social stratification are usually judged by the size of wealth, honor, knowledge, and wealth.

E. Social Structure Functions

1. Identity function

The social structure functions as an affirmation of identity in a community group. Each region has a diverse culture so that a social structure is needed so that the identity of a group becomes clear.

2. Control function

The social structure functions as a control system for a group of people so that they behave according to the norms and rules that apply in society.

3. Community learning function

Social structure can serve as a basis for instilling social discipline in groups or communities. With this learning function, each member of the community group is expected to act and behave according to the norms and rules that apply.

F. Example of Social Structure

Basically, there are many examples of social structures. Here are some examples of social structures.

1. Giving honorary titles to the heroes who contributed to liberating Indonesia
2. The application of the caste system that occurs in Balinese society
3. Owners of business capital have a higher position than workers
4. A person is appointed as village head for his services in developing and improving village governance
5. Placing the 1945 Constitution as the highest legal basis in Indonesia

G. Conclusion

Basically, the social structure is very diverse. This is because society is a heterogeneous group of people. Thus, every human group, lives guided by certain values ​​and norms and upholds the members of the group.

The existence of a social structure in society will be able to create or produce relationships for each individual and each group to become more orderly and organized. It is important for humans to carry out the social structure properly because if the social structure is not running well then harmony and order in society will not be created.

Also read the article “Social Structure” :

• Definition of Social Change
• Definition of Social Institutions
• Definition of Social Structure
• List of Ethnic Nations in Indonesia
• Definition of Social Differentiation

 

Characteristics and Types of Advertisements – What is the meaning of advertisements? Advertisements are one of the products or goods that many people use to display something. There are many purposes for advertising. Before getting there, first know the meaning of advertising. This article will discuss the meaning of advertisements, the characteristics of advertisements, the types of advertisements and the functions of advertisements.

Definition of Advertising

There are several definitions of advertising based on the media. Even so, it still has the same meaning. Here are some definitions of advertising:

• The definition of advertising is an action taken to invite other people. This action is performed repeatedly. The goal is for the person to be interested, then do or follow what is in the contents of the advertisement.
• The definition of advertising is a means or tool. These facilities or tools are used to convey information. In addition, billboards are also used to offer or promote a service or product to the public. You do this by using an interesting picture and words.
• The definition of advertisement is a visual media that uses an image display. In addition, advertisements also use short writing to convey a message. The message conveyed is addressed to the general public.

In general, the notion of advertising is a medium used in conveying information. The information presented is brief information. The aim of the delivery is the general public on an ongoing basis.

Either through text media, image media, or audio media. In general, advertisements contain striking images. The image relates to the product being promoted.

In addition, there are also other messages that actually want to be conveyed. The main purpose of this advertisement is to cause a reaction from the crowd. In addition, to invite them to do various things that actually want to be conveyed.

Definition of Advertising According to Experts

KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary)

The definition of advertisement in KBBI is a notification to the public regarding merchandise. This notice is done using catchy words, as well as pictures. The purpose of using these interesting pictures and words is to sell.

Durianto

The definition of advertising is a communication effort. The effort was made to persuade the public. The goal is to be able to buy and use the goods or products being promoted.

There are several forms of advertising that are often encountered. Either indoors or outdoors. Such as billboards, advertisements, billboards, posters and so forth. The physical form of the advertisement generally has audio-visual content and visual content.

Barata

The definition of advertising is an activity. The activities carried out aim to convey several things. Such as information, goods or services, as well as interesting ideas. The goal is to attract the attention of many people regarding the products or ideas and services that are being informed in the advertisement.

Kriyantono

Kriyantono said that the notion of advertising is a form of communication. Communication is done without personal. In addition, the goal is to convey a message in selling a product, service or goods. As well as making the parties from consumers to buy the goods offered. In addition, to pay for various media that have been used by these advertisements.

Banner

The definition of advertising according to Panji is any form of activity that has a purpose. the intended purpose is to introduce a product or a service. In addition, advertisements are also used to attract the attention of many people.

Berkhouwer

The definition of advertisement according to Brouwer is a statement that is consciously intended for the public. The statement is submitted in any form. Moreover, this statement is made by a trading participant. As well as directed at the target or market share. The aim is to enlarge the level of sales of goods or services entered.

WH Van Baarle and FE Hollander

Advertising art is an attractive force and is aimed at certain groups to buy it. Advertising art is an attractive force and is aimed at a certain group to buy what is offered. WH Van Baarle and FE Hollander conveyed the definition of the advertisement.

Advertising features

1. Advertisements use attractive images

The first characteristic of a billboard is the use of images. Images used in advertisements are attractive, large and generally striking. The image on the billboard is larger than the text. This is useful for attracting attention from the public.

Images in billboards generally use striking colors. Apart from that, you can also use iconic and easy-to-remember image props. The images used are of course related to the characteristics of the service or product being offered.

2. Use clear, short, and easy-to-understand sentences

The second characteristic of advertisements is to use clear, concise and easy-to-understand sentences. This is because billboards are generally placed on the side of the road. So that people will only see at a glance.

If the information is too long, then the information you want to convey may not be conveyed. Readers will find it difficult to read if sentences are too long.

3. Contains honest information

The information contained in the advertisement is honest information. Honest here means that the information is a real fact of existing or promoted products or services. Of course, this information can be accounted for as correct.

4. Do it repeatedly

The characteristics this time are in accordance with the definition of advertising. Advertisements are made to attract public attention. Therefore, advertising must be done repeatedly.

If you put up an advertisement only once, then the reach of people who know the product is only a few. However, if you want to put up a billboard once but reach a large number of people, then you can use billboards on the roadside. Billboards on the side of the road are considered strategic. In addition, it is also commonly rented.

Advertisement Types

1. Based on the procurement

a. Commercial Advertisements

The definition of commercial advertisement is a type of advertisement made for business purposes. The purpose of this advertisement is to get an increase in sales.

b. Non-Commercial Advertisements

The definition of non-commercial advertisement is a type of advertisement that is used for non-commercial purposes. Examples include appealing, inviting, and conveying information. The goal is that the reader wants to follow the message that was delivered late. Examples include appeals to comply with paying taxes, orderly traffic, blood donations and so on.

2. Based on its nature

a. Warning Advertisement

The definition of warning advertisements is a type of advertisement that has a warning tone. This warning tone is aimed at road users. Like through the pictures in the striking billboards.

b. Advertising Information

The definition of an advertising advertisement is an advertisement that has informative properties. This means that this advertisement will provide important information to its readers.

c. Advertisement Solicitation or Request

The meaning of this solicitation advertisement is a type of advertisement that has a solicitation tone. This advertisement will ask the reader or the crowd to be willing to follow a request and an invitation. In addition, the aim is also to invite the community to care for each other. This advertisement will display attractive images.

3. Based on the place of installation

a. Indoor Advertising

The definition of indoor billboards is a billboard that will be placed indoors only. This type of advertisement has a relatively small or medium size. Materials that do not have to be waterproof. Serti does not have to withstand sunburn. Examples of this type of advertisement are pamphlets, leaflets, brochures, labels and so on.

b. Outdoor Advertising

the meaning of outdoor billboards is a type of billboard that is placed outdoors. This advertisement must be large in size, the goal is so that people can see this advertisement, especially on the side of the road. The material used in the manufacture of this billboard must be resistant to sunburn. In addition, it must be resistant to rainwater. Examples of this billboards are billboards, signboards and so forth.

This book describes the main principles that must be understood by every observer of business and marketing. The discussion covers the marketing environment; marketing ethics; corporate social responsibility; consumer behavior; segmentation, targeting, and positioning; branding; product; pricing; distribution; integrated marketing communications; as well as global marketing and e-marketing. Apart from that, this book also presents 15 short cases specially written to facilitate discussion in the process of learning the basics of Marketing, Marketing Management, and/or Marketing Theory and Practice.

4. Based on the medium

Types of advertisements based on the media are divided into three. Audio advertising, visual advertising and audio visual advertising. Here’s the explanation:

a. Audio advertisement

The definition of audio advertisements is advertisements that are realized through sound media. Media voice can be done directly or indirectly.

c. Visual advertising

The definition of visual advertising is advertisement that has an attractive image in it. There are several types of visual advertising, including:

1.) Posters

Posters are a type of visual advertisement. This advertisement has an image in the form of an object or item that looks attractive.

2.) Banners

Banners are a type of visual advertisement in the form of letters and pictures. Both will be poured on a long cloth. This banner looks like it’s made of plastic.

3.) Placards

Placards are a type of visual advertisement. This plaque is in the form of pictures in the form of goods and services. For example drawing letters and printed on paper.

4.) Etiquette

Etiquette is a type of visual advertisement in the form of a name on a product. Both goods and services. This label is accompanied by a complete and interesting description.

5.) Leaflets

Leaflets are a type of visual advertisement in the form of images in the form of goods or objects. This leaflet is equipped with letter pictures. The purpose of the letter pictures is as another description.

6.) Brochures

Brochures are a type of visual advertisement that only use letters. The letters will be used as the main elements.

7.) Logos

A logo is a kind of visual advertisement in the form of a symbol or symbol. An example is the BUMN or BUMS logo.

8.) Nameplate

Signboards are a type of visual advertisement in the form of pictures and letters. In addition, there is also an image of the logo on the nameplate.

i.) Billboards

Billboards are another type of visual advertisement. This type is in the form of images in the form of goods or objects. This billboard is accompanied by a large font image.

d. Audio Visual Advertising

Audio visual advertising is a type of advertisement that utilizes sound media. In addition, this advertisement will display attractive images.

Advertising Function

Advertising has several functions. The advertising function can also be seen based on two things. It is based on the business world and a social movement:

Advertising functions in the business world:

• Inviting and persuading potential customers to use the products or services offered.
• Provide brief and clear information to potential customers regarding the products or services offered.
• Give a good impression to consumers in a brand or product goods and services offered.
• Providing satisfaction to consumers for the products and services offered.
• As a medium of information and communication between sellers and consumers.

The function of advertising in a social movement:

• Invite the community or people to obey and follow a rule. Or a warning according to the appeal mentioned.
• Increase a public awareness. Regarding a warning, hazard, event or other important information. Examples include banners related to the prohibition of littering, maintaining environmental security and other matters.

That is an explanation of the meaning of advertisements, the characteristics of advertisements, the types of advertisements and the functions of advertisements. Find more information at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Source: from various sources

• Fleece Material: Definition, Characteristics, Strengths & Weaknesses
• Understanding Mood Swing and How to Overcome It
• Poster Characteristics: Definition, Types, and Functions
• Ceruty Ingredients: Definition, Characteristics, Strengths & Weaknesses
• Polyester Material: Definition, Characteristics, Pros and Cons

Characteristics and Characteristics of Flat Shapes – What Sinaumed’s will come to your mind when you hear about flat shapes? Yes, of course it will be related to one of the subjects at school, namely mathematics.

A flat shape is a two-dimensional shape of figures that has a flat surface in terms of area, length, width, and circumference.

Then, what shapes are included in flat shapes, right Sinaumed’s? There are various kinds of flat shapes, including squares, rectangles, circles, triangles, parallelograms, rhombuses, kites, trapezoids, pentagons or pentagons, and hexagons or hexagons.

You can also read one of the following book recommendations if you want to know more about flat shapes that you don’t know yet.

In this article, we will discuss some of the characteristics and properties of flat shapes that were previously mentioned. Therefore, let’s refer to the article below.

The following are some of the characteristics and properties of flat wakes, including the following.

1. Square

A square is a two-dimensional shape that has four sides that are the same length and has four right angles of 90 degrees.

Look at the example image below.

Source: detik.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a square flat wake, among others:

• Has sides that are the same length.
• Has two diagonals that are the same length (both of which intersect and form a perpendicular and divide it into two equal parts).
• It has four right angles that are equal in size, which is 90 degrees.
• Has four fold axes of symmetry.
• Has four corner points.
• Has four axes of rotational symmetry.

2. Rectangle

A rectangle is a two-dimensional plane shape that has two pairs of sides that are the same length and parallel, has four right angles with opposite sides of the same length.

Look at the example image below.

Source: detik.com (Google).

The characteristics and properties of a rectangular flat wake, among others, are as follows.

• Has four sides (where the two sides are opposite each other in length and parallel).
• It has four right angles that are equal in size, which is 90 degrees.
• It has two diagonals (crosses) that intersect into two equal parts.
• Has two fold axes of symmetry.
• Has two axes of rotational symmetry.
• It has rectangular sides that are perpendicular to each other.

3. Circle

A circle is a flat shape composed of curves with the same distance or it can be said to be a perfectly curved line that has a center point.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Cilacapklik.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a circular flat wake, among others:

• Has a distance on the edge of the line to the center point which is commonly referred to as the radius or denoted by r
• It has an infinite number of folding and turning symmetries.
• It has a total circle of 360 degrees.
• Has one central point.
• It has a diameter that divides a circle into two equal sides.
• Has a radius that connects to the center point with a circle arc point.
• Has a constant diameter.

Sinaumed’s can also read one of the following book recommendations to get to know how other circular shapes work in order to understand flat shapes in school subjects. Just click below!

4. Triangle

A triangle is a geometric flat shape that has three sides in the form of straight lines with three angles. Triangles have several forms, namely isosceles triangle, equilateral triangle, right triangle, arbitrary triangle, obtuse triangle, and acute triangle.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Rumushitung.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a triangular flat wake, among others, are as follows.

• Equilateral triangle 

• It has three angles that are the same size, namely 60 degrees.
• Has three sides that are the same length
• Has three fold axes of symmetry.
• Has three axes of rotational symmetry.

• Isosceles triangle 

• Has one fold axis of symmetry.
• It has two opposite sides that are the same length.
• Has one axis of rotational symmetry.

• Right triangle 

• Has one slanted side.
• It has no fold axis of symmetry.
• It has two sides that are perpendicular to each other.
• It does not have a rotary axis of symmetry.
• One of the angles, namely a right angle of 90 degrees.
• Use the Pythagorean theorem to find the length of the slanted side.

• Any Triangle 

• Has three unequal sides.
• It has three angles with different magnitudes.
• It has no fold axis of symmetry.
• Has one axis of rotational symmetry.

5. Parallelogram

A parallelogram is a quadrilateral or two-dimensional shape that has the shape of two pairs of edges that are the same length and parallel to its partner and has two pairs of angles (not right angles) that are the same size as the angle opposite it.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Rumuspintar.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a parallelogram flat wake, among others:

• It has two diagonals that are not the same length.
• It does not have a folding axis of symmetry and a rotational axis of symmetry.
• It has two pairs of opposite sides that are equal in length and parallel to each other.
• It has four opposite angles that are equal and paired (two obtuse angles and two acute angles).
• Have adjacent angles of 180 degrees.

You also read one of the book recommendations on this one to find out more about flat shapes or basic mathematics that you don’t know or master. Just click below Sinaumed’s!

6. Rhombus

A rhombus is a type of two-dimensional flat shape that has the same length on its four edges and sides and has two pairs of angles that are not right angles as big as the angle opposite it.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Cilacapklik.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a rhombus flat wake, among others, are as follows.

• It has four vertices that face each other and are the same size.
• It has two diagonals that are of different lengths.
• Has two fold axes of symmetry.
• Has two axes of rotational symmetry.
• Has sides that are not perpendicular.
• Has two adjacent angles that add up to 180 degrees.

7. Kites

A kite is a geometric shape that has a quadrilateral shape of two isosceles triangles whose bases coincide with each other and have diagonals that are perpendicular to each other.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Advernesia.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a kite’s flat wake, among others:

• Has one fold axis of symmetry.
• It does not have a rotary axis of symmetry.
• It has four paired sides that are the same length.
• It has four vertices (a pair of opposite angles are equal).
• It has two distinct diagonals that are perpendicular to each other.

8. Trapezoid

A trapezium is a flat shape that has the shape of a quadrilateral with a pair of parallel opposite sides.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Mathematical Formulas.blogspot (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a trapezoid plane include the following.

• Trapezoid has various forms, namely arbitrary trapezoid, right-angled, and isosceles.
• Has four sides (two parallel sides).
• Has four angles (two adjacent angles add up to 180 degrees).

9. The pentagon

A pentagon or pentagon is a type of two-dimensional plane shape that has five straight sides and five angles with a total of 540 degrees.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Roboguru.ruangguru.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a pentagon or pentagon flat wake, among others:

• Has five axes of symmetry.
• Has five angles that are the same size.
• It has five sides that are the same length.

10. Hexagons

A hexagon or hexagon is a flat shape that has six sides with straight lines and six angles.

Look at the example image below.

Source: Broexcel.com (Google)

The characteristics and properties of a hexagon or hexagon are as follows.

• It has six sides that are the same length.
• Has six angles that are equal in size
• Has six axes of symmetry.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

 

So, that’s the discussion in this article about the characteristics and properties of plane shapes . Hopefully, after reading this article, you can add insight and knowledge about flat shapes that are not yet known.

If Sinaumed’s has an interest in finding some other information about flat shapes, you can look for references to related books which are only available on the sinaumedia.com website , which are ready to become #Friends Without Borders in accompanying you in developing and moving forward every day. Happy learning and hopefully useful!

Author: Elsya Islamay

Characteristics and Impact of Modernization in Various Fields – Along with the times, all parts of society will develop as well. Things like this cannot be avoided because if we don’t follow them, we will be left behind. Therefore, everyone must be able to advance and change themselves in a more advanced direction. This process is known as modernization.

However, do you know what modernization is and what its characteristics are? Let’s look at the explanation of modernization below.

Definition of Modernization

What exactly is modernization? Modernization is a process that makes us feel that there is a change from an undeveloped civilization to a much more advanced civilization.

Modernization itself is often equated with westernization. Even though the two are two different things, westernization is a process of imitation by a society of cultures originating from the west because they are considered cooler and better than the culture they already have.

With the modernization of a society, the community has achieved achievements because it has succeeded in turning into a developing, quality, advanced, and prosperous society.

Based on Soerjono Soekamto’s thoughts, he defines modernization more complexly, according to him modernization can be defined as changes that occur in people’s lives. These changes include changes in social norms, institutional arrangements, social behavior, social values ​​and also all things or aspects that exist in social life.

Unlike Soerjono Soekanto, Anthony Giddens defines modernization in a different way. For Anthony Giddens, modernization must be seen from various perspectives and fields. In his book entitled The Consequences of Modernity, Anthony Giddens divides modernization into four parts.

Definition of Modernization Based on Anthony Giddens Thought

The division of modernization is divided into capitalism, industrialism, increased control capabilities, and also military strength.

1. Capitalism

Capitalism, marked by the emergence of production from commodities, then more and more assets which are only owned by some people, then there is labor without owning property and then there are social castes which are sorted by ownership of capital.

2. Industrialism

Then if modernization is seen from the industrial sector, when all production practices that use natural resources (SDA) are processed using machines, it can be called modernization. This industry also includes various fields, including the transportation industry, the household needs industry, or also the information and communication industry.

Supervision Capability

Furthermore, modernization is seen from the field of supervision of its citizens. With the CCTV system then there is also camera and satellite traffic, so this condition can be called modernization.

Military Strength

Finally, modernization is viewed from the side of military strength and also the sophistication of a government’s security device. The formation of experts to secure a country such as the TNI and Polri with sophisticated military equipment is also a form of modernization.

Features of Modernization

1. Individualism

One of the characteristics of modernization is the primacy of individual victory. Modern people in the modern era tend to have a major role in a system of social life compared to communities, groups or the life of the nation and state.

In the modern era, individuals are always free from the bonds and pressures that exist within a group, they are also free to choose and move towards the group or community they want. Each individual has the freedom to determine his caste or social status.

Every individual who lives in the modern era has freedom and responsibility for what he wants. Their success depends on what they do, as well as the failures that they must be responsible for according to what they do.

2. Differentiation

The hallmark of the next modernization is differentiation which is very important in the field of labor. In the modern era, in the professional world, of course we are no strangers to professions that have specialization. This specialization will later give birth to diversity in skills, knowledge and skills.

3. Rationality

The hallmark of modernization is a rational society. Efficient management and decision-making based on critical thinking are the hallmarks of modernity.

Modern people tend to think critically in the work system and institutional governance. Compared to holding on to myths, modern people prefer ideas that arise based on facts and data using logic.

This is what causes modern people to think far ahead because the thinking they use is also not old-fashioned. Rational also means visionary-minded, modern people are much better at management and planning for life or future needs.

4. Economism

The next characteristic of modernization is the concentration of energy and thoughts on economic activities, namely production, distribution, and consumption of both goods and the need for services. Money is the main medium of exchange in the process of economic activities and transactions.

This economic activity will later give birth to a consumer culture in the midst of modern society. Modern society tends to be preoccupied and complacent with economism activities and put aside preoccupations with family or family ties.

They also put aside their social life which is far different from what is done by an agrarian society or a society that has a life that is not yet modern. Therefore, economism is one of the striking features of the life of modern people and people in the modern era.

5. Development

Modernization means development and progress. Of course development is the main characteristic of modernization because modernization itself means development. If there is development, then there is modernization.

With modernization, the range of this development is wider and its reach will continue to grow. In fact, it can cover space and time that is far away and different. It was this development that ultimately gave birth to a worldwide process of globalization and developed massively in all parts of the world.

Causes of Modernization

How? Do you understand what modernization is? If you already understand what modernization is, then we must also be aware that modernization is not something that comes without a cause.

Human nature itself is basically never satisfied and always wants to get and discover new things. Therefore, modernization exists because every human being wants it.

Soerjono Soekanto besides defining what modernization is, he also explains the conditions for modernization to occur. The conditions for modernization include:

1. Administration System

The administrative system in a country has been well organized so that a good bureaucracy is formed as well. A good bureaucracy will provide convenience and comfort for the people in the country.

2. Data Collection System

Next, modernization occurs if the data collection is neatly arranged and organized. The data collection system is collected at the center of an agency or institution. In Indonesia, we can see that there is a data collection system, starting from BPJS, Indonesia Smart Card, Social Security and others.

3. Mass Media Communication

The existence of a pleasant climate in the mass media is a condition for modernization. In this case, the mass media does not get pressure from anywhere and is neutral.

4. High Discipline

The application of self-discipline is at a high level as well as at the organizational level. With disciplined behavior, everything will be completed properly, correctly, and on time.

5. Centralization

The next requirement is the existence of centralization of authority in the formation of social planning by not prioritizing personal interests or the interests of certain groups.

Every authority that is taken for the common good can be said to be the cause of modernization. Thus, development and progress will be felt collectively, not just for certain individuals or groups.

6. Think Scientifically

Scientific way of thinking or also called scientific thinking . This kind of thinking must have been ingrained in the minds of the people. Both in the ruling class and in ordinary society.

With scientific thinking that is already attached, the education and teaching system will also be well planned and neatly arranged. Things like this will make education more advanced and develop in a better direction from time to time.

7. Favorable climate

Then lastly there is a favorable climate . In the modern era, Favorable is a source of modern society for communication media, mass media and mass communication media.

This climate must be adjusted step by step because later it will intersect with the beliefs that are already trusted by the community or also known as the belief system.

Positive Impact of Modernization

1. There is a Change in Attitude Values

With modernization, people’s way of thinking tends to be open and appreciate new thoughts and things. So that in the end, modernization creates a new plan that promotes positive norms for future development and also the world.

2. Development of Science and Technology

Another positive impact of modernization is the development of science and technology, science and technology. Modernization creates rapid technological developments, these developments support human life and activities to become more sophisticated and practical. Modernization itself can never be separated from digitalization and technological developments.

3. Increasing Effectiveness and Efficiency

Next, modernity creates success, creates effectiveness and efficiency. Effectiveness means bringing people precisely towards their goals, objectives and desires.

While efficiency is a condition where modernization can provide precise, accurate, and useful results with the use of not many resources.

This effectiveness and efficiency is related to individual work. Work done with modernization is more effective and efficient. This influences and has a positive impact on the country’s economy. In fact, it can make the country far more advanced and profitable.

4. Strengthening Integration in Society

With modernization it will create an increasingly open mindedness. This is also influenced by the rapid development of communication. Humans can easily connect with anyone anytime and anywhere. This condition causes humans and society to have a strong and great integration.

5. Increasing Political and Democratic Awareness

Modernization creates an increase in the political consciousness of a society. Modern society tends to be literate in political issues and demands the upholding of democracy. With people who care about politics, of course a system of government will also improve.

In addition, modernization also creates a democratic society, which is willing to express its opinions and ideas about the system and governance of a government. The people are increasingly critical, they will make their country progress with their bold thoughts and ideas towards the government.

6. The Society Is Demanded to Leave the Old Ways

Why does modernization need to be maintained and it needs to be a commitment? Because modernization can bring a positive influence on society. With modernization, people are required to leave the old ways of life that tend to be old-fashioned, especially the patterns of relationships that have a high probability of being toxic .

Modern society is required to abandon old traditions or traditions that bind a person in traditional family relationships. Not only that, every custom that harms someone and puts a burden on him must also be abandoned. For example, a patriarchal society will experience opposition.

7. Demanded to Make Sacrifices for the Interests of the Nation’s Economy

For the sake of progress and civilization of the nation, modern society will strive to grow the economic life of its nation. They tend to make sacrifices, even sacrificing their personal interests for the sake of building the nation and state because of their critical and open thinking.

For example, the childfree trend that is being discussed a lot today, young people living in today’s modern era, many of them decide to be childfree in order to keep the population booming.

8. Transfer of Technology

Modernization makes the scope of communication and information expand, not limited by space and time. Therefore, technological advances and digitalization that have been carried out earlier by developed countries will more easily spread to other countries, including developing countries.
Modernization makes technology transfer easy, practical, and massive. We can see how YouTube easily provides information about tutorials, experiments or other things, this is very beneficial and has a huge influence on the progress of development and the nation’s economy.

9. Overcoming Various Diseases

Modernization increases the advancement of technology and medical devices. The existence of modernization is able to create vaccines for various diseases, be it viruses, smallpox, polio, tuberculosis and others.

This advancement in health technology has indirectly increased life expectancy and of course the quality of life of the community has also increased and developed rapidly.

10. Open New Jobs

With modernization, new industries are also born, so new jobs are also opened. Some of these new types of jobs are assembling various kinds of electronic equipment, IT, digital marketers, and so on. In general, these jobs were born because of globalization.

11. Increasing Quality Food Production

Modernization can increase the production of quality food. This is because, technology is able to fertilize the soil. This technology is known as biotechnology.

Biotechnology is able to create pesticides such as pesticides that can repel insects, pests and fungi. In addition, biotechnology is also able to create quality food from bacterial fermentation. Farms are also much more productive with the help of technology.

In Indonesia itself there is a technology called the green revolution which increases food production. With modernization the amount of food production is much more effective and efficient. In other words, with little utilization of natural resources, it can generate many benefits.

The Development of Modernization in Indonesia

Indonesia itself is a country that is already in a modern stage. Because the transfer of technology is much easier, the Indonesian people are now able to create many practical and efficient advanced technologies to help and support the lives of their people.

Indonesian people are also open-minded about the lives of people who are sensitive to issues of patriarchy, mental health , feminism, politics, and democracy. The community has dared to express opinions freely with social media. With social media, it makes anyone free to express and express their opinions.

Indonesia also cooperates with many countries to complement each other on the needs needed in each country. Indonesia has progressed quite rapidly in terms of modernization and technology. Currently, Indonesia is in a transition period or Indonesia is adapting and adjusting to modernization and globalization.

• Definition of Social Change
• Definition of Social Institutions
• Definition of Social Structure
• List of Ethnic Nations in Indonesia
• Definition of Social Differentiation

Characteristics and examples of solid objects – Sinaumed’s needs to know the shape or elements of objects, from solids, liquids, to gases. In everyday life, we often encounter these three forms of objects. However, Sinaumed’s needs to know that the objects of all these elements have the characteristics, types, and characteristics of all other types of objects. This is why the three forms also have signs of their own changing nature. For example, the properties of solids undergo state changes that are different from those of liquids and gases.

Sinaumed’s needs to understand each of the three types of elements because each of them has its own symptoms. Sinaumed’s may have studied material about elements of matter from elementary school to high school and then designed it using more complex physics and chemistry material. These material forms become the basic materials and theories for studying various types of changes in physics and chemistry.

To understand this, Sinaumed’s can begin to recognize the characteristics and examples of solid objects, including their meaning, properties, and changes in their shape in the surrounding environment, as explained below:

Recognizing Solids

It should be noted that the solid objects that we often encounter everyday have constituent elements that can be explained theoretically in the study of physics and chemistry. Including how the characteristics, properties, and changes in the existence of these elements in nature. Then what exactly is a solid object?

A solid object is a form of object that has a solid mass and occupies space or is in a certain volume. The most obvious feature of solids is that they are fixed in shape and size before actions to make changes are taken. A solid also has very strong intermolecular forces, so that the shape of the solid can have a fixed volume with a large molecular density.

When a solid object is placed in a container or container. After that, the shape remains the same as before and does not follow the shape of the container unless it is changed to a liquid or gas by applying energy or heat. Of course this is very different from the properties of liquids and gases. The shape of a liquid or gas follows the shape of the container when it is placed in a particular container.

Characteristics of Solids

After getting to know a little about the solid objects above, we can already describe some of the characteristics of solid objects that distinguish their properties from the elements of other objects. Sinaumed’s can observe the characteristics and examples of solid objects that Sinaumed’s often encounters every day, such as the following:

1. Solid Shape

The most visible feature of solids is their shape. It is always constant under certain conditions in a container or open space. The shape of the remaining solids is affected by the density of the molecules they contain, so they can survive and maintain their shape under certain conditions. Its fixed form also requires certain species or processes to change it.

This means that with certain solid materials such as plastic, wood, iron and metal, it is naturally difficult to modify solids. In order to change it, we need heat or thermal energy to change its shape or form. However, there are also fixed objects that can be easily modified, such as ice cubes.

2. Fixed Volume

Solids have the characteristics of a fixed shape and volume. This is influenced by the fact that the volume of a solid object is less likely to change under certain conditions, because its shape is fixed and its mass tends to remain the same. If a solid object is transferred from one container to another, the volume of the solid remains the same. To change the volume of a solid object, we need a way and a way to change the shape or form to increase or decrease the volume. The conversion results to solids also determine the volume of solids.

3. Can Change Shape

As with the properties of other objects, solid objects can change shape and other forms, namely liquid or gas. Normally, its shape and volume stay the same, but solids can change shape and form in certain ways. It can change the shape and form of solids with many symptoms, such as discoloration and odor, when they melt and sublimate.

Modifying solid objects can go through different processes or paths, so it requires time and special tools. For example, processing wood into paper, chairs, cabinets, tables, etc. requires time and methods. However, there are solid body changes that can be easily changed. For example, if you melt ice cubes or place camphor in an open space, the solid will change over time.

4. Has Mass

All shapes or forms of matter require mass, including solid objects which also have the property of mass. The size of this mass can then affect various phenomena of solid matter elements that we encounter in our daily lives. For example, when the shape of a solid changes, the mass of the object changes. We can prove that a solid has mass when it supports and supports it.

Some are light and some are heavy. If Sinaumed’s recognizes this, it means that solid objects have mass. The mass of solid objects is usually measured in grams, kilograms, and so on. Examples of solid objects that clearly have mass are stone, wood, metal, iron, earth, sand, and so on.

5. Incompressible

There are some solids that are incompressible. This means that it is difficult to compress solids because the density or density of molecules is very strong in the elements of solids. Some solids are void and difficult to compress. Such as stone, metal, wood or plastic. There are softer solids, but many solids have the property of being difficult to press and compress. Therefore, matter is inherently difficult to compress, so it is not surprising that solids have a fixed shape and volume.

6. Not Flowing

Solids don’t flow like liquids do. That is, solid objects are also difficult to spread. Solids have a fixed shape and volume and cannot flow. This can affect the flow process, because flow is a process of changing the shape and volume of objects that tend to follow their containers, such as water and other liquids.

7. Has a Three-dimensional Shape

Solid objects have a three-dimensional shape which is the main characteristic of the density element. The elements in solids are also real, in the sense that we can actually see, touch, feel, and carry them.

8. Space Placement

A solid also occupies the space in which it is placed. The space occupied by a solid includes its length, height, and width. So every solid object must have a place.

9. The distance between the particles is very small

The elemental particles that make up a solid are composed of closely spaced particles. Particles are placed close to each other.

10. Arrangement of Organized Particles

Also, the arrangement of organized particles in a solid is orderly. It also determines the shape of the solid.

11. The Gravitational Force Between Particles Is Very Strong

The gravitational force between particles is found in all objects and is one of the characteristics of the solid itself. The gravitational force between the particles is also strong and the particles in an object can move due to their volume or mass. The gravitational pull of the particles is so strong that they cannot move freely.

Changes in Form of Solids

Like other forms of matter, solids can change shape, although their shape and volume are always the same. Changes in solid objects can be in the form of shape and shape changes, after that the color and smell of solid objects can change. Therefore, changes in shape and form must be followed by changes in color and smell of these solid objects.

Changes in the state of solids can occur naturally or also with physical and chemical changes. Changes in solids can be detected based on change processes such as melting, sublimation, and freezing. This requires energy or heat in the process of change. Below is a description of the changes in solid objects along with examples of changes in the objects that we often encounter in everyday life.

1. Shape Change

Deformation shift is the change of one solid object into another solid object with a different shape. Changing the shape of a solid object into another solid object requires a special way to change it, and also change the molecular structure of the solid object. Therefore, both physical and chemical changes can occur in the form of solid objects that can replace the chemical elements present in solids.

Changing the shape of a solid doesn’t allow you to chemically return it to its original state before the change occurred. The following are examples of deformed solids:

a. Plastic

Plastics are included in solids because they have high density or molecular density, flexibility, slightly dense and slippery properties. When plastic undergoes a heating process, these items turn into various forms of goods, such as buckets, sinks, chairs, tables, cabinets, plates, glasses, and various other items made of plastic.

Plastic materials are considered easy to find and cheap, so solid plastics are easy to find. Because the chemical elements of plastic are the same, there is no chemical change in this deformation, only the shape is different. That is, there is an increase and decrease.

b. Paper

Paper exists in solid form which is the result of changes in solids. That is, pulp or wood that is cooked into pulp. The paper material then goes through several screening processes to form paper that can be used for writing.

2. Change of Form

A change in state is a change in a solid object that not only changes in shape, but also changes in its form or particle elements. This change of state shows how much an object changes from one solid to another, liquid or gas. Changes in the form of liquids can go through a process of physical changes that can return to their original form, or chemical changes that occur when a chemical element changes and cannot return to its original form. Below is an example of a solid undergoing a change of state that Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to.

a. Ice

Ice Cubes are solid objects with rapidly changing properties. These objects have the density and size of objects that are stored under certain conditions, but can change very easily when exposed to energy or heat. Sinaumed’s was able to observe the process of changing the form of ice to liquid, namely the process of melting, when left at room temperature which contains heat energy.

The ice cubes will then turn into water. Its properties are different from the previous solid objects, namely liquid objects whose mass and volume are not fixed according to the shape of the container. However, the change of ice cubes into water is a physical change, the chemical elements do not change, only the shape changes, so no chemical changes occur.

b. Margarine

Margarine has a softer form but contains solids. When this object undergoes a heating process, it changes shape and becomes more fluid. Melted margarine changes shape, but does not change chemical elements, so it is involved in physical changes. The elements that make up a solid are the same even though it turns into a liquid.

c. Camphor

Camphor is contained in a solid object which when placed in an empty space can change shape until it disappears. Camphor does not disappear, but changes from a solid to a gas as it sublimes into the air. This can be caused by changes in pressure and temperature which can change the shape of camphor.

The solid nature of camphor also becomes a gaseous object, depending on the shape of the container or the influence of air in a particular space. The changes that occur in camphor are chemical changes because the chemical elements of camphor mixed with air turn into gas.

Solid Example

Solid objects can be found very easily in the everyday environment around us. Examples include wood, paper, iron, table, chair, pen, television, fridge, door, bone, coins, spoon, glass, nail, earthenware, soil, sand, corn, rice, iron, copper, teeth, foamed styrol, gold , nuku, aluminum, sand, stone, cube, glass, rubber, charcoal, wax, plastic, rice, coconut shell, gravel, and so on. Here is the full explanation:

1. Stone

There are two types of stones: cobblestones and flat stones. There are stones like black, red, gray and white. The shape of the surface can be smooth, rough, or porous.

2. Wood

Wood itself comes from wood which, among other things, is durable, durable, brittle, flammable and has properties commonly used for equipment such as tables, chairs and cabinets.

3. Iron

Iron is made from iron ore and has properties such as being strong, durable, non-flammable and heavy. Iron can also be used in the manufacture of motorcycles, cars, trains, building materials and others.

4. Clay

Clay is made of earth, is well shaped, reddish-brown in color, wet and sticky, and dries out when exposed to heat or burned.

5. Tile

The form of tile that is commonly used for roofing houses

6. Ceramics

Ceramics used for walls or building houses

7. Cotton

A collection of cotton or foam that is commonly used for mattress bedding

Other solid examples:

• Broom-shaped material for cleaning the room
• Wooden, cement, or ceramic table for placing various items
• To store clothes or certain objects Wood or metal cabinets
• Aluminum or metal pot for boiling water or cooking utensils
• Cookstoves of iron or metal
• Pouring glass, ceramic or ceramic for drinking mouth containers
• Glass, ceramic, iron or aluminum utensils used for food
• Natural stone or sand found in rivers
• Spoon, fork, plate, and many other solids A metal that can be made into solid materials.

Well, that’s an explanation of the characteristics and examples of solid objects that we can encounter everyday in our environment. Can Sinaumed’s identify it? Getting to know the characteristics and properties of solid objects is also important to be taught by children from a young age. Sinaumed’s can introduce examples of objects to children through sinaumedia collection books at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following book recommendations: #Friends Without Limits.

Book & Article Recommendations

Characteristics and examples of gas bodies – Is Sinaumed’s looking for references on gas bodies? Exactly, gas objects are one of the elements that are familiar to our lives, including the main needs of living things, namely oxygen or air which is included in the gas element. Based on the example of the gas object, it shows that this element needs to be well known for its characteristics or characteristics.

Starting from elementary school, maybe we have received lessons about gas objects. However, is Sinaumed’s sure that he can identify the characteristics and examples of gas objects well in our daily lives? So, to understand it further, Sinaumed’s can see the article below about the characteristics and examples of gas bodies in full:

Recognizing Gases

Gas is a form or element of matter whose volume and shape always change depending on the container, even though it is difficult to see with the naked eye. Not only are they invisible to the human eye, but also gaseous bodies cannot be held in the same way as solids or liquids. That is why gas objects have special characteristics or characteristics that are different from other objects.

Since gas is air in the form of oxygen which is found in every corner of the world, we can find gaseous matter everywhere. Air and oxygen are examples of the gases we breathe every day that we need to survive. When air and oxygen gas disappear from the earth’s surface, humans die and even become extinct, including animals and plants. That is why oxygen is the largest gas on the planet and can be found everywhere.

Gaseous matter is constantly moving everywhere, so its shape is not fixed. That is, follow the shape of the container. In contrast to solids and liquids which are more stable in shape and volume, their volume is also constantly changing. Due to the freedom of the molecules and their movement, air can also be easily converted into other substances naturally without human intervention.

Characteristics of Gases

Based on the introduction above, it shows that gas objects have characteristics for the presence of elements on earth. Based on these characteristics we can identify and utilize gas objects for daily needs. In more detail, here are some characteristics of gas objects which also show different properties from elements or other objects, such as solid or liquid objects:

1. Filling the Entire Space It Occupies

Air is a mixture of various invisible, colorless, odorless or odorless gaseous substances. However, air still occupies space and follows the shape of the space or container. Sinaumed’s was able to prove the nature of this gaseous body. This is because when we blow air into a balloon, it will be filled with air gas which compresses the rubber layer of the balloon, changing the shape of the balloon and making it bigger.

The harder the balloon is blown, the more gas is added to the balloon. The balloon is formed into a gas form by adjusting the shape of the balloon. For example, a balloon in the shape of an animal’s head, the gas will follow the shape of the balloon.

2. Can Be Found Anywhere

Gases can be anywhere, so we can find them anywhere, such as at home, on the street, or in any environment. Even empty space or space still contains air or gas. It is a colorless and odorless gaseous form that is neither visible nor detectable, but it is still there and we can taste it. The properties of gaseous bodies that exist in all these places prove that humans are very dependent on the presence of oxygen.

3. Pressing in All Directions

Gaseous matter can push in all directions across all forms of space, so it cannot be filled or compressed in only one direction. Sinaumed’s was able to prove these properties in bodies filled with gas. For example, the shape of a balloon that expands, there is a gas element that pushes the balloon in all directions, causing the balloon to expand more than its previous size.

The gas fills the entire shape of the balloon and pushes all of the rubber material away. This can happen because gaseous substances have molecules that can move freely, and can exert pressure on a certain space from all sides. The movement of gases in all directions is also caused by the chemical elements of the lighter gases in the air.

4. Gas appears light, but still has heavy mass

The matter of gases is not shown, but it has been found that gases also have mass or weight of matter. The mass or weight of a gas is clearly different from the mass of solids and liquids. Even the calculation of gaseous substances is different from calculating the mass of carbon dioxide with the dry mass of biomass and calculating the ideal gas equation.

Determination of the mass of a gas substance is also influenced by the amount of pressure, volume, and temperature around the substance. For example, the gaseous mass of Earth’s air is roughly 68% molecular nitrogen, 21% molecular oxygen, and 1% other gases, including molecular carbon dioxide.

5. Distance Between Particles Varies.

Like solids and liquids, gases also have their own particles and molecules, but at a different rate than solids and liquids. The distance between the particles and molecules that make up the gas changes, making the gaseous object unstable.

Unlike solids and liquids, particles and molecules tend to be at rest. Changing the distance between gas particles allows the gas to move freely and fill empty spaces or form containers in all directions. Solids and liquids can also contain gases. This is possible because the density of gas particles and molecules is very independent and can be neglected.

6. Irregular Particle Arrangement

If the distance is not constant, the arrangement of gas particles under certain circumstances will not be uniform. Since the arrangement of particles is easily changed, it is also easy to change gaseous bodies to different types of matter or simply by reducing particles and molecules. Due to their precise arrangement, the particles of gaseous substances easily change mass or volume.

In general, the particles that make up a gas are highly ordered. Naturally, gaseous substances are not easily recognized by the human eye what their chemical constituents are. The chemical elements of gases also differ in the content of their chemical elements, so they are difficult to distinguish from one another due to their various characteristics.

7. Weak Attraction Between Particles

Gases have weak attractive forces of attraction between particles. In fact, many scientists say that there is little attraction between particles of gaseous matter. The particles that make up gases are very light and irregular, so they easily become unstable. As a result, there are also no forces between particles of gas like other objects.

8. Very Free Particle Movement

The most obvious characteristic of a gas is its ability to move freely because it is influenced by the properties of other gases. This means that the particles are not stationary, but are arranged unevenly, allowing them to move freely in all directions to fill the void. That is why gaseous bodies can be propagation media for certain energies, such as sound energy, light and heat energy.

Freely moving gases easily form or produce large amounts of energy. Sinaumed’s was able to find the characteristics of free-moving gas bodies by observing wind gusts that occur under natural conditions when the gas moves non-uniformly according to the pressure or temperature of a certain room or area. We can’t see it, but we can feel the gas moving back and forth around us.

9. The shape of gas varies according to its container

By virtue of its nature which presses in all directions and fills all empty space, the shape of a gas object depends on the container holding it. If solid objects can be square, spherical and so on, then gas objects can also take that shape, that is, follow the container they occupy. For example, in a solid box, if it is filled with gas, then the gas will also be in a box shape. In contrast to solid objects that do not follow the container that holds it.

10. Volume Varies According to Container

As previously explained, gas objects also have volume or heavy mass, but the calculations also vary according to the container that contains them. So the volume of a gas object is not fixed and will always change according to the place or container.

11. Gas Cannot Be Touched and Seen

Even though it has a heavy volume or mass, gas objects cannot be held like solid objects or liquid objects. In addition, most gaseous forms are also invisible. For example wind, fart, LPG gas and so on. But in some examples of gas objects there are also those that look like smoke.

Examples of Gases

After knowing the characteristics of gas objects above, the following are examples of gas objects that Sinaumed’s may often encounter in everyday life:

1. LPG Gas

LPG gas is an example of a very important and everyday household gas to meet cooking needs. LPG gas is usually packaged in cylinders of 3 kg, 5 kg and 12 kg. In order for LPG gas to work, we need a hose and regulator to start the stove. One of the characteristics of LPG gas is that it has a quite pungent odor.

2. Pump Tool

If Sinaumed’s has a car or bicycle at home, he definitely needs a gas pump. One day, if a bicycle or car tire punctures, we will not be able to ride it and the tires may swell. This tool works by producing air or gas that was previously contained in the hose and letting it flow into the tires of our vehicles. The gas will then be fully filled according to the space or shape of the vehicle’s tires.

3. Muffler

If Sinaumed’s has a motorbike or car at home, you must be familiar with the gas that comes out of the exhaust, right? The function of the muffler is to change the carbon from the rest of the combustion and reduce engine noise. As a warning, Gramesd needs to note, don’t turn on a vehicle with an exhaust in the room. Gas trapped in the room can be toxic to our bodies.

4. Air conditioning

Nowadays, many people install air conditioners in their homes to increase air circulation and make their rooms feel cool. Because the air conditioner contains Freon, cold air can be blown. Freon is a compound in the form of a gas that helps absorb the load on air conditioners and places that require temperature control. Unlike the gas in LPG cylinders, Freon is colorless, invisible and odorless.

5. Refrigerator

The refrigerator is a household item that is needed as a storage place so that food lasts longer. Like air conditioners, refrigerators need Freon to produce cool air. If Freon is damaged, the refrigerator will definitely be damaged and the food in it can quickly become rotten.

6. Perfume

Most people need to store perfume in their homes or use it every day, be it men’s or women’s perfume. The function of perfume is to make the body smell better. So when going to work, parties or outside activities, we must be more confident. Perfume is actually a liquid because it does not change the state of the substance. After the perfume is sprayed, the liquid comes into contact with the ambient temperature and turns into a gaseous element.

7. Oxygen Cylinder

Oxygen cylinders have become one of the most important items in the home these days, especially if Sinaumed’s has a sick relative. This tube is filled with fluid that can turn into oxygen when it flows through the airways such as the nose and mouth. Oxygen cylinders are widely used to help Covid-19 patients who are suffering from shortness of breath during the pandemic. In addition to oxygen cylinders, Covid 19 million patients need to consume various vitamins and medicines during independent isolation.

8. Wind

Wind is an example of a gaseous object that is invisible but can be felt. In some cases, we may be able to see the wind carrying dry leaves or fine dust. So we can see the shape of the wind from what it has carried or touched.

9. Farts

Almost similar to wind, farts can’t be seen either. But his service farts have an odor. Fart is even called a natural gas that is owned by humans. Fart is an example of a gas object that we definitely encounter candy, right?

10. Smoke

Smoke is an example of a gaseous state that can be seen and smelled. In some cases, the presence of smoke is dangerous due to the elemental content in the gas. Sinaumed’s needs to remember again that there are many types of gases that are dangerous on this earth. Including one of them smoke which also has various types of content in it.

11. Water Vapor

Water vapor is an example of a gaseous object which is the result of a change in matter. This means that water vapor occurs due to changes in matter, namely liquid objects to gas because they are heated. For example, when Sinaumed’s boils water, when it boils, the water turns into gas which evaporates into the air.

Well, that’s an explanation of the characteristics and examples of gas objects. Can Sinaumed’s identify it in everyday life? At first glance, the characteristics and examples of solid objects may be easy, but these types of objects have unique characteristics and play an important role in the life cycle. Both types of useful gas objects, as well as harmful or toxic gas elements.

• Recognizing the Types of Sculptures as Art Products in the Fine Arts Branch
• Types of Wood and Their Characteristics and Benefits
• Inventor of Gravity Force, Who Is He
• The Discoverer of Electrons, Particles That Are Around Us
• Benefits of Petroleum As a Natural Resource

More broadly gas objects have many elements that make them have many studies, including studies that fill the universe. If Sinaumed’s is interested in learning about gas objects more broadly and deeply, then you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com , such as the following book recommendations: Enjoy learning. #Friends Without Limits.

Characteristics and Examples of Ferns – Is Sinaumed’s a fan of plants? Studying the characteristics and examples of ferns can be an interesting experience. Sinaumed’s may also be familiar with fern plants which can be called a type of fern plant. This type of fern also needs to be understood, especially in biology lessons or other plant studies. Ferns are one of the unique plant species and have characteristics in their habitat, including their benefits for other living things.

Is Sinaumed’s interested in knowing the types of ferns? The following is an explanation of the characteristics and examples of ferns that need to be known to identify them in the wild or as ornamental plants.

Getting to Know Nail Plants

Ferns ( Pterophyta ) are a division of the plant kingdom whose plant structure has roots, stems, true leaves, and carriers or vessels. Nail plants come from the word ” Pterophyta”  which means feather wings and ” python” which means plant . Thus, ferns or pterophyta are included in the combus spore plants which produce spores and generally have leaf arrangements that form the shape of wings.

That is, shoots that have wings. Ferns are also often referred to as sporogenic cormophytes because they are associated with asexual reproduction by true roots, stems, leaves, and spores. Pterophyta are also known as vascular plants.

Pterophyta are the simplest bulbous and vascular plants. There is a protective layer of cells (sterile envelope) around the genitals of plant species, which is an internal transport system that lives in moist places. Fibrous roots in the form of rhizomes with root tips protected by calyptra. The root cells of these ferns then form the epidermis, cortex, and central cylindrical layers which contain xylem and phloem .

The stalk of this fern is on the ground, very short, and invisible as it reaches 5 feet high, like a dowel or stake. When young, the leaves curl and ripple. Based on the shape and size of the composition, fern leaves are divided into microphiles and macrophiles. Microfills are small or scaly, do not have stems, do not have veins, and do not show cell differentiation. Chlorophyll is distinguished by large leaves, stems, leafy bones, and differentiated branching cells.

Ferns can also be called a type of plant with horns, aka its body can be divided into three main parts, namely roots, stems and leaves. The main reproductive organs of plants, ferns, are spores. Therefore, taxonomists divide the world’s plants into two groups, which are named cryptogams and fanerogamae . Cryptogam (spore plants) includes pterophyta, pterophyta, moss plants, and pterophyta.

The habitat of ferns is on land, especially in the subsoil of lowlands, beaches, mountain slopes, or 350 meters above sea level. Especially in humid areas, some of them are epiphytes (related to other plants). Basically, ferns are photosynthetic organisms. There are ferns that swim in water (eg Azolla pinnata and Marsilea crenata ). However, ferns are generally terrestrial plants (terrestrial plants).

The following factors affect the growth of ferns:

1. Soil Water Content
2. Water content in the air
3. The content of mineral nutrients in the soil
4. Light component for photosynthesis
5. Optimum temperature
6. Protection against angina
7. Protection from excessive light

Not all of the factors above play a role, but have an important role for the plant seeds. The survival of ferns in an area depends on the survival of gametophytes , whether they occur naturally in that environment or not. Like higher plants, ferns grow in their own environment (usually in damp places).

Some ferns can survive in extreme environments such as dry and hot environments. Various types of this plant can live in desert areas. The ferns can then position themselves according to their niche, moist soil, moist air, light intensity, and more. Pterophyta rarely live outside the niche.

This plant can reproduce asexually (vegetatively) with stems that produce echoes (shoots). The echo is the part of the leaf vein or leaf foot that contains the spur. Sexual reproduction (generative) with the formation of male and female gametes through the genitals (gametes). Male gametogenesis ( Anseledium ) produces sperm, while female gametogonium produces eggs (ovaries), and ferns cause metagenesis (change of offspring).

In fern metagenesis, the principle is the same regardless of whether it is a homosporous fern, a heterophoric fern, or a transitional fern. As the spores fall into place, they develop into the prothallium , commonly referred to as the gametophyte generation, or gametophyte generation, which soon forms the sperm-producing ancellia and ovule-producing archegonia.

When the sperm and egg cells meet, a diploid zygote is formed and quickly grows into a fern. So, ferns are one of the descendants of the sporophyte because the plant structure can form sporangia and produce sporophytes for the reproductive process. The sporophyte phase in fern metagenesis has dominant characteristics compared to the gametophyte phase.

If you look at fern leaves that make spores (sporophylls), there are special organs that form sporophylls. Spores are produced and formed in a vessel called a sporangium . In ferns, the sporangium usually gathers on the underside of the leaves.

Characteristics of Nail Plants

The characteristics of ferns have their own uniqueness compared to other plants. Pterophyta are often found as wild plants along roadsides, ditches and walls of old buildings. The characteristics of ferns form special characteristics that distinguish them from other plants. The characteristics of ferns can be seen from the roots, leaves, breeding to their habitat. Recognizing the characteristics of ferns helps to identify the types of plants in the area. The unique nature of ferns makes them easy to find.

1. Living Place 

Where ferns live can be spread across the tropics near the North Pole and Antarctica. The distribution of this fern plant starts from primary forest, secondary forest, open nature, highlands and lowlands, moist, damp, shady environments, plantation gardens.

2. Morphology Or ​​Shape

Ferns can be mostly unbranched trees, shrubs, epiphytes, vines, aquatic plants, aquatic plants, or herbs with soil-spreading and decaying rhizomes.

3. Carrier Blood Vessels 

The blood vessels of ferns are in the roots, stems and leaves which are quite good. Anatomically, ferns have helped to circulate the results of photosynthesis to all parts of the plant, as well as a means of transport, namely xylem, which helps transport water and mineral salts from the roots to the leaves for photosynthesis.

4. Roots 

Fern roots generally have adventitious roots. Roots grow horizontally on the surface or underground. Epiphytic rhizome spines on this plant species will climb up the branches and stems. The first root that appears is not dominant, but other roots follow and all come out of the stem.

5. Stem 

Stems of ferns branch (split) or form side branches, and no new branches emerge from the leaf axils. Fern stems have many leaves and can grow continuously for a long time. Pterophyta stalks are mainly underground or creeping.

6. Leaves 

The leaves are the most prominent part of a fern plant. Generally, ferns are known to have leaves that curl and grow from shoots with fine hairs. The stem of the entai (leaf) is called the stem (stipe) is a term to distinguish it from the stems of other plants. Pteridophyta stems are usually scaly or hairy, flat or rectangular. The shape and color of the scales and feathers help to differentiate the different types of ferns. The flat part of the leaf is called a thin layer and some are single or divided into several or many separate leaflets.

7. Sorus 

The sorus is the part of the claw under the fern that belongs to the sporangia group. The sori open and haploid spores will begin to appear after germination. These spores are only a few millimeters in size and mostly grow into an amphoteric gametophyte. The sporophytes of ferns differ greatly in structure and size.

8. Breeding Or Reproduction Process

The most distinctive feature of ferns is that they do not produce flowers or fruit, but produce spores for reproduction. Pterophytes can be propagated vegetatively by the formation of gemmae and sexually by the fusion of male and female gametes. Vegetative propagation is carried out by stems that produce echoes (saplings). Echoes are sticks on the veins or leaf legs that contain spurs.

Reproduction in ferns is the formation of male and female sex cells by the genitals (gametogony). Male gametogenesis (Anseledium) produces sperm, female gametogonium produces moss-like eggs (eggs), and ferns cause metagenesis (change of offspring).

9. Life Cycle of Ferns

Pterophytes go through two stages of their life cycle, namely the sporophyte and gametophyte. The sporophyte phase is the phase in which ferns produce spores. The spores produced by ferns then spread through the air, fall onto a moist surface, and grow into prothallium which is then called a leaf. Prothallium is a green leaf shaped like a kidney.

Due to the shape of the fronds, the leaves of ferns do not have true roots, stems or leaves. It measures 12 centimeters and lives only a few weeks. Entering the gametophyte phase, the prothallium will form male reproductive organs called annelids and female reproductive organs called archegonium . Annelids produce sperm and archegonium produce eggs, the zygote is formed from the egg fertilized by the sperm. After that, the zygote grows into a new fern.

Well, that’s an explanation of the characteristics of ferns. If Sinaumed’s is familiar with the anatomy of other plants, he will definitely find many striking differences. In order to understand more about the anatomy of plant species, Sinaumed’s can read the following sinaumedia book recommendations.

This book describes the parts of a plant, the cell structure and function of each organelle, and the various tissues that make up a plant. This book also discusses in detail the organs that make up plants: roots, stems, leaves, flowers, as well as primary and secondary growth and overgrowth. Presented in simple language and with comprehensive examples, this book is an excellent guide for undergraduate students in biology, agriculture, forestry and pharmacy education. This book provides many illustrations referenced from standard books, making it easier to recognize the anatomy of vascular plants with their supporting files.

Examples of Ferns

After knowing the characteristics of ferns, Sinaumed’s can also recognize plants from the examples, maybe even he has often encountered several types of ferns around the environment, both in the yard of the house or in the gardens behind the house. So to better understand it, here are some examples of ferns that come from several types or species of ferns:

1. Homospora Nagel

This fern plant produces spores of the same shape and size. Homospores are also called monosyllabic because the spores grow on the prothallium and form alopecia and alkegonia.

2. Foreign Spores

This type of fern produces two types of spores with different sizes. Foreign ferns are also known as dioecious . The large spores or female macrospores that grow into the macroprothallium form the archegonium. Male microspores or microspores grow into microspores and form microspores.

3. Transitional Ferns

Ferns that are the same size but produce different types of spores, such as males and females. Spores can grow into the prothallium, which forms one of the genitals.

4. Microphile Affinity Fern

This micro-affinity fern has small leaves. Microphilic ferns are characterized by a leaf structure without bones, and these plants usually do not have cell differentiation during growth, and have a leaf shape like scales or hairs, and have leaves without a stem structure.

5. Macrophile Fern

Macrophile ferns are ferns with very broad leaves. The characteristics are that the leaves are branched and have veins and are in the shape of large leaves, macrophile leaves already have cell differentiation for reproduction, and leaves have stems.

6. Ancient Nail Plants

This type of fern has been found for a long time. That is why it is called ancient nails. The ancient fern is now nearly extinct. This type of fern is branched and covered with fine hairs. Ancient ferns have fibrous roots and also serve as glue for other plants. The ancient fern lives in tropical and subtropical climates such as Hawaii and Japan.

In addition, this fern has micro-affinity leaves, chlorophyll stems, and no true leaves. An example of ancient ferns is Psilotum .

7. Wire Nails

The characteristics of the wire nail are the leaves are small, not stemmed, and the stem is shaped like a wire. Sporangia collect in the axillary cones of the leaves. Examples of this wire nail plant are Isoetes and Lycopodium.

8. Horsetail Fern 

A distinctive feature of the horsetail fern is that it has one small leaf. The stems are segmented and green. The sporangium is conical in shape. This type of fern likes high and humid places. Examples of horsetail ferns are Caramite and Equisetum (horsetail).

9. Real Nails

The original fern is one of the fern plants that we often encounter today. There may be native ferns in your garden. True ferns have large, hairy stems and leaves. When young, the leaves curl. This fern has many soles under its leaves. This plant can be found in the shade and in damp places.

Well, that’s an explanation of the characteristics and examples of ferns. Can Sinaumed’s identify it? Actually, the type of fern itself has many species, but their characteristics are almost similar. The shape or anatomy of this fern plant differs from other types of plants.

If Sinaumed’s wants to learn more about the characteristics and examples of ferns or other types of plants, then you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com. Have a good study. #Friends Without Limits.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Lala Nilawanti

Also Read!

1. Let’s Get Closer to the Network in Plants!
2. Kinds of Leaf Bones in Plants
3. Definition of Spores and Examples of Plants
4. Order of Plant Taxon From Largest to Smallest
5. What are Tallophyta Plants?
6. Understanding What is the Angiospearme Plant
7. Definition of Gymnosperm Plants and Examples

Chakras Are – Are Sinaumed’sHave you ever heard of the term “chakra” which is usually associated with yoga philosophy? Discussion of this chakra rarely occurs because not everyone understands the true meaning of yoga. What’s more, there aren’t that many people who take yoga classes or read books on yoga philosophy. In fact, not infrequently, the term chakra is often considered as part of the deepening of a science that not everyone can follow. Yep, the discussion about chakras is more or less centered on Hindu religious philosophy which is defined as the center of metaphysical energy in every human body. So it can be said that every human being living in this world has their own chakra, it’s just that they don’t know how to “get it out”. So what exactly are chakras? What is the structure and types of chakras? What are the basic chakras in the human body? Now,Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

What are Chakras?

Basically, every human body has energy centers called chakras. The term “chakra” comes from the Sanskrit word meaning ‘wheel’ or ‘circle’. Yep, the shape of the chakra when seen looks like a spinning wheel. This image of a wheel also appears because the chakra actually consists of several rotating “leaves” (the number of which varies for each chakra in the human body). Generally, the number of chakras that exist in all layers of the human body is 365 and then they are divided into 3 groups, namely the main chakras, ordinary chakras, and mini chakras. Therefore, the term chakra often refers to the meaning of “Wheel of Life”.

Meanwhile, when it comes to the philosophy of Hinduism, chakras are considered as centers of metaphysical and/or biophysical energy that exist within every human being. The presence of chakras is always associated with the aura. As with fingerprints, the aura of each human being is also different and unique. Just a little trivia, aura in general can be defined as an energy vibration that covers the entire human body. If the human body is likened to planet earth, then this aura is the layer of the atmosphere. The aura also has layers (similar to the layers of the atmosphere) namely the astral, mental, and spiritual layers.

So, what is the relationship between chakras and aura? Well, chakras can be considered as generators, aka “generators” that produce vibrations to form an aura within humans. This discussion refers to the statement that the human body is believed to have an extraordinary energy field. This energy field arises because of the earth’s gravity which is then absorbed by humans into their physical bodies. Through that, humans can emit electromagnetic waves, it’s just that not everyone can see them.

Where are the Chakras?

This question will often arise, especially by those who are just learning about chakras. The chakras that are in the physical body cannot be seen with the naked eye, especially if the human body is dissected, they still cannot find the location of the chakras. This is because, chakras are located in the bioplasmic body.

The bioplasmic body is a mold of the human physical body that truly resembles the physical body. There are parts of the head, arms, legs, body, and others. It is called “bio” because it is ‘alive’, and “plasmic” because it comes from the term ‘plasma’. The term ‘plasma’ is different from the term blood plasma.

The term ‘plasma’ refers to the mention of the 4th ‘material’ in the formation of a physical element, apart from solid, liquid and gas. It is this bioplasmic body that appears on the surface of the human physical body and is called an aura.

Chakra Types

Previously, it was briefly explained that there are 3 groups of chakras, namely the main chakras, ordinary chakras, and mini chakras. Well, here is the discussion.

1. Main Chakra (Major Chakra)

Namely a chakra that has a source of energy in it. It can be called an energy driving chakra so that its characteristics are different from the other 2 groups. In this main chakra, contains 7 characters, namely:

• Basic Chakra (Muladhara): has a very gentle energy with large and unbroken energy lines. This is a depiction of the concept of spirit energy.
• Sex Chakra (Swadisthan): has energy that is almost similar to the Basic Chakra, only the amount of energy is smaller. This is a depiction of the concept of soul energy.
• Chakra Solar (Manipura): has an energy that when viewed like a graph of grass. This is a depiction of the concept of human physical energy.
• Heart Chakra (Anahata): has a very complex energy. This is a depiction of the concept of divine energy.
• Throat Chakra (Visuddhi): in the form of soul awareness.
• Chakra Ajna: in the form of awareness of the universe.
• Crown Chakra (Sahasrara): in the form of Divine consciousness.

2. Normal Chakra (Super Minor Chakra)

Namely the chakra that accompanies the Major Chakra. Usually, have a “specialization” as a supporter of the Major Cakra so that it can be useful as it should.

3. Minor Chakras

Namely the chakras that are all over the human body and act as reinforcements of the Major Chakras. Therefore, this type of chakra will channel its energies into human veins and energy out of or into the body.

Chakra Functions

For adherents of Hinduism or those who often study yoga philosophy, they must know what the functions of the chakras are in every human body. Following are some of the functions of the chakras.

1. As a Place to Accommodate Energy

Yep, chakras can function as reservoirs of energy, both internal and external energy (the universe). Chakras have an enormous capacity to store energy, but they still have limitations. These limitations are caused by how much chakra each human has. The concept of chakra function as a place to accommodate energy is in harmony with the types of chakras, namely:

• The Major Cakra, accommodates energy that aims to cultivate the power that is in it.
• Super Minor Chakra, accommodates energy that can empower chakra function so that it is optimal.
• Minor Cakra, accommodates energy to expedite the process of energy flowing through human veins.

2. As a Place of Exit Energy Sources

Previously, it was explained that the chakra which is the source of energy is the Major Chakra. Therefore, to “activate” the energy in the Major Chakra, one must use the Major Chakra as his energy center. As an energy source, each chakra will have a different type of energy, aka adjusting to the concept of each chakra.

3. As an Energy Driver

In addition to functioning as a place to store energy and a place for energy sources to come out, chakras can also be used as energy drivers between chakras. It usually occurs from the Major Chakra to the Minor Chakra. The movement of this energy is determined by how the chakra rotates and how it rotates.

Chakra Structure

In general, the chakras in the human body have several parts and each part has its own function.

1. Chakra Cover (Filter)

This chakra filter section is at the very top and is useful for filtering positive and negative energy. Each chakra will generally have 2 energy filters, each of which functions differently, both for energy entry and energy output.

a) Inward Energy Filter

This filter will function to filter out energy coming from outside, so that the “dirt” energy coming from outside will not contaminate the chakras. This filter has only one-way flow, that is, it only channels energy from the outside into the chakras. Therefore, the energy that enters the chakras is only positive energy.

b) Energy Out Filter

In this filter, it will function as a filter for energy coming from the inside to the outside. This is so that the energy from within will not come out. As a result, energy blocking often occurs .

2. Chakra Wall

Furthermore, the chakra walls will function to hold or accommodate the energy in the chakra. Therefore, the larger the shape of the chakras in us, the thinner or even invisible the walls of the chakras, but on the contrary, are more elastic.

3. Chakra Core

Almost in line with the types of chakras, the core of this chakra also contains the Minor Chakra, the Super Minor Chakra, and the Minor Chakra.

a) Minor Chakras

In this core part, it does not only function as an energy “valve” related to energy sources, but can also be used as a base or partition between the energy in the chakras and the energy source. Now, to open and close this section is by meditation.

b) Super Minor Chakra

In the form of a partition between the super minor energy space and the Major Cakra.

c) Minor Chakras

This part can serve as a base or cover at the bottom of the chakra.

Get to know the 7 Main Chakras

The existence of this chakra is believed to have 365 points in the human body, it’s just that there are only 7 major chakras. The seven main chakras are considered capable of representing the existence of hundreds of chakras spread across the meridian points of the human body. These meridian points are often referred to as acupuncture.

1. Crown Chakra (Sahasrara)

This chakra can be called the center for the entry of divine energy into all layers of the human body and consciousness. Someone who has this chakra can later develop perfectly so that they will know a lot of nature’s secrets. The existence of this chakra must be kept clean so that it can continue to receive spiritual energy. If the crown chakra is wide open, then one can travel astral easily. That was why, its existence would always be related to spiritual energy.

• Color : Violets
• Position: on the side of the top of the head, the area of ​​the brain and nervous system (fontanel).
• Element: thought
• Astro signs : Capricorn, Pisces
• Gland : Pineal (actively aligned with pituitary)
• Organs: Cerebral cortex, central nervous system
• Function : Integration and Understanding
• Dysfunction: depression, isolation, inability to learn and understand

2. Third Eye Chakra (Ajna)

The Ajna chakra can provide energy to the eyes, nose and pituitary gland (a small organ under the brain). This chakra is called so because it can develop actively and cleanly, thus providing clairvoyance, aka psychic power. In addition to clairvoyance, the Ajna chakra is also the focus point and regulator of the other chakras. The Third Eye Chakra will always be related to worldly and heavenly (spiritual) knowledge.

The Third Eye Chakra is located between the eyebrows and is indigo in color. That is why the Ajna chakra greatly influences all parts of the head cavity, including the five senses. In worldly knowledge, this chakra deals with creativity, intuition, and instinctual sharpness.

• Color: indigo blue (indigo)
• Position: between the eyes (forehead)
• Element : light
• Astro signs : Sagittarius, Aquarius, Pisces
• Gland : Pituitary (active in harmony with the pineal)
• Organs: eyes
• Function: Vision, intuition, unification
• Dysfunction: headaches, nightmares, visual disturbances

3. Throat Chakra (Vishuddha)

The Throat Chakra aka Vishuddha has 16 “leaves” which can physically provide energy, especially to the thyroid and parathyroid glands. If humans have the ability to express verbally, then it is because of the influence of this chakra. If this chakra is clean, it will make a person able to express his whole heart well. The qualities associated with this way are surrender, success, abundance & well-being and the development of worldly knowledge.

The existence of the throat chakra will increase one’s energy, especially in interacting, communicating, and socializing with the surrounding environment. In fact, this chakra will be the center of creativity and human relations.

• Color : Light blue
• Position: throat
• Element : Ether
• Astro signs : Gemini, Taurus, Aquarius
• Glands: Thyroid and Parathyroid
• Organs: neck, shoulders, arms, hands, ears
• Function: communication, expressive energy, the will to combine symbols into an ideal form (power and power to choose)
• Dysfunction: thyroid problems (goiter), hearing, neck, and throat problems

4. Heart Chakra (Anahata)

In the heart chakra, there are 12 “leaves” which are of course important spiritually, especially as a symbol of love and healing. Physically, this chakra is located in the heart and thymus gland. The existence of the heart chakra is the center of all subtle feelings, such as affection and love. If a person has a heart chakra in a dirty, small, or impeded state, then he tends to be selfish, bigoted, arrogant, greedy, and hypocritical. Meanwhile, if the state of the heart chakra is well developed, then he will be full of love, compassion, and empathy for fellow human beings.

• Green color
• Position: mid chest
• Element : Air
• Astro signs : Leo, Libra
• Gland: Thymus
• Organs: heart, lungs, arms, hands
• Functions: self-love, love for others, fulfillment of life’s needs, mental energy, awareness and healing
• Dysfunction: heart, asthma, and lung disorders

5. Navel Chakra (Manipura)

This navel chakra has 10 “leaves” and is related to efforts to maintain one’s vitality. The meaning of one’s vitality is the characteristics that bring tendencies, such as envy, shame, dissatisfaction, depression, hatred, and fear (of security). Well, someone who has a clean navel chakra, then he will be able to overcome these things so he can turn them into positive things, for example feeling safe, happy, satisfied, and confident.

• Yellow
• Position: waist, abdomen (navel/solar plexus)
• Element : Fire
• Astro signs : Leo, Sagittarius, Gemini
• Glands: pancreas, adrenals
• Organs: stomach, liver, gallbladder
• Functions: growth, healing, receiving and expending energy, energy for the will, personal energy
• Dysfunction: indigestion, ulcers, diabetes, hypoglycemia, liver disorders, metabolism leading to obesity

6. Sex Chakra (Svadhisthana)

The sex chakra has 6 “leaves” and is closely related to the throat chakra, especially in terms of creativity or ideas. The sex chakra is also related to reproduction and greatly influences one’s sexual activity. Humans who have a sex chakra in a clean state, then their thoughts will be more positive and confident. Conversely, if his sex chakra is in a dirty state, it will make him a person who doesn’t care, is rude, and his thoughts will always be negative.

• Orange
• Position: under the stomach, abdomen (on the pelvic bone)
• Element : Water
• Astro signs : Cancer, Sagittarius, Scorpio
• Glands: ovaries, testicles
• Organs: uterus, genitals, kidneys, bladder, circulatory system
• Function: assimilation, sexual, pleasure, desire, lifestyle that indulges emotions.
• Dysfunction: bladder and kidney disorders, genital disorders and sexual problems, waist disorders.

7. Basic Chakra (Muladhara)

This basic chakra is located between the anus and the genitals, so the representative color is red. The existence of this chakra greatly affects the health of the spine and muscles in the human body, to be precise in the perineal glands. The basic chakra has 4 “leaves” which are the energy centers of the physical body, material life and the will to live.

Through this chakra, it can later provide energy for hope, optimism, and zest for life. That is why if a person’s basic chakra is very active, then he will be full of enthusiasm and motivation. Conversely, if the basic chakra in him is small and dirty, then his life will be lazy, spiritless, hopeless, and even have a tendency to commit suicide.

• Red
• Position: between the genitals and the anus (tip of the coccyx)
• Soil element
• Astro signs : Aries, Taurus, Scorpio, Capricorn
• Glands: adrenal and suprarenal
• Organs: thighs, legs, bones, large intestine
• Function: survival, a lifestyle that prioritizes physical energy
• Dysfunction: constipation, hemorrhoids, obesity, lumbago, arthritis, knee disorders, anorexia nervosa

Well, that’s a review of what chakras are and the 7 main chakras that are found in every human being. Is Sinaumed’s interested in studying this chakra philosophy more deeply?

Also Read!

• Function, Anatomy, and How It Works on the Retina of the Eye
• Understanding What is Identity
• What is an Eccedentesiast?
• 15 Yoga Movements For Beginners That Are Worth Trying
• History, Meaning, and Stages of Vesak Day
• Definition, History, and Order of Events in Debus
• Figures, Views, and Branches of Philosophy
• 10+ Ways to Eliminate Lazy Feelings
• Definition, History, and How Pasteurization Works

Central Java Traditional Clothing – Indonesian batik was crowned as a Masterpiece of Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity in 2009, encouraging UNESCO to emphasize to Indonesia to preserve this heritage. As a province famous for its batik, Central Java has traditional clothing in the form of batik. But Sinaumed’s, Central Java’s traditional clothing is not just batik, you know. Anything? Now, it’s our turn to discuss the traditional clothing of this area.

Central Javanese Culture

Central Java has a culture that is closely related to Javanese culture (Kejawen). The Surakarta Palace is the center of culture in Central Java. Therefore, the Surakarta Palace is the destination for art and cultural performances in this province.

Broadly speaking, Central Javanese culture is divided into two types, namely Banyumasan Javanese and Coastal Javanese. Banyumasan Javanese culture is the result of a blend of Javanese, Cirebon and Sundanese cultures. Meanwhile, Coastal Javanese Culture is the result of a fusion of Javanese and Islamic cultures.

Although divided into two types, the culture of Central Java has many similarities to Yogyakarta and East Java. In terms of language, community habits, norms and dialects are not much different from the two regions. Naturally, the traditional clothes worn are not much different and mutually influence one another.

Central Java is one of the areas whose people are known to be steadfast in protecting their ancestral heritage. This long lasting tradition is maintained and harmonized with the progress of the times, even technological advances are used by the population to introduce their culture. Batik is one of them.

Although many regions have their own types of batik, it is undeniable that Central Javanese batik is the batik that is often shown to the public.

Regarding ethnicity, it cannot be denied that the Javanese ethnic group has the largest number in the country. And in ancient times, many of the centers of Javanese glory were in Central Java. Call it the Mataram Kingdom, both Hindu Mataram and Islamic Mataram. Both are in Central Java. Therefore, it is not surprising that Javanese culture, especially Central Java, has inspired many other regions in terms of culture, including traditional clothing.

Types, Meanings, Philosophy, and Explanations of Traditional Clothing

We will discuss several types of traditional Central Javanese clothing below, Sinaumed’s. Get ready.

1. Batik Fabrics

It is undeniable that Central Java has a variety of batik. This batik cloth, which has various motifs, is used as a raw material for traditional Central Javanese clothing. Batik has been made hundreds of years ago, history even records that for the first time batik was traded in 1586 in Surakarta.

What makes batik more expensive is the hand-written method of making batik. Therefore, someone whose handwriting is good and long is said to be “making batik”.

To make it easier to understand Central Javanese traditional clothing, it’s a good idea to get to know the Central Javanese batik cloth motifs first.

• Sido Wirasat Batik

Used by the parents of the bride and groom in weddings. This cloth means that parents and in-laws can give good advice as well as pray for their children and in-laws so that their households run well, reach high degrees, and all expectations are fulfilled.

• Chicken Claw Batik

Used by parents when the Mitoni, Siraman, and Tarub events are held. This batik represents the hope that the child who is getting married can make a living and live independently after marriage, not only for the bride and groom but also for their offspring.

• Grageh Wuluh batik

It can be used by anyone and at any time because this batik cloth is usually used for daily activities. This motif reminds everyone to always have clear aspirations and goals in life so that they are always enthusiastic about living life.

• Parang Kusumo Batik

Batik, which can only be used by the nobility, represents the hope that the wearer can gain nobility, position, and be kept away from all harm by God Almighty.

• Batik Kawung Picis

This batik is also devoted to people who come from royalty. Its meaning is that humans never forget where they come from, guide the four cardinal directions, and in order to control their passions, humans should always use their conscience in all their activities.

Apart from the above batiks, there are many other types of batik. And what needs to be remembered is, each motive has a meaning. Nowadays, not many people wear batik according to the role and purpose of choosing the motif. Because not many people understand that every motive turns out to have a different philosophy.

2. Central Java Kebaya

Many areas use kebaya as their respective traditional clothes which are specifically for women. Call it the Rancongan Kebaya from Madura, the Sundanese Kebaya from Sunda, the Betawi Kebaya from Betawi, and others. Meanwhile, the term kebaya itself actually comes from the Arabic word abaya which means clothing.

Central Java kebaya certainly has its own uniqueness. With a classic yet classy appearance, the Central Javanese kebaya has a bit of a mysterious impression. Central Javanese kebaya is often used by brides at weddings.

In order to look luxurious and appear like a queen’s aura, the material chosen is velvet or silk. Meanwhile, for daily activities, the cloth used is cotton or even thin, rather transparent nylon cloth decorated with embroidery or embroidery.

However, this kebaya is also often used for graduation ceremonies, traditional events, welcoming guests, and commemorating holidays.

In general, this kebaya is black. To ensure that the chest is covered safely, Central Javanese women use a tank as an undergarment. The beauty of the kebaya is in harmony with the shape of a woman’s body which is pleasing to the eye, so stagen is needed to tighten the abdomen and waist. So that the stagen is not visible from the outside, a cape is needed.

At the bottom, Central Javanese women wear a long cloth called jarik. This jarik cloth has a batik pattern.

To make it look more elegant but firm, a woman’s hair is arranged in a bun with jasmine flowers on it. In order for all this beauty to be more perfect, it is very necessary to add jewelry such as earrings, necklaces, rings, bracelets, and sometimes one more accessory, namely a fan.

The explanation above is a traditional kebaya according to the kebaya in the early days. For today, there are not a few kebaya which are designed with various colors and are more trendy because of the high public interest. Especially now that there are many kebaya that are intended for women who wear hijab, of course, they require adjustments so that they can cover their genitals perfectly.

Culture has its own philosophy regarding the use of kebaya. Patience and gentleness are the meanings stored in the kebaya. If observed closely, kebaya pieces always follow the shape of the body. This means that Javanese women are required to be able to adapt and take care of themselves wherever they are.

3. Surjan

This attire was once reserved for members of the royal family who came from the nobility or royal courtiers (civil apparatus). So that not just anyone can wear Surjan’s clothes. Generally, Surjan’s clothes are used when official events take place.

Surjan’s shirt looks similar to a beskap with a brown and black striated pattern with a pocket on the front. The bottom is a long, batik-patterned cloth wrapped around the waist and extending to the ankles.

As a head covering, men can use a blangkon made of batik cloth. The cloth is wrapped around the head and then tied. For now, ready-made instant blangkon can be found, making it easier for men to wear it.

In Javanese tradition, it is said that it is a disgrace for men to have long hair, so they must be covered with a blangkon. On the back of the blangkon you can find a bulge called mondolan.

Meanwhile, if Sinaumed’s looks carefully, you will find two ties on the back which symbolize the two sentences of the creed that are tightly tied together. That is, someone who wears a blangkon should hold fast to a strong bond, namely Islamic teachings.

4. Kanigaran

In the past, Kanigaran was a garment that was often worn by kings. From his appearance alone already reveals majesty and power. But now it is often used for weddings.

For men, this traditional Central Javanese dress is in the form of a beskap with a collar made of fine velvet and decorated with gold embroidery on the front and both cuffs of the sleeves. To make it look luxurious and elegant, a shiny impression is added. Meanwhile for women, they also wear the same color as the men but without a collar.

The bottom of the kanigaran is Dodoran or Kampuh which is different from the usual jarik cloth. Compared to regular jarik, dodotan is relatively more colorful. Dodot use is not enough just wrapped around the waist, but also slung over the hand.

5. Wet

Apart from Kanigaran clothes, Basahan clothes are also often worn by brides during their weddings. This suit is a legacy from the Mataram Kingdom which became a major kingdom in Java.

Basahan’s appearance is very striking because he doesn’t wear a top to cover his upper body. The makeup used when wearing Basahan is called Paes Ageng Kanigaran. The men do not use shirt alias shirtless.

On the chest there is a kind of necklace that symbolizes luxury. For subordinates, the men use dodot cloth that covers the navel. As a head covering, the groom wears a kuluk which has several colors. Do not forget the men carry weapons in the form of keris to show strength.

Meanwhile, the women leave the shoulders and upper chest exposed. To remain polite, women use kemben to cover the other upper body. While his subordinates, women also use Dodot.

The hair is styled into a bun and decorated with flowers on it. Around her neck also dangles a beautiful necklace. Both men and women, at the base of the arms there is an ornament.

Overall, the philosophy contained in this outfit is very deep. By wearing this dress, the bride and groom are considered to have surrendered to God Almighty. This meaning is symbolized through the clothing and make-up used.

Basahan Clothing contains the hope that the bride and groom can live in a harmonious, prosperous, happy household and can walk in harmony with nature.

A book that will add to your insight about the traditional clothing of Central Java and the Archipelago

 

6. Long Jawi

It can be said that the official traditional clothes of Central Java are Jawi Jangkep clothes. This outfit is dominated by black on the top and is used by men. The partner of this outfit is the Central Java Kebaya. So that women who accompany their partners during official events wear Jawi Jangkep clothes.

This outfit is in the form of a black beskap accompanied by a golden floral pattern in the middle. This beskap has a rather high collar and has no folds. Around their necks, Central Javanese men wear garlands of jasmine flowers worn around them.

The front and back of the Jawi Jangkep shirt are deliberately asymmetrical. The front is made longer than the back in anticipation of storing the keris. Putting the keris on the back means that humans can resist all kinds of temptations by Satan and the keris is a symbol of resistance.

The Jawi Jangkep shirt is aligned with the long jarik cloth that is worn by wrapping it around the waist. As a complement, a head cover is used in the form of a blangkon. The meaning of using blangkon itself is to show that the man who wears it is a man who covers his disgrace.

Jawi Jangkep’s black clothes are used for formal occasions. Meanwhile Jawi Jangkep Padintenan clothes have colors other than black and are usually used in everyday activities.

As additional information, Jawi Jangkep clothes are also known as Piwulang Sinandhi. The buttons attached to the beskap give a sign that Central Javanese men always act carefully and with full calculation in doing everything.

7. Beskap

At first, the beskap and clothes of Jawi Jangkep were one unit. In other words, the beskap is part of Jawi Jangkep clothing. But as time goes by, beskap is often worn by men separately.

The color of the cloth that is often used to make beskap is plain or black. With a simple design and a straight collar without folds, the beskap model is made asymmetrical as a precaution to store the keris.

So far, there are four types of beskap known in Central Java. First, Beskap Gaya Jogja is oriented towards the Yogyakarta Palace standard. Second, Beskap Landung with a longer front. Third, Beskap Gaya Kulon which is often used in the Purwokerto, Tegal, Banyumas areas and other areas close to West Java. Fourth, Beskap Gaya Solo which refers to the standard of the Surakarta Palace.

8. Kuluk

It has the same function as blankon, namely as a head cover for men. It’s just that the shape of the kuluk is higher and the structure is more rigid. The use of Kuluk is aligned with the wearing of Basahan or Kanigaran clothing and was formerly worn by kings or sultans. Currently, this head covering is used during weddings by the groom.

9. Kris

Just like East Java and Yogyakarta, one of Central Java’s traditional weapons is the keris. The handle of the keris is facing to the right as a symbol of a tendency towards truth. Then the tip of the hilt seemed to bend downwards to signify the humility of the human who carried it. Even though he carries a weapon, a man who uses a keris must have humility.

Sinaumed’s, finally we have finished our discussion regarding Central Javanese traditional clothing. If you are looking for #Friends Without Limits to refresh your thirst for knowledge, then sinaumedia is ready to be at the forefront because we have prepared the best books for you.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Nanda Iriawan Ramadhan

 

Inventor of cells – Does Sinaumed’s know that the term cell actually comes from the Latin word cella which means small room. The first person to discover cells in the world in 1665 was Robert Hooke.

History of Cell Discovery

Robert Hooke, the discoverer of cells, made observations on cork slices using a magnifying glass microscope. From his observations, Hook saw that there was a small room that made up cork. Then, the small room he named Sel. Meanwhile in 1831, Robert Brown revealed that the cell is a small room but limited by a membrane. Where in it there is also a liquid that is named protoplasm. The fluid consists of cell plasma or also commonly called cytoplasm and cell nucleus (nucleus). Then inside the cell nucleus, there is a nuclear plasma called the nucleoplasm.

Several years later, in 1839, a physiologist from Germany, Theodor Schwann, stated that all organisms are composed of cells. Then a related question arises, where do these cells come from? Then a German physicist named Rudolf Virchow revealed that these cells came from cells that had previously existed. The theory of “cells come from cells” was later strengthened by various studies by a microbiologist from France, namely Louis Pasteur. Where he did it from 1859 to 1861.

The size of the cells themselves vary greatly. Ranging from 1 to 10 microns, for example, bacteria. Then there are also those measuring 30 to 40 microns, for example Protozoa. Some even reach several centimeters, for example, cotton fibers. In addition, cells also have various shapes. Despite its very small size, its structure is very complicated and each part of the cell has a different and special function. For example, mitochondria in cells are useful for producing energy, while lysosomes function as a digester. But please note that the parts in the cell cannot stand alone. So that these parts must be in the cell unit so that it can function normally. Between parts of the cell will definitely be interconnected and dependent. Therefore,

What Are Cells?

The cell is one of the smallest units of living things that can sustain life like living things in general. It is called the smallest unit because it can be divided into smaller parts and each part can stand alone. Cells can carry out a life process such as carrying out an overhaul, respiration, arrangement, cell division, reproduction, and are also sensitive to a stimulus.

Structurally, a living body must consist of cells. So that the cell is often referred to as the structural unit of living things. The body of a living thing can carry out life if the cells that are arranged in it can function properly. So that the cells are called the functional units of living things. Where all living cells can reproduce with the aim of multiplying themselves.

The reproduction is done by means of cell division. Where division will be carried out either by single-celled organisms or multi-celled organisms. Cells contain a number of genetic material or material that will later be tasked with determining the characteristics of these living things. With the existence of genetic material, the characteristics of a living thing can be passed on to their offspring. Usually, the properties of living things depend on the properties of individual cells.

Theory About Cells

With the development of cell discoveries, it has encouraged the development of perceptions about cells. From this then came the theories about the cell. The following are some theories about cells that need to be understood.

# Cell Is Unitary Or Structural Unit Of Living Things

This theory was put forward by someone named Jacob Schleiden around 1804 to 1881 and also Theodor Schwann around 1810 to 1882. In 1839 Schleiden, a botanist from Germany, conducted a microscopic observation on plant cells. At the same time, Theodor Schwann also made observations on animal cells.

From the results of both observations, draw a conclusion as follows:

a) All living things are made up of cells.
b. The cell is the smallest structural unit in living things.
c. One-celled organisms consist of only one cell. Meanwhile, organisms that consist of more than one cell are called multi-celled organisms.

# Cells As Functional Units of Living Things

Max Schultze (1825-1874) said that protoplasm is the physical basis of life. Protoplasm is not only part of the cell structurally, but also includes an important part of the cell which acts as a place for the chemical reactions of life to take place. Because of this statement, the cell theory emerged which explained that the cell is the functional unit of life.

# Cells As Units of Heredity of Living Things

In science and technology has encouraged the discovery of a number of inheritance units that exist in the nucleus, namely chromosomes. In the chromosome there is a gene which is the carrier unit of this trait. Through this discovery, the theory emerged that the cell is the unit of heredity of living things. The following are some of the discoveries that support the development of the cell theory, including:

a.Robert Brown (1812), a Scottish biologist, found a small object floating in the liquid cell called the nucleus.
b. Felix Durjadin (1835), considered that the most important part of a cell is a cell fluid known as protoplasm.
c. Johannes Purkinje (1787-1869), he was the first to propose the term protoplasm which is used as the name of the embryonic material of the egg.

Cell Inventor and Cell Concept

Cells, of course, are not all bricks. Where a cell is actually more than a brick against a house. It could be said that cells can live separately from other cells. For example, bacteria are unicellular organisms. Every activity carried out by organisms, basically can be carried out by cells. There are many cell organelles that have special functions as well as the functions of organs in the human body.

Evolution of the Cell Concept

The concept of the cell began to develop and was studied by Robert Hooke in 1665 to 1836 by Theodor Schwann and Matthias Schleiden. Then they said that the cell as the smallest structural and functional unit of living things.

1. Robert Hooke

Robert Hooke was the first person to observe cells in 1665. The cells he observed came from a thin slice of cork and viewed through a microscope. Hooke discovered that the thin strips of cork had a hollow, hexagonal shape.

2. Latest Theory

The theory expressed by Hooke was then continued by Matthias Schleiden and also Theodor Schwann in 1836. Then from this theory it proved that the cell is not an empty cavity but instead contains protoplasm which is useful for supporting all activities of living things. From the observations and research they did, it can be concluded that a cell theory states that living things are made up of cells. The theory was developed again with a new opinion that every cell comes from other cells. Then the cell is the smallest structural and functional unit of living things.

3. Cells As Structural Units

As the smallest structural unit, the cell is the smallest unit that can stand alone. That means, there are no smaller parts than cells that can be said as one unit of living things. Therefore, the cell is the basic constituent of the body of a living thing.

4. Cells as Units of Heredity and Functionality

All activities of living things basically occur at the cellular level. Cells are respiration, synthesis, response, transportation, reproduction, and many other activities of living things. Therefore, the cell as one of the smallest functional units means that all activities of living things are carried out at the cellular level. Meanwhile, as a unit of heredity, it means that all cell characteristics can be inherited from one generation to the next.

Two Kinds of Cells

In general, there are two types of cells, namely prokaryotic cells and eukaryotic cells. Here is a full explanation:

1.Prokaryotic cells

This type of prokaryotic cell has a characteristic that does not have a nuclear membrane. Whereas eukaryotic cells have a nucleus. The DNA of prokaryotic cells has a circular shape and also has another circular DNA called a plasmid. Then, what similarities are there between the two? So, prokaryotic cells and eukaryotic cells both have a plasma membrane, ribosomes and cytoplasm. Even though it looks simple, all life activities can be carried out by prokaryotic cells. In prokaryotic cells, cell activities occur in the cell membrane and cytoplasm. Meanwhile, eukaryotic cells have more complicated activities.

2. Eukaryotic Cell

Eukaryotic cells have more complex properties than prokaryotic cells. Where eukaryotic cells consist of three major parts, namely the cytoplasm, cell membrane, and cell nucleus.

Cell Theory According to Experts

In its development, cell theory continues to experience development from various scientists who are trying to find cell theory studies. The following are some brief explanations for understanding cell theory from several experts:

1. Schleiden Cell Theory

In his theory, Scheilden revealed that the cell theory is every form of living things. This includes plants that are made up of cells. Schleiden’s statement was later supported by Theodor Schwann who also said that all living things are composed of cells. With this support, the two of them finally formulated a cell theory. In their opinion, the cell is the smallest unit of life or the living thing itself.

2. Max Schultze’s Cell Theory

In his theory, Max Schultze revealed that the cell is a form of the smallest functional unit of living things. In a cell there will be a form of cooperation between tissues and also cell organelles properly. So that the process can help living things to carry out activities properly.

3. Rudolf Virchow’s Cell Theory

The last cell theory is Rudolf Virchow’s cell theory. In this theory he revealed that the cell is the smallest growth unit of living things. That means, every living thing in it has cells that will later grow and develop from small to become a larger organism and have a function. This theory is known as “Omne Cellula e Cellula” which means that every cell comes from cells that previously existed and will continue to grow.

Cell Function

After understanding the cell theory described above. In the following, the author will provide a brief explanation of the function of the cell itself.

1. Metabolism

Everything that occurs in chemical reactions will certainly create living things that carry out activity is a form of metabolism. Each of these chemical reactions will later occur in the cell. Metabolism that occurs in a cell can take the form of catabolic reactions. Where it is the overhaul of chemical compounds that function to produce energy. Then the reaction will be used as material for the formation of other compounds. In addition, existing cells can also take the form of anabolic reactions. Where the reaction is a reaction to the preparation of cell components. One of the catabolic processes that convert food and produce energy in cells is cellular respiration. This process will continue in the eukaryotic mitochondria or what is commonly called the prokaryote cytosol and produce ATP.

 

 

2. Cell Communication

The ability of a cell to make communication is a process of receiving and also sending signals to and from other cells. This shows that there is a reaction between unicellular organisms to regulate the function and development of the multicellular organism’s body. For example, in bacteria that communicate with one another in the quorum sensing process. It aims to determine whether the number of cells is sufficient before finally forming a biofilm. While the cells in the animal embryo will communicate to coordinate the process of differentiation into various other types of cells.

3. Cell Cycle

It should be understood that each cell originates from the division of previous cells. While the process of cell life to carry out cell division to the next cell division is called the cell cycle. Generally, the cycle is composed of four coordinated processes. Among them are cell growth, separation of DNA that has divided and then becomes daughter cells, DNA replication, and subsequent division.

4. Cell Differentiation

This cell differentiation will form various types of cells that will emerge during the development of a multicellular organism that occurs from a single fertilized egg. For example, in mammals, where they come from one cell that develops into an organism with hundreds of different types of cells, namely nerves, muscles, skin, and others. Cells in the embryo then provide cell signals to influence the gene expression of other cells. That’s what makes the process of cell differentiation occur.

5. Programmed Cell Death

Cells in multicellular organisms can experience death due to controlling the cell population in a way that offsets the development of cells that are not going well. For example, to prevent tumors, we have to kill cells to remove some parts of the body that are not needed. In addition, during the formation of the embryo, namely the toes or human hands will be together. This happens because there is awareness of cell death between fingers. It could be, the time and place of death of a cell is the same as growth and also cell division.

That was a brief explanation of the history of cell discovery and various in-depth explanations about cells. Is Sinaumed’s interested in learning more about cells?